Welcome to the Y26 BBA Master Document

A complete proposal for the BOS, covering programme foundation, thrust areas, curriculum architecture, industry alignment, electives, experiential learning, active-learning methods, out-of-class activities, placement training, and global certifications. Pick a part to begin.

I
The programme
Why this BBA exists and where it leads
4 parts · the foundation
Foundation
Vision, mission, PEOs, POs, and PSOs — the 15 outcomes that anchor the programme.
Thrust Areas
The 16 thrust areas that drive curriculum design + every course mapped to one or more.
Industry & Pay
Eight specialization tracks engineered around placement domains with recruiter tiers and pay ladders.
STEM Blend
How math, AI, and industry tools are woven across the BBA — 7 STEM foundations, 36 AI-integrated courses, 30+ tools.
II
Curriculum & pedagogy
What students learn, and how
4 parts · teaching & learning
Curriculum
125 credits across 9 trimesters + 2 summer modules. LTPS-based, with trimester-by-trimester course tables. Optional Honors Year 4 adds 40 credits.
Specializations and Electives
All electives in one place — 8 specializations, 9 sectoral specializations, 3 open electives, 4 foreign languages.
Internships, Projects & Research
Internships, capstones & research projects — six components, 20 credits of field, applied, and research work.
Active & Experiential Learning
25 Active Learning Methods organised across 7 clusters — how teaching actually happens.
III
Operations & people
How the programme runs day-to-day
4 parts · delivery & people
Out-of-Class
Major out-of-class activity per trimester with calendarised execution and outcome accountability.
Placement Training
Eight hours per trimester across 17 topic and assessment-type categories — calendarised across T1 to T7.
Certifications
Trimester-tagged global certifications from the KL Global Catalog with stackable signal value.
Faculty Directory
Every faculty with full assigned course set across Core, PE, OE, Sectoral, Projects, Internships.
PICTORIAL SUMMARY

The Y26 BBA, in one frame

How 125 credits, 9 trimesters, 92 courses, 8 specialization tracks, 25 pedagogy methods, 16 thrust areas, and 59 global certifications fit together.

YEAR 1 · FOUNDATIONS YEAR 2 · FUNCTIONAL CORE YEAR 3 · SPECIALIZATION T1 14 cr T2 13 cr T3 11 cr 1S T4 12 cr T5 14 cr T6 12 cr 2S T7 13 cr T8 18 cr T9 14 cr FOUNDATION 10 courses · 25 cr TECH CORE 5 courses · 15 cr FUNCTIONAL CORE 14 courses · 42 cr SPECIALIZATIONS 8 tracks × 4 PEs OE + LANGUAGE 3 OEs · 4 languages PROJECTS + INT PRJ1-4 + INT1-2 · 25 cr F1 · C1 · E7 Micro · Comm · OB F3 · F6 Fin Acc · Biz Env F2 · F4 Macro · Cost Acc C2 Negotiation F5 Ethics · ESG · Law D1 Python D2 Data Eng + SQL D3 Machine Learning D4 · D5 GenAI · DigTrans E7 OB E3 Marketing E13 Biz Analytics E1 · E5 · E9 Fin · Ops · BMod E2 · E4 · E6 · E8 Inv · Brnd · SCM · HR E14 BI + Dashboards E10 · E11 Venture · StratMgmt E12 Global Business 8 specialization tracks · pick 1 · 4 PEs each IB · Algo Trading · FinTech · Strategy · AI PM · DI · Brand · Venture PE-1 PE-2 PE-3 PE-4 L1–L4 JP/KR/DE/ES · pick 1 OE1 · OE2 · OE3 Maker · Designer · Defender · pick 2 INT1 2 cr INT2 2 cr PRJ1 Capstone 1 · 4 cr PRJ2 · PRJ3 Capstone 2 · IRP 1 PRJ4 IRP 2 · 4 cr ALWAYS-ON PEDAGOGY · RUNS THROUGH EVERY TRIMESTER ALMs 25 Active Learning Methods · 7 clusters · 3–5 per course · published rubrics OUT-OF-CLASS 1 major activity (12 weeks · audit) + 2–3 smaller activities per trimester PLACEMENT 8 hrs / trimester · 17 topic categories · T1–T7 calendarised CERTIFICATIONS 1 industry-issued cert per trimester · 59 in the KL Global Catalog · 210 cert-course links GRADUATION OUTCOMES 15 outcomes · 3 PEOs + 10 POs + 2 PSOs · all mapped to 16 thrust areas PAY LADDERS 8 placement domains · ₹8–22 LPA entry · ₹35–50 LPA Y3 · ₹1 cr+ Y5
Year 1 · Foundations
Year 2 · Functional core
Year 3 · Specialization
Summer internships
Optional Year 4 Honors adds 40 credits (corporate internship + second specialization) → BBA (Honors) 165 credits
→ Dive into any part above for the detail behind this picture.
Foundation
Programme foundation

The identity statements on which everything else rests. Every thrust area must serve at least one PEO and one PSO; every course must contribute measurably to at least one PO.

01

Vision

A single sentence that captures the school's aspirational identity.

"To be a premier business school fostering value-based management education."
02

Mission · five strands

Five commitments that together define the school's obligations to its students, the profession, and society.

  1. To provide quality management education that fosters creative thinking.
  2. To inculcate research skills among students.
  3. To build strategic partnerships with industry.
  4. To develop future leaders who succeed in global competition.
  5. To equip students with strong ethics, social concern, and environmental awareness, fostering their growth as responsible citizens.
03

Programme Educational Objectives

What BBA graduates are expected to achieve within three to five years of graduation.

PEODescription
PEO 1To equip business graduates to respond effectively to the competitive needs of business and society.
PEO 2To nurture the spirit of entrepreneurship among students and propel them into the business world.
PEO 3To train students to emerge as effective managers equipped with innovation, rationality, and application-oriented decision-making in the context of an ever-changing business environment.
04

Programme Outcomes

What every BBA graduate will know and be able to do at the time of graduation.

POTitleDescription
PO 1Comprehensive Knowledge of Business ManagementDemonstrate factual and theoretical knowledge of management in general and business in particular.
PO 2Critical Evaluation of Indian and Global Business EnvironmentsCritically evaluate and analyse Indian and global business environments across different contexts.
PO 3Managerial, Entrepreneurial, and Leadership SkillsRecognise and perform the role of a manager, entrepreneur, and leader within a business management setting.
PO 4Critical Thinking and Logical ReasoningApply critical thinking, analysis, and logical reasoning to evaluate business situations and to present opinions and ideas effectively.
PO 5Functional Business PerspectiveDevelop a working understanding of finance, marketing, human resources, operations and logistics, digital marketing, and business analytics activities.
PO 6Ethics and Professional ResponsibilityApply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics, responsibilities, and norms of management practice.
PO 7Environment and SustainabilityRecognise the impact of business decisions on society and the environment and demonstrate commitment to sustainable development.
PO 8Project Management and TeamworkPromote leadership and project-management functions as a member and contributor in diverse, multidisciplinary teams.
PO 9CommunicationCommunicate effectively with decision-makers to deliver solutions and operational procedures clearly and persuasively.
PO 10Lifelong LearningRecognise the importance of lifelong learning in adapting to technological advancements while upholding professional ethics and societal responsibilities.
05

Programme Specific Outcomes

Distinctive learning attainments unique to the KL Business School BBA.

PSOTitleDescription
PSO 1Goal-Oriented Business PurposeGraduates will develop a goal-oriented sense of business purpose and demonstrate path awareness in pursuing it.
PSO 2Experiential Learning and Critical Thinking for Career ExcellenceGraduates will excel in their chosen careers through experiential learning, critical thinking, and analytical reasoning.
06

CO ↔ PO/PSO mapping matrix

All 35 non-elective courses contribute to the programme's 10 POs and 2 PSOs through their course outcomes. Cells show the average mapping strength (H=High, M=Medium, L=Low) across that course's COs. The matrix covers Foundation, Mathematics, Functional Core, Tech Core, Communication, Internships, and Capstone & Research projects. Languages (L1–L4) follow the CEFR proficiency rubric rather than business POs and are tracked separately.

H High (avg ≥ 2.4) M Medium (1.5–2.4) L Low (< 1.5) Not mapped
Course Programme Outcomes (POs) PSOs
PO1Business knowledge PO2Critical evaluation PO3Leadership PO4Critical thinking PO5Functional skills PO6Ethics PO7Sustainability PO8Project & teamwork PO9Communication PO10Lifelong learning PSO1Business purpose PSO2Career excellence
Foundation
F1Microeconomics for Business Decisions H H H H H H H
F2Macroeconomics & Global Markets H M H H H H
F3Financial Accounting & Corporate Reporting H H H H H H
F4Management & Cost Accounting for Decisions H H H H H H
F5Business Ethics, ESG, Law & Regulatory Compliance H H H H H M M
F6Business Environment & Perspectives of Management H H H H H
Mathematics
M1Calculus & Linear Algebra for Business M H H H M H
M2Statistics & Probability for Business H H H H M H H
Functional Core
E1Corporate Finance H M H H H H
E2Investments & Capital Markets H M H H H H
E3Marketing Management H H H H H H
E4Consumer Behaviour & Brand Strategy H H H M M H H
E5Operations & Production Management H M H H H H H
E6Logistics & Supply Chain Management H H H H H H
E7Organisational Behaviour & People Analytics H M H H H H H
E8HRM & Talent Strategy H H H H H M H H
E9Business Model Architecture & Design Thinking H H H H M H H
E10Venture Creation, Scaling & Founder Leadership H M H H H H M H H
E11Strategic Management & Competitive Dynamics H H H H H H H
E12Global Business & Corporate Strategy H M H H H H H
E13Business Analytics Essentials H H H H H H H
E14Business Intelligence & Data Visualization H H H H H M
Tech Core
D1Python Programming for Business H H H M H M H
D2Data Engineering: SQL, Warehousing & Pipelines H H H H H H H
D3Machine Learning for Business Analytics H H H H H H H H
D4Generative AI, LLMs & Agentic Systems M H H H H H
D5Digital Transformation & Enterprise Tech H H H H H H H H
Communication
C1Business Communication: Speaking & Writing M M M H H H H
C2Negotiation & Executive Communication H H H H H M
Internships
INT1Summer Internship 1 H H M H H H M H H H H
INT2Summer Internship 2 H H H H H M H H H H H
Capstones & Research
PRJ1Capstone Project 1 H H H H H H M H H H H
PRJ2Capstone Project 2 H H H H H H H H H H H
PRJ3Integrated Research Project 1 H H H H H H H
PRJ4Integrated Research Project 2 H H H H M M H H H H
Programme avg Mean of courses that map to each PO · not over all 35 2.86 2.65 2.8 2.97 2.85 2.73 2.5 2.6 2.72 2.86 2.79 2.75
Coverage How many of the 35 courses map to this PO 29/35 24/35 22/35 32/35 30/35 16/35 10/35 5/35 10/35 11/35 33/35 34/35

Programme-level outcome profile

Two lenses for each outcome: how broadly it is covered (share of the 35 non-elective courses that map to it) and how deeply the courses that touch it map (mean strength, 0–3 scale). Broad coverage with high depth is the gold standard; thin coverage even with high depth means the outcome rests on too few courses.

PO1 Business knowledge
Coverage 29/35
Avg depth 2.86
Well-covered & well-mapped
PO2 Critical evaluation
Coverage 24/35
Avg depth 2.65
PO3 Leadership
Coverage 22/35
Avg depth 2.8
PO4 Critical thinking
Coverage 32/35
Avg depth 2.97
Well-covered & well-mapped
PO5 Functional skills
Coverage 30/35
Avg depth 2.85
Well-covered & well-mapped
PO6 Ethics
Coverage 16/35
Avg depth 2.73
PO7 Sustainability
Coverage 10/35
Avg depth 2.5
Narrow coverage
PO8 Project & teamwork
Coverage 5/35
Avg depth 2.6
Concentrated — depends on few courses
PO9 Communication
Coverage 10/35
Avg depth 2.72
Narrow coverage
PO10 Lifelong learning
Coverage 11/35
Avg depth 2.86
PSO1 Business purpose
Coverage 33/35
Avg depth 2.79
Well-covered & well-mapped
PSO2 Career excellence
Coverage 34/35
Avg depth 2.75
Well-covered & well-mapped
i
How to read this: coverage tells you whether the outcome is broadly distributed across the programme or concentrated in a few courses. Depth tells you how strongly the contributing courses actually map to it. PO8 (Project & teamwork) and PO9 (Communication) are deliberately handled in the capstones, internships, and out-of-class trimester activities — that is why their non-elective coverage is narrow but very strong (the few courses that do map them, map them as primary outcomes). PO7 (Sustainability) and PO10 (Lifelong learning) are increasingly carried by the Year 3 research and capstone components.
Thrust Areas
Twelve thrust areas

Identified through a four-layer convergence test: stated priority in AP / Telangana industrial policy, backed by a Government of India scheme, validated by a global megatrend report, and accessible to BBA graduates within 0–3 years.

01

Why these twelve

Most BBA programmes train students for whatever functional silo their faculty already teach. We started instead from the question: where will the next decade of BBA-employer demand actually be? The twelve below are the answer, each anchored to a verifiable policy document or global report.

4
Convergence layers
Local · Regional · National · Global
16
Thrust areas
Each verified by all four layers
75+
Sources cited
Policies, missions, megatrend reports
83
Courses mapped
Each tagged P/S/T to every thrust
02

The twelve, in detail

Each card lists the four-layer need and the sources used to validate the area.

01
T1 · AI-AGENTAI, Agentic Systems & AI Product Management
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Hyderabad has emerged as India's AI capital with Google AI Accelerator launched in February 2025, T-Hub 2.0 (world's largest startup incubation centre at 572,000 sq ft) housing 1,000+ startups, and CtrlS Datacenters' $1.15 billion AI data centre cluster announced January 2025. Vijayawada-AP corporate hubs increasingly seek AI-skilled BBA graduates for AI Product, AI Operations, and AI Consulting roles.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
Telangana Government has positioned the state as 'global AI hub' through formal AI City development under Net Zero Future City framework. South India's IT corridor (Hyderabad-Bangalore-Chennai) absorbs nearly 40% of India's AI talent demand.
🇮🇳 National · India
Government of India has approved three Centres of Excellence for AI (Health, Agriculture, Sustainable Cities) with ₹990 crore outlay (Budget 2023-24), plus a Centre of Excellence in AI for Education with ₹500 crore outlay (Budget 2025-26). National vision: 'Make AI in India, Make AI work for India.' McKinsey projects India will generate $14 billion in revenue from generative and agentic AI by 2030.
🌐 Global · World Economy
World Economic Forum's Future of Jobs Report 2025 identifies AI and Big Data Specialists as the fastest-growing role globally. Gartner's Top Strategic Technology Trends for 2026 lists Agentic AI, Multi-Agent Systems, and Domain-Specific Language Models as the top three enterprise priorities. Gartner forecasts that by 2030, 80% of organisations will evolve from large engineering teams to smaller AI-augmented teams.
📚 Sources cited
Government of India Budget Announcement 2023-24, Para 60 (CoE-AI)Government of India Budget Speech 2025-26 (CoE-AI for Education)WEF Future of Jobs Report, January 2025Gartner Top Strategic Technology Trends for 2026, October 2025McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025Telangana State Government Press Release on Google AI Accelerator, Feb 2025Telangana CtrlS MoU Announcement, January 2025
02
T2 · SEMI-ELECSemiconductors, Electronics & Hardware Manufacturing
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Andhra Pradesh has received Union Cabinet approval (2025) for semiconductor manufacturing projects under the India Semiconductor Mission, joining Odisha, Punjab, and Gujarat. AP Industrial Development Policy 4.0 (2024-29) identifies Electronics as a 'Propelling Sector' with significant capital subsidies. Tata Electronics, Foxconn India, and EMS firms have active hiring in AP and Telangana.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
Telangana Industrial Policy lists IT Hardware (including biomedical devices, electronics, cellular communications, and FAB) among its 14 thrust sectors. The Hyderabad-Bangalore-Chennai corridor is becoming India's primary semiconductor hub with major fab proposals and EMS clusters.
🇮🇳 National · India
Government of India's Electronics Component Manufacturing Scheme (ECMS) was approved in April 2025 with a ₹22,919 crore outlay, targeting 91,600 direct jobs. The India Semiconductor Mission has a ₹76,000 crore package with 10 approved projects nationally. PLI for Large Scale Electronics Manufacturing has driven mobile phone exports to nearly ₹2 lakh crore (8x growth).
🌐 Global · World Economy
PwC Megatrends 2025 highlights geoeconomic fragmentation accelerating semiconductor industrial restructuring. McKinsey identifies semiconductors among India's 18 high-growth arenas. Global chip wars (US CHIPS Act, EU Chips Act) are reshaping supply chains, with India positioning as a credible alternative to traditional Asian hubs.
📚 Sources cited
AP Industrial Development Policy 4.0 (2024-29), GoAP, November 2024Telangana Industrial Policy 2015 with sectoral sub-policiesElectronics Component Manufacturing Scheme (ECMS) Notification F.No.W/49/2024-IPHW, MeitY, April 2025India Semiconductor Mission (ISM), MeitY, 2021 + Cabinet approvals 2024-25PLI for Large Scale Electronics Manufacturing, MeitYMcKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025PwC Megatrends 2025 Update, November 2025
03
T3 · GREEN-EVGreen Hydrogen, Renewable Energy & EV Mobility
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Andhra Pradesh has major solar parks and is part of India's renewable energy capacity build-out (28,416 MW total installed capacity, with substantial renewable share). AP Industrial Development Policy 4.0 lists Renewable Energy as a Propelling Sector. Greenko, headquartered in Hyderabad, is a natural anchor partner.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
Telangana Clean Energy 2025 Policy targets 20 GW renewable capacity by 2030, with 4,800 MW solar and 2,400 MW hydro already installed. Telangana has rolled out 1,000+ electric buses and is scaling to 3,000 charging stations. Pumped storage and green hydrogen projects are expanding.
🇮🇳 National · India
National Green Hydrogen Mission targets 5 million tonnes of green hydrogen by 2030 (10 Mt with exports), with a ₹19,744 crore outlay. The cumulative value of India's green hydrogen market could reach $8 billion by 2030. ACC Battery PLI (₹18,100 cr) and Solar PV PLI (₹48,120 cr) are driving the clean energy industrial base. FAME-II continues to support EV adoption.
🌐 Global · World Economy
WEF Future of Jobs Report 2025 identifies green transition as a major macrotrend, creating 34 million additional jobs globally by 2030 in green sectors. Environmental Stewardship is in the top 10 growing skills. PwC Megatrends 2025 places climate change as the foundational megatrend reshaping every industry. Green skills demand globally grew 22% in 2022-23, outpacing supply.
📚 Sources cited
National Green Hydrogen Mission Document, MNRE, January 2023AP Industrial Development Policy 4.0 (2024-29), GoAPTelangana Clean Energy 2025 Policy, GoTPLI for ACC Battery Storage, MoHIPLI for High-Efficiency Solar PV Modules, MNRENITI Aayog 'Scenarios Towards Viksit Bharat — Industry Sector' Report, February 2026WEF Future of Jobs Report, January 2025PwC Megatrends 2025 Update, November 2025
04
T4 · PHARMA-LSPharmaceuticals, Biotech & Life Sciences
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Andhra Pradesh's Nakkapalli Bulk Drug Park (covering 2,001 acres at ₹1,877 cr investment) is scheduled for Phase 1 completion by March 2026, targeting ₹11,542 cr in total investments and 54,000 jobs. Pharmaceutical exports from AP stood at ₹24,298 cr (US$2.74 billion) in FY25. AP Industrial Development Policy 4.0 lists Pharmaceuticals as a Sustenance Sector.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
Hyderabad is India's pharma capital with 1,800+ pharmaceutical manufacturing units and 1,400 technology companies employing nearly 10 lakh professionals. Telangana's Life Sciences sector secured $4.13 billion from 140+ projects in 2024, creating 51,000 jobs. The Telangana Life Sciences Policy 2026 focuses on cell & gene therapy, genomics, biologics, precision medicine, and advanced R&D.
🇮🇳 National · India
India's PLI for Bulk Drugs, Medical Devices, and Pharmaceuticals has driven cumulative pharma sales of ₹2.66 lakh crore (including exports of ₹1.70 lakh crore). The pharma sector transitioned from net importer (₹1,930 cr deficit in FY22) to net exporter (₹2,280 cr surplus in FY25). Domestic Value Addition reached 83.70% as of March 2025.
🌐 Global · World Economy
WEF Future of Jobs Report 2025 projects an 11 million healthcare worker shortage globally by 2030. PwC Megatrends 2025 identifies aging populations and demographic shifts as drivers of healthcare demand. McKinsey identifies pharma and life sciences among India's 18 high-growth arenas. O*NET Bright Outlook lists Medical & Health Services Managers among rapidly growing occupations.
📚 Sources cited
AP Industrial Development Policy 4.0 (2024-29), GoAPTelangana Life Sciences Vision 2030, GoTTelangana Life Sciences Policy 2026 (announced)PLI for Bulk Drugs, Pharmaceuticals, and Medical Devices, DoPIBEF State Reports — AP and Telangana, 2025WEF Future of Jobs Report, January 2025PwC Megatrends 2025 Update, November 2025McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025
05
T5 · DATA-CYBERData Engineering, Cloud & Cybersecurity
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Hyderabad has emerged as a major data centre hub with CtrlS's $1.15 billion AI data centre cluster and significant capacity build-out. The T-Fiber Grid initiative aims to deliver high-speed broadband to 83 lakh households across 33 districts. Data and cybersecurity roles are among the most-recruited at AP/TS GCC operations.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
Telangana Industrial Policy explicitly includes IT/ITES, Data Centers, and Cybersecurity within its 14 thrust sectors. The state has positioned itself for the global data centre boom alongside Mumbai, Chennai, and NCR.
🇮🇳 National · India
India Stack (UPI, Aadhaar, DigiLocker, ONDC, Account Aggregator) represents one of the world's largest Digital Public Infrastructure deployments. India's Digital Personal Data Protection Act 2023 mandates new cybersecurity and data protection responsibilities across all sectors. CERT-In's six-hour breach reporting rule creates significant compliance demand.
🌐 Global · World Economy
Gartner Top Strategic Technology Trends 2026 lists Preemptive Cybersecurity, Confidential Computing, and AI Security Platforms among top 10 trends. Gartner forecasts preemptive cybersecurity will be 50% of all security spending by 2030. WEF identifies Networks & Cybersecurity in the top three fastest-growing skills. McKinsey projects India's cybersecurity spend share to grow to 4-6% of global IT budgets by 2030.
📚 Sources cited
Digital Personal Data Protection Act 2023, MeitY, August 2023India Stack / DPI Framework, MeitY (UPI, Aadhaar, DigiLocker, AA, ONDC)WEF Future of Jobs Report, January 2025Gartner Top Strategic Technology Trends 2026, October 2025McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025Telangana Industrial Policy + sectoral sub-policies
06
T6 · D2C-QCD2C, Quick Commerce & New-Age Retail
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Hyderabad has a strong D2C startup ecosystem within T-Hub portfolio companies. AP Tourism Policy 2024-29 supports experience-economy growth that often intersects with D2C consumer brands. Quick commerce platforms (Swiggy Instamart, Zepto, Blinkit) have operational hubs in both AP and Telangana.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
Young India Skills University (Hyderabad, established October 2024) explicitly includes e-commerce among its core skill areas. Bangalore-Hyderabad corridor leads India's D2C startup ecosystem.
🇮🇳 National · India
ONDC (Open Network for Digital Commerce) is reshaping Indian retail. McKinsey projects online retail will grow to 15-17% of total Indian retail by 2030, with quick and social commerce accounting for 25% in some categories. Bharat Trade Net (announced Budget 2025-26) provides digital trade infrastructure.
🌐 Global · World Economy
PwC 'Navigating the Value Shift' Report identifies consumer-facing domains as among the largest GVA opportunities ($9.82 trillion globally by 2035). WEF identifies E-commerce and Performance Marketing specialists among fastest-growing roles. O*NET lists Logistics and E-commerce Operations among Bright Outlook occupations.
📚 Sources cited
ONDC Framework, MeitY (operational since 2022)Bharat Trade Net (BTN) Announcement, Budget 2025-26, DGFTMcKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025PwC 'Navigating the Value Shift' Report, July 2025WEF Future of Jobs Report, January 2025
07
T7 · FINTECHFinTech, Digital Lending & Embedded Finance
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Telangana hosts major operations of FinTech leaders including PhonePe, Razorpay, CRED, Slice, and Jupiter. The state's GCC hub status drives BBA hiring across FinTech product, operations, risk, and compliance functions. Vijayawada-AP increasingly serves as a FinTech back-office hub.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
Telangana Industrial Policy supports FinTech ecosystem development. The Hyderabad-Bangalore-Mumbai FinTech corridor concentrates most of India's high-value FinTech employment.
🇮🇳 National · India
UPI processed over 200+ billion transactions in 2024-25, making India the world leader in real-time digital payments. RBI's Digital Lending Guidelines (2022, updated 2024), the Account Aggregator Framework, and the Digital Rupee CBDC pilot are reshaping the FinTech landscape. GIFT City IFSC offers cross-border FinTech opportunities.
🌐 Global · World Economy
WEF Future of Jobs Report 2025 identifies FinTech Engineer as a top-growing role globally. McKinsey identifies FinTech among India's 18 high-growth arenas. O*NET lists Financial Risk Specialists and FinTech roles among Bright Outlook occupations with rapid growth projections.
📚 Sources cited
RBI Digital Lending Guidelines, 2022 (updated 2024)Account Aggregator Framework, RBIUPI / India Stack Framework, NPCI / MeitYDigital Rupee CBDC Pilot, RBIGIFT City IFSC Framework, IFSCAWEF Future of Jobs Report, January 2025McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025
08
T8 · IB-CAPInvestment Banking, M&A & Capital Markets
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Hyderabad has emerged as a significant GCC hub for global investment banks (Goldman Sachs, JPM, Morgan Stanley, Citi back-offices), generating direct BBA hiring demand for analyst and associate roles. Vijayawada-AP family office ecosystem and growing wealth concentration create regional capital markets demand.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
TS as the GCC hub for IB back-office and analytics functions has the highest density of capital markets-related employment in southern India. Bangalore-Mumbai corridor provides the broader regional pipeline.
🇮🇳 National · India
SEBI's regulatory reforms, GIFT City IFSCA framework, expansion of AIF Cat I/II/III, growing PE/VC activity, and India's emergence as a major M&A market all drive demand. PwC's 28th Annual CEO Survey shows 40% of India CEOs entered new sectors in past five years through M&A and reinvention.
🌐 Global · World Economy
McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' projects strong continuing M&A and PE/VC growth. WEF identifies Investment & Financial Services Specialists among top growing occupations. Global capital markets are undergoing digital transformation creating new advisory needs.
📚 Sources cited
SEBI Regulatory Frameworks (Takeover Code, AIF Regulations, IPO Reforms)GIFT City IFSCA FrameworkRBI FEMA Guidelines on Cross-Border M&APwC 28th Annual Global CEO Survey, January 2025McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025WEF Future of Jobs Report, January 2025
09
T9 · STRAT-CONSStrategy Consulting & Decision Sciences
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Hyderabad has become a major hub for global strategy consulting firm GCCs (McKinsey, BCG, Bain back-offices, EY-Parthenon, Deloitte Strategy). These firms hire BBA graduates as Business Analysts at scale. AP's MSME advisory ecosystem under MSME Policy 4.0 creates additional consulting demand.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
Bangalore-Hyderabad-Chennai-Mumbai consulting corridor accounts for the bulk of MBB and Big 4 strategy hiring in India.
🇮🇳 National · India
NITI Aayog functions as the apex government strategy consulting body. Viksit Bharat 2047 strategy formulation across sectors creates significant national-level strategy demand. India CEO Survey shows strategic reinvention as core CEO agenda.
🌐 Global · World Economy
McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report itself is a canonical strategy artifact. PwC CEO Survey shows strategic reinvention as the universal CEO agenda. O*NET lists Management Analysts (Consultants) among Bright Outlook occupations with 75,000+ openings projected (2024-2034).
📚 Sources cited
NITI Aayog Viksit Bharat 2047 Strategic FrameworkMcKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025 (canonical artifact)PwC 28th Annual Global CEO Survey, January 2025O*NET Bright Outlook Occupations, 2024-2034 BLS ProjectionsAP MSME & Entrepreneur Development Policy 4.0 (2024-29)
10
T10 · SMART-MFGSmart Manufacturing & Industry 4.0
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
AP Industrial Development Policy 4.0 identifies Auto Components and Electronics Manufacturing as Propelling Sectors. AP and Telangana host significant manufacturing clusters (auto, defence, aerospace). Major recruiters: Tata Group manufacturing, Mahindra, Ashok Leyland, Bharat Forge.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
The Hyderabad-Chennai-Bengaluru-Pune corridor is among India's densest industrial hiring zones. Telangana Industrial Policy lists Automobile, Auto Components, and Aerospace among its 14 thrust sectors.
🇮🇳 National · India
PLI for Automobiles & Auto Components has attracted ₹67,690 cr in committed investments (₹14,043 cr realized by March 2024, generating 28,884+ jobs). PLI for Specialty Steel (₹6,322 cr) and Drones & Drone Components (₹120 cr) extend the industrial PLI footprint. National Manufacturing Mission framework supports India as a global manufacturing hub. NITI Aayog's industry decarbonisation roadmap addresses green manufacturing.
🌐 Global · World Economy
Gartner 2026 Top Trends lists Physical AI (robotics, autonomous systems) as a major enterprise priority. McKinsey projects India's robot density to double in 5 years and identifies the $101 billion industrial automation market opportunity. WEF identifies Robotics and Autonomous Systems Engineers among the fastest-growing roles globally.
📚 Sources cited
AP Industrial Development Policy 4.0 (2024-29), GoAPTelangana Industrial Policy + Automobile/Auto Component sub-policiesPLI for Automobiles & Auto Components, MoHIPLI for Specialty Steel, MoSNational Manufacturing Mission framework, DPIITNITI Aayog 'Scenarios Towards Viksit Bharat — Industry Sector', February 2026Gartner Top Strategic Technology Trends 2026McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025
11
T11 · DEF-AERODefence, Aerospace & Space Business
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Telangana hosts a strong aerospace cluster, winning the 'Best State Award for Aerospace' in 2024 and hosting Aeromart Hyderabad 2024 with 200+ companies from 15 countries and 3,500+ B2B meetings. AP has defence corridor extensions. Hyderabad is home to Bharat Dynamics Ltd (BDL), Bharat Electronics Ltd (BEL) operations, and multiple DRDO labs.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
South India is becoming a key defence and aerospace hub with Hyderabad, Bengaluru, and Chennai forming the regional industrial backbone. Tata Advanced Systems, L&T Defence, and Adani Defence have major operations across the region.
🇮🇳 National · India
Defence Production Policy 2018 and Indian Space Policy 2023 (privatising the space sector) have opened up the sector to private participation. Defence imports have dropped from heavy dependence to 35%. India's defence market is projected at $40-50 billion by 2030, with exports targeted at $6 billion by 2029-30. India aims to capture 8% of the global space economy by 2033, with 200+ space startups and $450 million in investments from 2021-24.
🌐 Global · World Economy
McKinsey identifies defence and space among India's 18 high-growth arenas. PwC Megatrends 2025 highlights geoeconomic fragmentation accelerating defence demand globally. WEF identifies space and defence industry roles among growing occupations.
📚 Sources cited
Defence Production Policy 2018, MoDIndian Space Policy 2023, DoS / ISROTelangana Industrial Policy (Aerospace & Defence sub-policy)DPP — Defence Acquisition Procedure 2020McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025PwC Megatrends 2025 Update, November 2025
12
T12 · TOUR-EXPTourism, Hospitality & Experience Economy
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
AP Tourism Policy 2024-29 grants 'Industry Status' to tourism and hospitality across all segments, with customised incentives for Mega and Ultra Mega projects. AP signed an MoU with Vietnam Travel Association in September 2025 to boost Buddhist Circuit tourism from Southeast Asia.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
Telangana Tourism is one of the listed thrust sectors in the state industrial policy. South India's tourism corridor (AP-TS-Karnataka-Kerala-Tamil Nadu) is among India's most diversified tourism markets.
🇮🇳 National · India
Ministry of Tourism's Swadesh Darshan 2.0 and PRASHAD schemes are reshaping Indian tourism. Visa-on-arrival expansion and Buddhist circuit development create new sector opportunities. India's tourism sector is a $170 billion market growing at 12-14% CAGR.
🌐 Global · World Economy
McKinsey identifies tourism among India's high-growth arenas, with outbound Indian tourist spending projected to reach $89 billion by 2027. PwC Megatrends notes demographic shifts (aging populations in developed economies, growing middle class in India) driving the experience economy. O*NET lists Hospitality Managers among Bright Outlook occupations.
📚 Sources cited
AP Tourism Policy 2024-29, GoAPAP–Vietnam Travel Association MoU, September 2025Swadesh Darshan 2.0 and PRASHAD Schemes, Ministry of TourismMcKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025PwC Megatrends 2025 Update, November 2025
13
T13 · BFSIBanking, Financial Services & Insurance
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Hyderabad-Vijayawada-Visakhapatnam corridor hosts major Indian banking + insurance operations: HDFC Bank + ICICI Bank + Axis Bank + Kotak Mahindra regional HQs, plus growing fintech hubs (PhonePe HQ Bangalore with major Hyderabad operations, Razorpay engineering in Bangalore + Hyderabad). Andhra Pradesh has 4,000+ bank branches across public + private sector banks. BFSI hiring of BBA graduates continues at scale — relationship managers, credit analysts, branch banking, insurance + AMC roles.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
South India (Karnataka, Telangana, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Kerala) is India's BFSI back-office + technology hub. Bangalore + Hyderabad host BFSI Global Capability Centres for Citi, JPMorgan, Goldman Sachs, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, Standard Chartered. Indian BFSI sector employs 2M+ professionals directly, with South India housing ~40% of BFSI tech talent.
🇮🇳 National · India
Indian BFSI sector ~$280B (2024) growing 12-15% annually. RBI projects banking system credit growth at 13-15% in FY25-26. IRDAI insurance penetration target of 4.3% by 2030 (from 4.0% currently). SEBI's mutual fund industry crossed ₹70 lakh cr AUM in 2025. Fintech sector: 100+ unicorns, $50B+ valuation. Government's Digital Public Infrastructure (UPI, Aadhaar, ONDC, OCEN) creates unique Indian BFSI advantages globally.
🌐 Global · World Economy
PwC Asset Management 2030 projects global AUM reaching $147 trillion by 2030. BIS reports fintech investment ~$210B globally. Indian BFSI talent increasingly serves global firms via GCCs — Goldman Sachs Bangalore + Hyderabad, JPMorgan India, Citi India each employ 30,000-50,000+ professionals serving global operations.
📚 Sources cited
RBI Annual Report 2024-25IRDAI Annual Report 2024-25SEBI Mutual Fund Industry Quarterly Reports 2025PwC Asset Management 2030 Report, 2024BCG India Fintech Report 2025NASSCOM BFSI GCC Report 2025Telangana ITE&C BFSI Growth Strategy 2025
14
T14 · IT-SVCIT Services, IT Consulting & Global Capability Centres
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Hyderabad + Bangalore + Pune + Chennai together host India's $254B IT services + GCC industry. Hyderabad GCC ecosystem alone has 250+ GCCs employing 200,000+ professionals serving global enterprises (Microsoft, Google, Amazon, Apple, Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan, Wells Fargo). Indian IT services firms (TCS, Infosys, Wipro, HCL, Tech Mahindra, LTIMindtree, Mphasis) hire 100,000+ BBA graduates annually for business analyst, consultant, project coordinator + sales roles.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
South India dominates Indian IT services: Bangalore ($120B+ IT exports), Hyderabad ($80B+), Chennai ($45B+), Visakhapatnam emerging. Telangana + Andhra Pradesh focused investments creating Tier-2 IT hubs (Visakhapatnam, Vijayawada, Tirupati). Indian GCCs forecast to reach 2,400+ centres + 2.8M employees by 2030 (NASSCOM).
🇮🇳 National · India
Indian IT services + GCC industry $254B (FY25), growing 6-8% annually. NASSCOM projects $350B+ by 2030. India hosts 1,800+ GCCs employing 1.9M+ professionals. AI transformation reshaping IT services: TCS Mfdf, Infosys Topaz, Wipro AI360, HCL AI Force, Tech Mahindra Project Indus + AI-augmented delivery. Indian IT services AI revolution creates demand for AI-fluent business managers + product managers.
🌐 Global · World Economy
Global IT services market $1.5 trillion (Gartner). Global Capability Centres growing 11-13% annually. AI-augmented services + offshore delivery models reshaping global enterprise IT. India remains world's #1 IT outsourcing destination + #1 GCC destination. BBA graduates entering Indian IT services build careers serving Fortune 500 globally.
📚 Sources cited
NASSCOM Strategic Review 2025NASSCOM Global Capability Centres Report 2025Gartner Worldwide IT Spending Forecast 2025McKinsey 'India's Future Arenas' Report, June 2025Government of India IT Services Export Statistics 2024-25Telangana ITE&C IT Industry Report 2025Andhra Pradesh IT Policy 2024-29
15
T15 · AGRI-MGTAgri Management, Agri-Tech & Food Business
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Andhra Pradesh is India's #1 producer of rice, cocoa, eggs, mango, papaya, and lemon. Telangana leads in cotton + maize + chillies. AP-Telangana host major agri-business hubs: ITC Agri Business HQ (cluster operations), Olam India, Cargill India, Heritage Foods. Agri-tech startups Indian ecosystem (DeHaat, Ninjacart, AgroStar) increasingly present in AP-Telangana. BBA graduates in agri-business roles: procurement, supply chain, farmer relations, agri-finance, FMCG-agri.
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
South India contributes 35%+ of India's agri-output. Andhra Pradesh + Karnataka + Tamil Nadu + Telangana lead in horticulture, dairy, aquaculture, food processing. Indian Farmer Producer Organizations (FPOs) — 7,000+ active, target 10,000 — concentrated in South India. Regional food processing parks (Mega Food Parks Scheme, AP-Telangana) driving value addition.
🇮🇳 National · India
Indian agriculture + food sector ~$500B economy, employing 45% of workforce. India is world's #2 producer of food grains, fruits, vegetables; #1 in milk, pulses, jute. Food processing industry growing 11-12% annually. PLI Food Processing Scheme ₹10,900 cr. PM-KISAN, Agriculture Infrastructure Fund (₹1 lakh cr), Mission for Integrated Development of Horticulture creating opportunities. Agri-tech sector reached $1.3B funding (2024).
🌐 Global · World Economy
FAO projects global food demand to grow 60% by 2050. Climate-smart agriculture + food security are top global priorities. India positioned as world's food-bowl: agri exports $50B target by 2027. Indian agri-tech (DeHaat, Ninjacart, Cropin) expanding to Southeast Asia + Africa. Sustainable + traceable food supply chains creating premium global market opportunities for Indian agri-business.
📚 Sources cited
Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers Welfare Annual Report 2024-25Ministry of Food Processing Industries PLI Scheme Report 2025NABARD Annual Report 2024-25NASSCOM Indian Agritech Report 2025FAO State of Food Security Report 2024Andhra Pradesh Agriculture Department Reports 2024-25Telangana Rythu Bandhu + Agriculture Policy 2025
16
T16 · MEDIA-ENTMedia, Events & Entertainment Management
CONVERGENCE TEST
local · regional · national · global
📍 Local · AP / Vijayawada / Hyderabad
Hyderabad-AP hosts India's largest film production ecosystem: Telugu film industry (Tollywood) produces 250+ films annually with ₹4,000+ cr revenue. Ramoji Film City (Hyderabad) is world's largest film studio complex (1,666 acres). Telugu OTT + content platforms (Aha, ZEE5 Telugu, Disney+Hotstar Telugu) growing rapidly. Hyderabad event-management ecosystem hosts global tech + business events (T-Hub, WEF outreach, global summits).
🌏 Regional · Telangana & South India
South India dominates Indian regional content: Tamil, Telugu, Kannada, Malayalam film industries collectively generate ₹15,000+ cr. Bangalore + Hyderabad lead in OTT engineering + content technology. Tamil Nadu + Karnataka + Telangana host major event management agencies + sports business operations (IPL teams: RCB, CSK, SRH).
🇮🇳 National · India
Indian Media & Entertainment industry ₹2.5 lakh cr (FY25), forecast ₹4 lakh cr by 2030 (FICCI-EY). Film, broadcast TV, digital media, animation + VFX, gaming, events all growing double-digit. Indian gaming industry $5B (2024) → $10B+ by 2027. Indian sports business ₹15,000 cr (IPL alone ₹10,000 cr). Creator economy $5B → $12B+ by 2030 (Bain).
🌐 Global · World Economy
Global M&E industry $2.8 trillion (PwC). Streaming + gaming + creator economy reshaping global content consumption. India positioned as #1 content + animation + VFX exporter (Disney, Marvel, Netflix outsourcing). Indian films + OTT increasingly global (RRR, SS Rajamouli films, Telugu content global growth). Indian event management firms expanding internationally.
📚 Sources cited
FICCI-EY Indian Media & Entertainment Industry Report 2025PwC Global Entertainment & Media Outlook 2025-29Bain Indian Creator Economy Report 2024Telangana Film Development Corporation Report 2025Andhra Pradesh Tourism + Entertainment Policy 2024-29FICCI Frames Indian Media + Sports Industry Reports 2025Government of India Animation, Visual Effects, Gaming, Comics (AVGC) Promotion Task Force Report
03

Course × Thrust mapping

Every course is tagged for its contribution to each thrust area: P = Primary, S = Strong support, T = Touch-point, blank = no coverage. Scroll horizontally on small screens.

P Primary
S Strong
T Touch
· None
CategoryCourseTrimT1
AI-AGENT		T2
SEMI-ELEC		T3
GREEN-EV		T4
PHARMA-LS		T5
DATA-CYBER		T6
D2C-QC		T7
FINTECH		T8
IB-CAP		T9
STRAT-CONS		T10
SMART-MFG		T11
DEF-AERO		T12
TOUR-EXP		T13
BFSI		T14
IT-SVC		T15
AGRI-MGT		T16
MEDIA-ENT
▸ Foundation
FoundationF1 · Microeconomics for Business DecisionsT1TSSTTSTTSSTTSSSS
FoundationF2 · Macroeconomics & Global MarketsT3TSSTTTSSSSSTPSSS
FoundationF3 · Financial Accounting & Corporate ReportingT2TSSSTSSPSSTTPSSS
FoundationF4 · Management & Cost Accounting for DecisionsT3TPTSTSTSSPSSSSSS
FoundationF5 · Business Ethics, ESG, Law & Regulatory ComplianceT9TTPSSSSSSSSTPSSS
FoundationF6 · Business Environment & Perspectives of ManagementT2SPPPTSSTSPPSSSSS
▸ Mathematics
MathematicsM1 · Calculus & Linear Algebra for BusinessT1PTTTPTSSSTTTSPTT
MathematicsM2 · Statistics & Probability for BusinessT2PTTSPSSSPSTTPPSS
▸ Communication
CommunicationC1 · Business Communication: Speaking & WritingT1TTTTTTTSSTTSSSTS
CommunicationC2 · Negotiation & Executive CommunicationT4TSSSTSSPPSSSPPSP
CommunicationC3 · Foreign Language for Global BusinessT3TTTTTTTTTTTSSSTS
▸ Tech Core
Tech CoreD1 · Python Programming for BusinessT1PTTTPTSSSSTTPPTT
Tech CoreD2 · Data Engineering: SQL, Warehousing & PipelinesT2PTTSPPPSSSTTSPTT
Tech CoreD3 · Machine Learning for Business AnalyticsT3PTTSPPPSPSSTPPSS
Tech CoreD4 · Generative AI, LLMs & Agentic SystemsT6PTTSPSSSSSSTSPSS
Tech CoreD5 · Digital Transformation & Enterprise TechT6PPSSPPPSPPSSPPSS
▸ Functional
FunctionalE1 · Corporate FinanceT4TSSPTSPPPSSSPSTT
FunctionalE10 · Venture Creation, Scaling & Founder LeadershipT7PSPPSPPSPSSSSSSS
FunctionalE11 · Strategic Management & Competitive DynamicsT9SPPPSPPPPPPPSSSS
FunctionalE12 · Global Business & Corporate StrategyT8SPPPSSPPPPPPSSSS
FunctionalE13 · Business Analytics EssentialsT3PTTSPPPPPSTSPPSS
FunctionalE14 · Business Intelligence, Visualization & Executive DashboardsT6PSSSPPPPPSSSPPSS
FunctionalE2 · Investments & Capital MarketsT5SSSPTSPPPSSSPTTT
FunctionalE3 · Marketing ManagementT2SSSSTPSTSSTPSSSP
FunctionalE4 · Consumer Behaviour & Brand StrategyT5STSSSPSTSTTPSSSP
FunctionalE5 · Operations & Production ManagementT4SPSPSSTTSPPPSSSS
FunctionalE6 · Logistics & Supply Chain ManagementT5SPSPSPTTSPPPTSPP
FunctionalE7 · Organisational Behaviour & People AnalyticsT1STTSSTTSPTTTSSSS
FunctionalE8 · HRM & Talent StrategyT5STTSSTSSPSSSSPSS
FunctionalE9 · Business Model Architecture & Design ThinkingT4SSPPSPPSPSSPSSSS
▸ Open Elective
Open ElectiveOE1 · AI Product Building & No-Code MVP DevelopmentT8PSTSPPPSSSSTSSSS
Open ElectiveOE2 · UX/UI Design & Product Experience StrategyT9STTSSPPTSTTSSSSS
Open ElectiveOE3 · Cybersecurity, Digital Trust & Risk Management for Business LeadersT8/T9SSTSPSPSPSSTSSSS
▸ Professional Electives
PE - AI Product ManaT7-PE1 · Product Management Foundations, PRD Craft & User ResearchT6PSTSPPPTPTTTPPSS
PE - AI Product ManaT7-PE2 · AI Product Development, GenAI Apps & LLM IntegrationT7PSTSPPPTPTTTPPTS
PE - AI Product ManaT7-PE3 · Growth Hacking, Experimentation Velocity & North-Star MetricsT7PTTSPPPTPTTTPPTS
PE - AI Product ManaT7-PE4 · Tech Product Strategy, Platform Thinking & Ecosystem DesignT8PSTSPPPTPTTTPPTS
PE - Algo TradingT8-PE1 · Quantitative Methods, Stochastic Calculus & Financial MathematicsT6PTTTPTSPSTTTPSTT
PE - Algo TradingT8-PE2 · Algorithmic Trading Strategies, Market Microstructure & ExecutionT7PTTTPTSPSTTTPTTT
PE - Algo TradingT8-PE3 · Machine Learning for Finance & Alternative DataT7PTTTPTSPSTTTPTTT
PE - Algo TradingT8-PE4 · Quantitative Risk Management, Portfolio Construction & RegTechT8PTTTPTSPSTTTPTTT
PE - Brand LeadershiT4-PE1 · FMCG Brand Management, Category Leadership & Modern TradeT6STSSSPSTSTTSSTSP
PE - Brand LeadershiT4-PE2 · Growth Marketing, Performance Acquisition & MarTech StackT7PTTSSPSTSTTSPSSP
PE - Brand LeadershiT4-PE3 · D2C, Consumer Tech & Digital Native Brand Building from PMF to ScaleT7STSSSPSTSTTSSSSP
PE - Brand LeadershiT4-PE4 · AI-Driven Personalization, Marketing Automation & Customer Lifetime ValueT8PTTSSPSTSTTSSSSP
PE - Decision IntellT3-PE1 · Causal Inference, Experimentation & Quasi-Experimental MethodsT6PTTSPSSSPSTSPPSS
PE - Decision IntellT3-PE2 · Deep Learning, NLP & Computer Vision for BusinessT7PSTSPSSSPSSTSPPS
PE - Decision IntellT3-PE3 · Optimization, Simulation & Operations ResearchT7PSSSPSSSPPSTSPST
PE - Decision IntellT3-PE4 · MLOps, Model Deployment & Production AnalyticsT8PSTSPSSSPSSTPPSS
PE - FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationT2-PE1 · Payments Infrastructure, UPI & India Stack ArchitectureT6STTTPSPSSTTTPPTS
PE - FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationT2-PE2 · Digital Lending, Credit Underwriting & BNPLT7STTTPSPSSTTTPPTS
PE - FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationT2-PE3 · Neo-Banking, Banking-as-a-Service & Embedded FinanceT7STTTPSPSSTTTSPSS
PE - FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationT2-PE4 · FinTech Product Management, GTM & Founder EconomicsT8STTTPSPSSTTTPPTT
PE - Investment BankT1-PE1 · Financial Modelling, Valuation & Pitchbook CraftT6STTSSTSPPTTTPSTT
PE - Investment BankT1-PE2 · Mergers, Acquisitions & Leveraged BuyoutsT7STTSSTSPPTTTPSTT
PE - Investment BankT1-PE3 · Equity Research, Industry Analysis & Initiating CoverageT7SSSSSSSPPSSSPPTT
PE - Investment BankT1-PE4 · Private Equity, Venture Capital & Growth CapitalT8STSSSSSPPTTTPSTT
PE - Strategy ConsulT6-PE1 · Structured Problem-Solving, Hypothesis-Driven Consulting & Storyline DesignT6SSSSSSSSPSSSPPSS
PE - Strategy ConsulT6-PE2 · Industry Analysis, Market Sizing & Competitive StrategyT7SSSSSSSSPSSSPPPS
PE - Strategy ConsulT6-PE3 · Operations Excellence, Cost Transformation & Lean ConsultingT7SPSSSSSSPPPSPPSS
PE - Strategy ConsulT6-PE4 · Digital Strategy, Transformation Consulting & Tech-Business StrategyT8PSSSPSSSPSSSPPSS
PE - Venture BuildinT5-PE1 · Lean Startup, Customer Discovery & Engineering Product-Market FitT6PSSSSPSSPSSSSSSS
PE - Venture BuildinT5-PE2 · Fundraising, Term Sheets, Cap-Table Mechanics & Investor RelationsT7PSSSSPPPPSSSPSSS
PE - Venture BuildinT5-PE3 · Scaling Operations, Founder-Led Hiring, Org Design & People OperationsT7PSSSSPPSPSSSSPSS
PE - Venture BuildinT5-PE4 · Founder Financial Discipline, Unit Economics & Path to ProfitabilityT8SSSSSPPPPSSSSSSS
▸ Sectoral Specializations
Sectoral - AgriSS8A · Agri & Food Business Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation1STTSTTSTTSSTSTSPT
Sectoral - AgriSS8B · Agri & Food Business Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness2STTSTTSTTSSTSTSPT
Sectoral - BFSISS6A · BFSI Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation1STTTTTTPPSTTTPSTT
Sectoral - BFSISS6B · BFSI Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness2STTTTTTPPSTTTPSTT
Sectoral - D2CSS5A · D2C & Quick Commerce Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation1SSTTTSPSSPTTSSSSP
Sectoral - D2CSS5B · D2C & Quick Commerce Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness2SPTTTSPSPPTTSSPTP
Sectoral - Green EneSS3A · Green Energy & EV Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation1SSSPTSSSSPPTTSSST
Sectoral - Green EneSS3B · Green Energy & EV Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness2SSTPSSSSPPSTTSSST
Sectoral - HealthcarSS1A · Healthcare & Pharma Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation1SSTTPSTSSPSTTSSST
Sectoral - HealthcarSS1B · Healthcare & Pharma Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness2SSTTPSTSPPSTTSSST
Sectoral - IT ServicSS7A · IT Services & Consulting Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation1SPTTTPTSTPSTTSPTT
Sectoral - IT ServicSS7B · IT Services & Consulting Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness2SPTTTPTSTPSTTSPTT
Sectoral - MediaSS9A · Media, Events & Entertainment Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation1STTTTTSTTSTTSSSTP
Sectoral - MediaSS9B · Media, Events & Entertainment Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness2STTTTTSTTSTTSSSTP
Sectoral - SemiconduSS2A · Semiconductor & Electronics Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation1SSPSTSTTSPPSTTPTT
Sectoral - SemiconduSS2B · Semiconductor & Electronics Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness2SPPTTSTTPPPSTTPTT
Sectoral - Smart MfgSS4A · Smart Mfg & Defence Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation1SSSTTSTTSSPPTSPTT
Sectoral - Smart MfgSS4B · Smart Mfg & Defence Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness2SSSTTSTTPPPPTSSTT
04

Thrust coverage analytics

How well does the 30-course core curriculum cover the 16 thrust areas? Every core course is tagged Primary, Secondary, or Tertiary against every thrust. This dashboard turns those 480 tags into coverage and depth metrics — revealing which thrusts the foundation+core layer handles strongly and which depend on Professional Electives and Sectoral Specializations.

132
Primary mappings
8.2 P per thrust on average
233
Secondary mappings
Reinforced exposure
115
Tertiary mappings
Awareness-level touch
100%
Universal coverage
Every thrust touched by all 30 core courses at some level

Thrust depth by family

Bars show Primary / Secondary / Tertiary mapping counts (out of 30 core courses). Avg-depth score uses P=3, S=2, T=1 weighting — higher means the average core course engages the thrust more substantively.

Tech & Data 3 thrusts
T1
AI
P 10 S 11 T 9
2.03 avg
T5
Data Engineering
P 9 S 10 T 11
1.93 avg
T14
IT Services
P 11 S 18 T 1
2.33 avg
Industry & Energy 5 thrusts
T2
Semiconductors
P 7 S 10 T 13
1.8 avg
T3
Green Hydrogen
P 6 S 12 T 12
1.8 avg
T10
Smart Manufacturing
P 7 S 18 T 5
2.07 avg
T11
Defence
P 5 S 13 T 12
1.77 avg
T15
Agri Management
P 1 S 22 T 7
1.8 avg
Finance & Strategy 4 thrusts
T7
FinTech
P 11 S 12 T 7
2.13 avg
T8
Investment Banking
P 8 S 15 T 7
2.03 avg
T9
Strategy Consulting
P 14 S 15 T 1
2.43 avg
T13
Banking
P 12 S 17 T 1
2.37 avg
Consumer & Experience 4 thrusts
T4
Pharmaceuticals
P 9 S 15 T 6
2.1 avg
T6
D2C
P 11 S 12 T 7
2.13 avg
T12
Tourism
P 7 S 12 T 11
1.87 avg
T16
Media
P 4 S 21 T 5
1.97 avg

Top 5 most-anchored thrusts

Thrusts the core curriculum trains most deeply — these are the strongest entry-level pitches for placement.

T9 Strategy Consulting & Decision Sciences 14 P 2.43 avg
T13 Banking, Financial Services & Insurance 12 P 2.37 avg
T6 D2C, Quick Commerce & New-Age Retail 11 P 2.13 avg
T7 FinTech, Digital Lending & Embedded Finance 11 P 2.13 avg
T14 IT Services, IT Consulting & Global Capability Centres 11 P 2.33 avg

Thrusts that depend on PEs & Sectoral Specializations

The core+foundation layer covers these thrusts at awareness or reinforcement level. Students who target placements in these sectors must pick the matching Professional Elective track and Sectoral Specialization for depth.

T12 7 P
Tourism, Hospitality & Experience Economy
avg depth 1.87 · 12 S · 11 T
T3 6 P
Green Hydrogen, Renewable Energy & EV Mobility
avg depth 1.8 · 12 S · 12 T
T11 5 P
Defence, Aerospace & Space Business
avg depth 1.77 · 13 S · 12 T
T16 4 P
Media, Events & Entertainment Management
avg depth 1.97 · 21 S · 5 T
T15 1 P
Agri Management, Agri-Tech & Food Business
avg depth 1.8 · 22 S · 7 T
!
Reading this dashboard: "P" (Primary) means the course is built around that thrust; "S" (Secondary) means it reinforces it; "T" (Tertiary) means it's covered at awareness level. The core curriculum deliberately invests P-depth in Strategy Consulting (T9), BFSI (T13), IT Services (T14), and FinTech (T7) because over 60% of placements historically land in those four sectors. Thinner thrusts like Defence (T11) and Agri (T15) are designed to be activated through the matching PE track + S4 / S8 Sectoral Specialization rather than carried by the foundation.
Industry & Pay Map
Where it leads

Seven domains ranked by pay, then eight specialisation tracks engineered around those domains — with recruiter tiers, six-rung pay ladders, four-layer skill pyramids, and a sectoral overlay that adds 10–30% to entry pay.

01

Domains of knowledge, ranked by pay

Seven primary domains organise the 92 courses by the careers they lead to; seven supporting domains feed them. The primary seven are ordered by realistic pay potential for a BBA graduate — entry CTC, five-year median, and ten-year ceiling — calibrated against 2026 hiring data.

📊 Entry CTC midpoint · seven primary domains
Bar length = entry-pay midpoint for a BBA graduate in the domain's flagship roles. Finance leads on both pay and consistency.
01
Finance & Capital Markets
₹ 25L mid
02
Strategic Management & Consulting
₹ 24L mid
03
Business Analytics & Decision Intelligence
₹ 22L mid
04
Entrepreneurship & Venture Building
₹ 20L mid
05
Marketing & Brand Management
₹ 18L mid
06
Operations, Supply Chain & Logistics
₹ 11.5L mid
07
Human Resources & People
₹ 9L mid
Operations and HR sit lower here because we report direct placement pay. Their highest-pay crossover paths — Operations via the Strategy Track, HR via People Analytics — land in the top tiers.

Seven primary domains

Each card shows the domain's pay band, top recruiter cluster, and the full course delivery sequence (click to expand). Course order within a domain reflects delivery sequence, not pay.

01

Finance & Capital Markets

14 courses · 3 tracks

Highest pay × highest consistency. Every graduate of the three Finance tracks lands in a high-pay role.

Entry CTC
₹15–35 LPA
5-Year median
₹50L–2cr
Ceiling (10y+)
₹1–5cr+
Top recruiter cluster
Goldman Sachs · Morgan Stanley · JPMorgan · Razorpay · Jane Street · WorldQuant · Tower Research
Course delivery sequence (14)
TrimCodeAcrCourseRolePrereqs
T4E1CFINCorporate FinanceUniversal anchorFACR
T5E2ICAPInvestments & Capital MarketsUniversal anchorCFIN
T6T1-PE1FMODFinancial Modelling, Valuation & Pitchbook CraftIB TrackCFINICAP
T6T2-PE1PAYSPayments Infrastructure, UPI & India StackFinTech & Digital Banking Innovation TrackCFIN
T6T8-PE1MISTMarket Microstructure & Order BooksAlgo TrackICAP
T7T1-PE2MALBMergers, Acquisitions & Leveraged BuyoutsIB TrackCFINICAP
T7T1-PE3EQREEquity Research, Industry Analysis & CoverageIB TrackCFINICAP
T7T2-PE2DLENDigital Lending, Credit Underwriting & BNPLFinTech & Digital Banking Innovation TrackCFINSTPR
T7T2-PE3NEOBNeo-Banking, BaaS & Embedded FinanceFinTech & Digital Banking Innovation TrackCFIN
T7T8-PE2QSTAQuantitative Strategies & Statistical ArbitrageAlgo TrackSTPRICAPMIST
T7T8-PE3ALEXAlgorithmic Execution, Backtesting & RiskAlgo TrackPYTHMIST
T8T1-PE4PEVCPrivate Equity, Venture Capital & Growth CapitalIB TrackCFINICAP
T8T2-PE4FPGTFinTech Product Mgmt, GTM & Founder EconomicsFinTech & Digital Banking Innovation TrackPAYSBMDT
T8T8-PE4CRYPCrypto, Derivatives & Cross-Asset SystemsAlgo TrackICAP
02

Strategic Management & Consulting

6 courses · 1 track

MBB Associate Consultant, Big 4 strategy, in-house corporate development. Pay scales with the prestige of the firm and the move to Manager/Principal.

Entry CTC
₹18–30 LPA
5-Year median
₹40–60 LPA
Ceiling (10y+)
₹1–3cr+
Top recruiter cluster
McKinsey · BCG · Bain · Kearney · EY Parthenon · PwC Strategy& · Accenture Strategy
Course delivery sequence (6)
TrimCodeAcrCourseRolePrereqs
T6T6-PE1STFRStrategy Frameworks, Hypothesis-Driven PS & MECEStrategy Track—
T7T6-PE2INDMIndustry Deep Dives, Market Entry & GrowthStrategy TrackSTFR
T7T6-PE3OPTROperations Transformation & Cost-OutStrategy TrackOPERLSCM
T8E12GLBSGlobal Business & Corporate StrategyUniversal anchor—
T8T6-PE4DASTDigital & AI Strategy, Org Design, Change MgmtStrategy TrackSTFR
T9E11STMGStrategic Management & Competitive DynamicsUniversal capstone—
03

Business Analytics & Decision Intelligence

12 courses · 2 tracks

The AI premium is the single most aggressive 2026 pay-mover after Algo Trading. Two tracks plus two AI-aligned open electives.

Entry CTC
₹14–30 LPA
5-Year median
₹35–80 LPA
Ceiling (10y+)
₹80L–1.5cr+
Top recruiter cluster
Mu Sigma · Tiger Analytics · Fractal · Razorpay AI · FAANG India PM · ZS Associates · Latentview
Course delivery sequence (12)
TrimCodeAcrCourseRolePrereqs
T3E13BANABusiness Analytics EssentialsUniversal anchorSTPR
T6E14BIDVBI, Visualization & Executive DashboardsUniversal anchorBANADENG
T6T3-PE1CAUSCausal Inference, Experimentation & Quasi-ExpDecision Intel TrackSTPRBANA
T6T7-PE1AIPSAI Product Strategy, LLM Capabilities & Use CasesAI Product Track—
T7T3-PE2FCASForecasting, Time-Series & Demand PlanningDecision Intel TrackSTPRMLBA
T7T3-PE3OPTIOptimization, Decision Modelling & Ops ResearchDecision Intel TrackCALGSTPR
T7T7-PE2PREGPrompt Engineering, RAG Systems & Agentic WorkflowsAI Product TrackGAIAPYTH
T7T7-PE3AIUXAI Product UX, Trust, Safety & EvaluationAI Product TrackGAIAAIPS
T8T3-PE4DTLGDecision Storytelling & Stakeholder BriefingsDecision Intel TrackBANABIDV
T8T7-PE4AIGTAI Product GTM, Pricing & Enterprise SalesAI Product TrackAIPSMKTG
T8/T9OE1AIMVAI Product Building & No-Code MVP DevelopmentOpen electivePYTHGAIA
T8/T9OE3CYBRCybersecurity, Digital Trust & Risk MgmtOpen elective—
04

Entrepreneurship & Venture Building

6 courses · 1 track

Highest variance of any domain. Median pay is modest; ceiling is unbounded. Salary anchors are typically supplemented with founder ESOPs.

Entry CTC
₹15–25 LPA
5-Year median
Non-linear
Ceiling (10y+)
Equity-driven · 8–9 figure exits
Top recruiter cluster
Antler · YC India · Sequoia Surge · Founders-in-Residence at unicorns · Family office portfolio operator roles · Self-launched ventures
Course delivery sequence (6)
TrimCodeAcrCourseRolePrereqs
T4E9BMDTBusiness Model Architecture & Design ThinkingUniversal anchor—
T6T5-PE1FNDRFounder Mindset, Customer Discovery & ValidationVenture TrackBMDT
T7E10VENTVenture Creation, Scaling & Founder LeadershipUniversal anchorBMDT
T7T5-PE2FUNDFundraising, Pitch Craft & Investor NegotiationVenture TrackCFIN
T7T5-PE3GTMPGo-to-Market Engineering, Sales Motion & PricingVenture TrackMKTG
T8T5-PE4SCOPScaling Operations, Team Building & Founder WellbeingVenture TrackVENT
05

Marketing & Brand Management

7 courses · 1 track

FMCG management trainee programs, performance marketing, and brand strategy. UX/UI elective unlocks product marketing crossover.

Entry CTC
₹14–22 LPA
5-Year median
₹25–40 LPA
Ceiling (10y+)
₹60–90 LPA
Top recruiter cluster
HUL · P&G · Nestlé · Marico · Mamaearth · Nykaa · Asian Paints · WPP · Performance agencies
Course delivery sequence (7)
TrimCodeAcrCourseRolePrereqs
T2E3MKTGMarketing ManagementUniversal anchor—
T5E4CBBSConsumer Behaviour & Brand StrategyUniversal anchorMKTG
T6T4-PE1BRANBrand Strategy, Positioning Architecture & NamingBrand TrackMKTGCBBS
T7T4-PE2PRMKPerformance Marketing, Growth Loops & CAC-LTVBrand TrackMKTG
T7T4-PE3CNTCContent, Creator Economy & Owned-ChannelBrand TrackMKTG
T8T4-PE4CATDCategory Design & New Market CreationBrand TrackMKTGCBBS
T9OE2UXUIUX/UI Design & Product Experience StrategyOpen elective—
06

Operations, Supply Chain & Logistics

2 courses · No dedicated track

No dedicated track in Y26 — students who want pure Ops careers pair these two core courses with the Smart Mfg sector + the Operations Transformation PE in the Strategy track.

Entry CTC
₹8–15 LPA
5-Year median
₹20–35 LPA
Ceiling (10y+)
₹40–60 LPA
Top recruiter cluster
Maersk · DHL · Tata Steel · Reliance · ITC · Mahindra · Mfg ops practice at Big 4
Course delivery sequence (2)
TrimCodeAcrCourseRolePrereqs
T4E5OPEROperations & Production ManagementUniversal anchor—
T5E6LSCMLogistics & Supply Chain ManagementUniversal anchorOPER
07

Human Resources & People

2 courses · No dedicated track

No dedicated track. The People Analytics intersection (E7 + Domain 03) is where the upper end is — pure HR generalist roles cap lower.

Entry CTC
₹6–12 LPA
5-Year median
₹15–25 LPA
Ceiling (10y+)
₹40–60 LPA
Top recruiter cluster
Mercer · AON · Deloitte HR · HRBP at IT majors · Comp & Ben at financial services
Course delivery sequence (2)
TrimCodeAcrCourseRolePrereqs
T1E7ORGBOrganisational Behaviour & People AnalyticsUniversal anchor—
T5E8HRMGHRM & Talent StrategyUniversal anchorORGB

Seven supporting domains

These don't drive direct placement domains but every primary domain depends on them. They contain the foundational, technical, and integrative courses — including sectoral overlays and the experiential layer.

08
Economics & Quantitative Foundations
4 items

Feeds → Finance, Analytics, Strategy, Operations

  • F1 · Microeconomics for Business Decisions
  • M1 · Calculus & Linear Algebra
  • M2 · Statistics & Probability
  • F2 · Macroeconomics & Global Markets
09
Accounting & Reporting
2 items

Feeds → Finance (mandatory prereq)

  • F3 · Financial Accounting & Corporate Reporting
  • F4 · Management & Cost Accounting
10
Technology Toolchain
5 items

Feeds → All primary domains; Analytics most heavily

  • D1 · Python Programming for Business
  • D2 · Data Engineering · SQL & Pipelines
  • D3 · Machine Learning for Business
  • D4 · GenAI, LLMs & Agentic Systems
  • D5 · Digital Transformation & Enterprise Tech
11
Communication, Language & Soft Skills
6 items

Feeds → Every domain; recruiter screen

  • C1 · Business Communication
  • C2 · Negotiation & Executive Communication
  • L1 · Japanese (on campus)
  • L2 · Korean (on campus)
  • L3 · German (on campus)
  • L4 · Spanish (online)
12
Ethics, Law, Sustainability & Context
2 items

Feeds → All domains; framing + closing

  • F6 · Business Environment & Perspectives
  • F5 · Ethics, ESG, Law & Regulatory Compliance
13
Sectoral Overlays
18 items

Feeds → Adds 10–30% pay premium when sector × track aligns

  • 9 sectors × 2 courses each (1S + 2S)
  • Healthcare · Semi-Elec · Green-EV · Smart Mfg · D2C-QC · BFSI · IT-SVC · Agri · Media
14
Experiential Integration
6 items

Feeds → Where curriculum becomes employment-ready

  • INT1, INT2 · Internships in 1S + 2S (2 cr each)
  • PRJ1, PRJ2 · Capstones (4 cr each)
  • PRJ3, PRJ4 · Integrated Research Projects (4 cr each)
02

Eight specialisation tracks

Each track is engineered around a distinct placement domain. A student picks one at the end of Year 2 and takes four PEs in T6–T8.

Track details · Industry · Pay · Skills · Course sequence
03
The sectoral overlay

A student's chosen sectoral typically adds 10–30% to entry pay when aligned with a recruiter's vertical need.

04
Open elective combinations

Three OEs offered; each student picks any two. The combination signals a role profile — Maker, Builder-Defender, or Designer-Defender.

05
Consolidated pay map

All 8 tracks · entry · 3-year · 5-year · differentiator skill · top recruiter cluster.

Curriculum
Curriculum architecture

The 92-course inventory laid out across 11 trimester windows, governed by the LTPS credit model. Each trimester respects the 13–16 cr / ≤28 CH load limits; the 3-year programme totals 125 credits per student. An optional Year 4 Honors track adds 40 credits.

01

The LTPS credit model

Every academic course's credits derive from its weekly contact hours, split across Lecture (L), Tutorial (T), Practical (P), and Skill (S). Three rules, consistently applied.

Lecture + Tutorial3 hrs → 2 creditsConceptual delivery + supervised practice
Practical3 hrs → 1 creditHands-on lab, modelling, project work
Skill6 hrs → 1 creditSelf-directed practice, case prep, fieldwork
Course size2, 3, or 4 creditsInteger credits, integer hours only
Trim load13–16 cr · ≤28 CHEvery trim respects both limits
Program total~125 cr121 trim + 4 summer (internships only) · Honors +40

LTPS templates

LTPSCHCrPattern · typical use
210032Theory + tutorial workshop — Comm, F6, D5, OE
006062Pure lab · no theory — E13
00012122Skill-only · summer/online — Internships, Sectorals
303063Theory + practice — F1, F2, F5, E1, E3, E4, E11, E12 etc.
213063Theory + tutorial + lab — Math, Tech, E10, all 32 PEs
216094Practice-led 4 cr — D4, E2, E5, E9, E14
330064Theory + tutorial · case-heavy — alt 4 cr
008085PROJECT FIXED — 5 cr / 8 hrs P (no formula)

Exceptions: Projects = 5 cr / 8 hrs P fixed. Internships = 2 cr each (outside trim CH cap). Online sectorals = 0 cr (literacy / no credit weight).

02

Year 1 · foundations

T1–T3 build the analytical, accounting, behavioural, and tech baselines.

T1
Foundations · Year 1 Trim 1
Quantitative + behavioural foundations
Credits
14cr
13–16 cr ✓
Contact Hrs
27CH
≤28 CH ✓
▸Out-of-class activity▸Placement training▸Certification
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
F1MICRMicroeconomics for Business Decisions
SSDr.S.Chandra Sekhar
Foundation3-0-3-063—
M1CALGCalculus & Linear Algebra for Business
VPDr.Venkateswararao.P…
Mathematics2-1-3-063—
D1PYTHPython Programming for Business
MKMr.M.Raja Pavan Kumar
Tech Core2-1-3-063—
C1BCOMBusiness Communication: Speaking & Writing
KKDr.K.Krishna
Communication2-1-0-032—
E7ORGBOrganisational Behaviour & People Analytics
SDDr.Simanchala Das
Functional3-0-3-063—
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 5 items2714
T2
Foundations · Year 1 Trim 2
Accounting, statistics & marketing core
Credits
14cr
13–16 cr ✓
Contact Hrs
27CH
≤28 CH ✓
▸Out-of-class activity▸Placement training▸Certification
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
F3FACRFinancial Accounting & Corporate Reporting
CVDr.Ch.Venkateswarlu
Foundation2-1-3-063—
M2STPRStatistics & Probability for Business
VPDr.Venkateswararao.P…
Mathematics2-1-3-063—
D2DENGData Engineering: SQL, Warehousing & Pipelines
VNMr.V.Narendhra
Tech Core2-1-3-063PYTH
F6BEPMBusiness Environment & Perspectives of Management
VLDr.V.Madhu Latha
Foundation2-1-0-032—
E3MKTGMarketing Management
MRDr.Mopidevi Ramarao
Functional3-0-3-063—
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 5 items2714
T3
Foundations · Year 1 Trim 3
Macro context + ML + analytics essentials
Credits
11cr
target 13–16
Contact Hrs
24CH
≤28 CH ✓
▸Out-of-class activity▸Placement training▸Certification
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
F2MACRMacroeconomics & Global Markets
SSDr.S.Chandra Sekhar
Foundation3-0-3-063—
F4MCOAManagement & Cost Accounting for Decisions
VNMr.V.Narendhra
Foundation2-1-3-063FACR
D3MLBAMachine Learning for Business Analytics
IKDr.I.Mohan Krishna
Tech Core2-1-3-063PYTHSTPR
E13BANABusiness Analytics Essentials
MKMr.M.Raja Pavan Kumar
Functional0-0-6-062STPR
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 4 items2411
1S
After Year 1 · sectoral foundation + first internship
First field exposure + sectoral foundation
Credits
2cr
Summer
Contact Hrs
12CH
outside cap
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
INT1SIP1Summer Internship 1
TYDr.T.Chandra Sekhar …
Internship0-0-0-12122—
▸ SS-1Sectoral Elective · 1 · pick 1 of 9SS Placeholder0-0-0-000click to expand
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 2 items122
03

Year 2 · functional depth

T4–T6 deliver finance, marketing, operations, people, analytics, and the tech stack. Year 2 ends with the first PE — students enter their specialisation track in T6.

T4
Core Functional · Year 2 Trim 1
Finance, operations, design-thinking
Credits
13cr
13–16 cr ✓
Contact Hrs
27CH
≤28 CH ✓
▸Out-of-class activity▸Placement training▸Certification
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
C2NEGONegotiation & Executive Communication
SDDr.Simanchala Das
Communication2-1-0-032—
E1CFINCorporate Finance
VPDr.Venkateswararao.P…
Functional3-0-3-063FACR
E5OPEROperations & Production Management
YDDr.Y.Kanaka Durga
Functional2-1-6-094—
E9BMDTBusiness Model Architecture & Design Thinking
AADr.A.Anuradha
Functional2-1-6-094—
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 4 items2713
T5
Core Functional · Year 2 Trim 2
Investments, brand, SCM, people + language
Credits
15cr
13–16 cr ✓
Contact Hrs
30CH
over CH cap
▸Out-of-class activity▸Placement training▸Certification
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
E2ICAPInvestments & Capital Markets
MSDr.Meda Srinivasarao
Functional2-1-6-094CFIN
E4CBBSConsumer Behaviour & Brand Strategy
GBDr. Girimurugan Bala…
Functional3-0-3-063MKTG
E6LSCMLogistics & Supply Chain Management
GBDr. Girimurugan Bala…
Functional3-0-3-063OPER
E8HRMGHRM & Talent Strategy
MADr.Mazaharunnisa
Functional3-0-3-063ORGB
▸ FL-1Foreign Language Elective · pick 1 of 4FL Placeholder2-1-0-032click to expand
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 5 items3015
T6
Tech & Specialisation Begins · Year 2 Trim 3
GenAI, BI, digital transformation + first PE
Credits
13cr
13–16 cr ✓
Contact Hrs
27CH
≤28 CH ✓
▸Out-of-class activity▸Placement training▸Certification
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
D4GAIAGenerative AI, LLMs & Agentic Systems
IKDr.I.Mohan Krishna
Tech Core2-1-6-094PYTH
D5DTRADigital Transformation & Enterprise Tech
RSDr.R.Vijaya Srinivas
Tech Core2-1-0-032—
E14BIDVBI, Visualization & Executive DashboardsFunctional2-1-6-094BANADENG
▸ PE-1Professional Elective · 1 · pick 1 of 8PE Placeholder2-1-3-063click to expand
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 4 items2713
2S
After Year 2 · sectoral strategy + second internship
Sectoral strategy + second internship
Credits
2cr
Summer
Contact Hrs
12CH
outside cap
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
INT2SIP2Summer Internship 2
TYDr.T.Chandra Sekhar …
Internship0-0-0-12122—
▸ SS-2Sectoral Elective · 2 · pick 1 of 9SS Placeholder0-0-0-000click to expand
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 2 items122
04

Year 3 · specialisation & capstones

T7–T9 stack three more PEs, all four projects, the two open electives, and capstone integrators.

T7
Specialisation Deepens · Year 3 Trim 1
Venture creation + 2 PEs + Capstone 1
Credits
13cr
13–16 cr ✓
Contact Hrs
26CH
≤28 CH ✓
▸Out-of-class activity▸Placement training▸Certification
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
E10VENTVenture Creation, Scaling & Founder Leadership
VLDr.V.Madhu Latha
Functional2-1-3-063BMDT
▸ PE-2Professional Elective · 2 · pick 1 of 8PE Placeholder2-1-3-063click to expand
▸ PE-3Professional Elective · 3 · pick 1 of 8PE Placeholder2-1-3-063click to expand
PRJ1CAP1Capstone Project 1
KGDr.K.V.B.Ganesh
Project0-0-8-084—
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 4 items2613
T8
Capstone Wave · Year 3 Trim 2
Global strategy + final PE + 2 projects + Open Elective
Credits
16cr
13–16 cr ✓
Contact Hrs
31CH
over CH cap
▸Placement training▸Certification
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
E12GLBSGlobal Business & Corporate Strategy
SDDr.Simanchala Das
Functional3-0-3-063—
▸ PE-4Professional Elective · 4 · pick 1 of 8PE Placeholder2-1-3-063click to expand
PRJ2CAP2Capstone Project 2
VLDr.V.Madhu Latha
Project0-0-8-084—
PRJ3IRP1Integrated Research Project 1
CVDr.Ch.Venkateswarlu
Project0-0-8-084—
▸ OE-1Open Elective · 1 · pick 1 of 3OE Placeholder2-1-0-032click to expand
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 5 items3116
T9
Integration · Year 3 Trim 3
Ethics, strategy, second Open Elective + research wrap-up
Credits
12cr
target 13–16
Contact Hrs
23CH
≤28 CH ✓
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupLTPSCHCrPrereqs
F5ETHCBusiness Ethics, ESG, Law & Regulatory Compliance
GNMr.G.Naresh
Foundation3-0-3-063—
E11STMGStrategic Management & Competitive Dynamics
MRDr.Mopidevi Ramarao
Functional3-0-3-063—
▸ OE-2Open Elective · 2 · pick 1 of 3OE Placeholder2-1-0-032click to expand
PRJ4IRP2Integrated Research Project 2
CVDr.Ch.Venkateswarlu
Project0-0-8-084—
TRIMESTER TOTAL — 4 items2312
05

Three open electives, pick two

Open electives let students layer one extra skill profile (Maker, Designer, or Defender) onto their track. 2 credits each.

OE1 · T8/T9

AI Product Building & No-Code MVP Development

Builder · maker workshop · ship a working AI MVP

LTPS 0-3-0-0CH 3Cr 2
OE2 · T9

UX/UI Design & Product Experience Strategy

Designer · craft & critique product experiences

LTPS 0-3-0-0CH 3Cr 2
OE3 · T8/T9

Cybersecurity, Digital Trust & Risk Management for Business Leaders

Defender · risk & trust for business leaders

LTPS 0-3-0-0CH 3Cr 2
Optional · Year 4

BBA Honors

An optional fourth year that pairs a full-time corporate internship with a second specialization. Adds 40 credits to the 3-year BBA.

3-year BBA
125
credits
Year 4 Honors
+40
credits
BBA (Honors)
165
credits

What you do in Year 4

Component Credits
S1Semester 1 Corporate Internship - 1
Full-semester placement with paired faculty + corporate mentors.
 14
Alternate Specialization · PE-1 + PE-2
First two professional electives in a track different from your Years 2-3 specialization.
 6
S2Semester 2 Corporate Internship - 2
Continued or new placement. Conversion to full-time offers is common.
 14
Alternate Specialization · PE-3 + PE-4
Completes all four professional electives of the alternate specialization.
 6
Year 4 total 40
⟶

The Year 4 specialization must be different from the one chosen in Years 2-3. Graduates leave with depth in two specializations and twelve months of corporate experience.

06

Complete course catalog

All 92 items with their LTPS structure, contact hours, credits, and prerequisites. Each course has a 4-letter acronym shown alongside its code; prerequisites are listed by acronym. Use search and filter to narrow.

Acr 4-letter acronym, used to identify prerequisites Prereqs Specified only when the prior course is genuinely required to follow this one — No prerequisite needed
92 items
CodeAcrCourse TitleGroupTrimLTPSCHCrPrereqs
F1MICRMicroeconomics for Business Decisions
SSDr.S.Chandra Sekhar
FoundationT13-0-3-063—
F2MACRMacroeconomics & Global Markets
SSDr.S.Chandra Sekhar
FoundationT33-0-3-063—
F3FACRFinancial Accounting & Corporate Reporting
CVDr.Ch.Venkateswarlu
FoundationT22-1-3-063—
F4MCOAManagement & Cost Accounting for Decisions
VNMr.V.Narendhra
FoundationT32-1-3-063FACR
F5ETHCBusiness Ethics, ESG, Law & Regulatory Compliance
GNMr.G.Naresh
FoundationT93-0-3-063—
F6BEPMBusiness Environment & Perspectives of Management
VLDr.V.Madhu Latha
FoundationT22-1-0-032—
M1CALGCalculus & Linear Algebra for Business
VPDr.Venkateswararao.P…
MathematicsT12-1-3-063—
M2STPRStatistics & Probability for Business
VPDr.Venkateswararao.P…
MathematicsT22-1-3-063—
C1BCOMBusiness Communication: Speaking & Writing
KKDr.K.Krishna
CommunicationT12-1-0-032—
C2NEGONegotiation & Executive Communication
SDDr.Simanchala Das
CommunicationT42-1-0-032—
L1JAPNJapanese for Global BusinessLanguage · On CampusT52-1-0-032—
L2KORNKorean for Global BusinessLanguage · On CampusT52-1-0-032—
L3GERNGerman for Global BusinessLanguage · On CampusT52-1-0-032—
L4SPANSpanish for Global BusinessLanguage · OnlineT52-1-0-032—
D1PYTHPython Programming for Business
MKMr.M.Raja Pavan Kumar
Tech CoreT12-1-3-063—
D2DENGData Engineering: SQL, Warehousing & Pipelines
VNMr.V.Narendhra
Tech CoreT22-1-3-063PYTH
D3MLBAMachine Learning for Business Analytics
IKDr.I.Mohan Krishna
Tech CoreT32-1-3-063PYTHSTPR
D4GAIAGenerative AI, LLMs & Agentic Systems
IKDr.I.Mohan Krishna
Tech CoreT62-1-6-094PYTH
D5DTRADigital Transformation & Enterprise Tech
RSDr.R.Vijaya Srinivas
Tech CoreT62-1-0-032—
E1CFINCorporate Finance
VPDr.Venkateswararao.P…
FunctionalT43-0-3-063FACR
E2ICAPInvestments & Capital Markets
MSDr.Meda Srinivasarao
FunctionalT52-1-6-094CFIN
E3MKTGMarketing Management
MRDr.Mopidevi Ramarao
FunctionalT23-0-3-063—
E4CBBSConsumer Behaviour & Brand Strategy
GBDr. Girimurugan Bala…
FunctionalT53-0-3-063MKTG
E5OPEROperations & Production Management
YDDr.Y.Kanaka Durga
FunctionalT42-1-6-094—
E6LSCMLogistics & Supply Chain Management
GBDr. Girimurugan Bala…
FunctionalT53-0-3-063OPER
E7ORGBOrganisational Behaviour & People Analytics
SDDr.Simanchala Das
FunctionalT13-0-3-063—
E8HRMGHRM & Talent Strategy
MADr.Mazaharunnisa
FunctionalT53-0-3-063ORGB
E9BMDTBusiness Model Architecture & Design Thinking
AADr.A.Anuradha
FunctionalT42-1-6-094—
E10VENTVenture Creation, Scaling & Founder Leadership
VLDr.V.Madhu Latha
FunctionalT72-1-3-063BMDT
E11STMGStrategic Management & Competitive Dynamics
MRDr.Mopidevi Ramarao
FunctionalT93-0-3-063—
E12GLBSGlobal Business & Corporate Strategy
SDDr.Simanchala Das
FunctionalT83-0-3-063—
E13BANABusiness Analytics Essentials
MKMr.M.Raja Pavan Kumar
FunctionalT30-0-6-062STPR
E14BIDVBI, Visualization & Executive DashboardsFunctionalT62-1-6-094BANADENG
OE1AIMVAI Product Building & No-Code MVP Development
IKDr.I.Mohan Krishna
Open ElectiveT82-1-0-032PYTHGAIA
OE2UXUIUX/UI Design & Product Experience Strategy
MKMr.M.Raja Pavan Kumar
Open ElectiveT92-1-0-032—
OE3CYBRCybersecurity, Digital Trust & Risk Management for Business Leaders
VNMr.V.Narendhra
Open ElectiveT92-1-0-032—
PRJ1CAP1Capstone Project 1
KGDr.K.V.B.Ganesh
ProjectT70-0-8-084—
PRJ2CAP2Capstone Project 2
VLDr.V.Madhu Latha
ProjectT80-0-8-084—
PRJ3IRP1Integrated Research Project 1
CVDr.Ch.Venkateswarlu
ProjectT80-0-8-084—
PRJ4IRP2Integrated Research Project 2
CVDr.Ch.Venkateswarlu
ProjectT90-0-8-084—
INT1SIP1Summer Internship 1
TYDr.T.Chandra Sekhar …
Internship1S0-0-0-12122—
INT2SIP2Summer Internship 2
TYDr.T.Chandra Sekhar …
Internship2S0-0-0-12122—
T1-PE1FMODFinancial Modelling, Valuation & Pitchbook Craft
MSDr.Meda Srinivasarao
PE · Investment Banking & Global Capital MarketsT62-1-3-063CFINICAP
T1-PE2MALBMergers, Acquisitions & Leveraged Buyouts
AVDr.Ajay Kumar Varshney
PE · Investment Banking & Global Capital MarketsT72-1-3-063CFINICAP
T1-PE3EQREEquity Research, Industry Analysis & Initiating Coverage
BRDr.B.Ratnavalli
PE · Investment Banking & Global Capital MarketsT72-1-3-063CFINICAP
T1-PE4PEVCPrivate Equity, Venture Capital & Growth Capital
GMDr.G.Mohan
PE · Investment Banking & Global Capital MarketsT82-1-3-063CFINICAP
T2-PE1PAYSPayments Infrastructure, UPI & India Stack Architecture
AVDr.Ajay Kumar Varshney
PE · FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationT62-1-3-063CFIN
T2-PE2DLENDigital Lending, Credit Underwriting & BNPL
BRDr.B.Ratnavalli
PE · FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationT72-1-3-063CFINSTPR
T2-PE3NEOBNeo-Banking, Banking-as-a-Service & Embedded Finance
GMDr.G.Mohan
PE · FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationT72-1-3-063CFIN
T2-PE4FPGTFinTech Product Management, GTM & Founder Economics
YDDr.Y.Kanaka Durga
PE · FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationT82-1-3-063PAYSBMDT
T3-PE1CAUSCausal Inference, Experimentation & Quasi-Experimental Methods
RPDr.R.Pradeep Kumar P…
PE · Decision Intelligence & Applied AIT62-1-3-063STPRBANA
T3-PE2FCASForecasting, Time-Series & Demand PlanningPE · Decision Intelligence & Applied AIT72-1-3-063STPRMLBA
T3-PE3OPTIOptimization, Decision Modelling & Operations ResearchPE · Decision Intelligence & Applied AIT72-1-3-063CALGSTPR
T3-PE4DTLGDecision Storytelling, Stakeholder Briefings & Executive DashboardsPE · Decision Intelligence & Applied AIT82-1-3-063BANABIDV
T4-PE1BRANBrand Strategy, Positioning Architecture & NamingPE · Brand Leadership & Growth MarketingT62-1-3-063MKTGCBBS
T4-PE2PRMKPerformance Marketing, Growth Loops & CAC-LTV EconomicsPE · Brand Leadership & Growth MarketingT72-1-3-063MKTG
T4-PE3CNTCContent, Creator Economy & Owned-Channel StrategyPE · Brand Leadership & Growth MarketingT72-1-3-063MKTG
T4-PE4CATDCategory Design, New Market Creation & Brand ActivismPE · Brand Leadership & Growth MarketingT82-1-3-063MKTGCBBS
T5-PE1FNDRFounder Mindset, Customer Discovery & Problem ValidationPE · Venture Building & Entrepreneurial LeadershipT62-1-3-063BMDT
T5-PE2FUNDFundraising, Pitch Craft & Investor NegotiationPE · Venture Building & Entrepreneurial LeadershipT72-1-3-063CFIN
T5-PE3GTMPGo-to-Market Engineering, Sales Motion & Pricing StrategyPE · Venture Building & Entrepreneurial LeadershipT72-1-3-063MKTG
T5-PE4SCOPScaling Operations, Team Building & Founder WellbeingPE · Venture Building & Entrepreneurial LeadershipT82-1-3-063VENT
T6-PE1STFRStrategy Frameworks, Hypothesis-Driven Problem Solving & MECEPE · Strategy Consulting & Corporate AdvisoryT62-1-3-063—
T6-PE2INDMIndustry Deep Dives, Market Entry & Growth StrategyPE · Strategy Consulting & Corporate AdvisoryT72-1-3-063STFR
T6-PE3OPTROperations Transformation, Cost-Out & Performance ImprovementPE · Strategy Consulting & Corporate AdvisoryT72-1-3-063OPERLSCM
T6-PE4DASTDigital & AI Strategy, Org Design & Change ManagementPE · Strategy Consulting & Corporate AdvisoryT82-1-3-063STFR
T7-PE1AIPSAI Product Strategy, LLM Capabilities & Use Case MappingPE · AI Product Management & Growth LeadershipT62-1-3-063—
T7-PE2PREGPrompt Engineering, RAG Systems & Agentic WorkflowsPE · AI Product Management & Growth LeadershipT72-1-3-063GAIAPYTH
T7-PE3AIUXAI Product UX, Trust, Safety & Evaluation FrameworksPE · AI Product Management & Growth LeadershipT72-1-3-063GAIAAIPS
T7-PE4AIGTAI Product GTM, Pricing & Enterprise Sales MotionPE · AI Product Management & Growth LeadershipT82-1-3-063AIPSMKTG
T8-PE1MISTMarket Microstructure, Order Books & Trading MechanicsPE · Algorithmic Trading & Financial EngineeringT62-1-3-063ICAP
T8-PE2QSTAQuantitative Strategies, Factor Models & Statistical ArbitragePE · Algorithmic Trading & Financial EngineeringT72-1-3-063STPRICAPMIST
T8-PE3ALEXAlgorithmic Execution, Backtesting & Risk ManagementPE · Algorithmic Trading & Financial EngineeringT72-1-3-063PYTHMIST
T8-PE4CRYPCrypto, Derivatives & Cross-Asset Trading SystemsPE · Algorithmic Trading & Financial EngineeringT82-1-3-063ICAP
SS1APHFMHealthcare & Pharma Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & RegulationSectoral · Healthcare & Pharma1S0-0-0-000—
SS1BPHMAHealthcare & Pharma Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship ReadinessSectoral · Healthcare & Pharma2S0-0-0-000—
SS2ASEMISemiconductor & Electronics Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & RegulationSectoral · Semiconductor & Electronics1S0-0-0-000—
SS2BELEMSemiconductor & Electronics Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship ReadinessSectoral · Semiconductor & Electronics2S0-0-0-000—
SS3ARENCGreen Energy & EV Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & RegulationSectoral · Green Energy & EV1S0-0-0-000—
SS3BEVBTGreen Energy & EV Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship ReadinessSectoral · Green Energy & EV2S0-0-0-000—
SS4ASMFGSmart Mfg & Defence Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & RegulationSectoral · Smart Mfg & Defence1S0-0-0-000—
SS4BDEFASmart Mfg & Defence Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship ReadinessSectoral · Smart Mfg & Defence2S0-0-0-000—
SS5AD2COD2C & Quick Commerce Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & RegulationSectoral · D2C & Quick Commerce1S0-0-0-000—
SS5BQCOMD2C & Quick Commerce Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship ReadinessSectoral · D2C & Quick Commerce2S0-0-0-000—
SS6ABFSLBFSI Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & RegulationSectoral · BFSI1S0-0-0-000—
SS6BBFSOBFSI Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship ReadinessSectoral · BFSI2S0-0-0-000—
SS7AITSLIT Services & Consulting Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & RegulationSectoral · IT Services & Consulting1S0-0-0-000—
SS7BITSOIT Services & Consulting Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship ReadinessSectoral · IT Services & Consulting2S0-0-0-000—
SS8AAGRLAgri & Food Business Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & RegulationSectoral · Agri & Food Business1S0-0-0-000—
SS8BAGROAgri & Food Business Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship ReadinessSectoral · Agri & Food Business2S0-0-0-000—
SS9AMEDLMedia, Events & Entertainment Landscape — Value Chains, Players, Economics & RegulationSectoral · Media, Events & Entertainment1S0-0-0-000—
SS9BMEDOMedia, Events & Entertainment Operations — Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship ReadinessSectoral · Media, Events & Entertainment2S0-0-0-000—
Specializations & Electives
Specializations & electives across four streams

All electives in one place, grouped by stream. 8 placement-aligned specialization tracks (32 courses, 32 with full detail pages built so far), 9 sectoral specializations (18 modules), 3 open electives, and 4 foreign language options (3 on-campus, 1 online).

Click any course marked Open course detail to read the full course page. Courses marked Catalog only are listed but their full detail pages have not yet been built.

01

The four streams

A student builds depth through one Specialization (4 courses across T6 to T8), industry context through one Sectoral Specialization (2 modules in Summer 1 and Summer 2), breadth through 2 of 3 Open Electives, and a global edge through 1 Foreign Language Elective.

8Specializations32 courses 9Sectoral Specializations18 modules 3Open ElectivesPick any 2 4Foreign Languages3 on-campus, 1 online
02

Specializations · 8 placement-aligned tracks

Each specialization is a 4-course track engineered around one placement domain. Courses span T6 to T8, with progressively deeper craft and capstone-style application. Track choice locks in T5 Week 1 with a written commitment plus 2 backup tracks.

T1
Investment Banking & Global Capital Markets
4 courses built
T1-PE1Financial Modelling, Valuation & Pitchbook CraftTaken in T6 · Open course detailT1-PE2Mergers, Acquisitions & Leveraged BuyoutsTaken in T7 · Open course detailT1-PE3Equity Research, Industry Analysis & Initiating CoverageTaken in T7 · Open course detailT1-PE4Private Equity, Venture Capital & Growth CapitalTaken in T8 · Open course detail
T2
FinTech & Digital Banking Innovation
4 courses built
T2-PE1Payments Infrastructure, UPI & India Stack ArchitectureTaken in T6 · Open course detailT2-PE2Digital Lending, Credit Underwriting & BNPLTaken in T7 · Open course detailT2-PE3Neo-Banking, Banking-as-a-Service & Embedded FinanceTaken in T7 · Open course detailT2-PE4FinTech Product Management, GTM & Founder EconomicsTaken in T8 · Open course detail
T3
Decision Intelligence & Applied AI
4 courses built
T3-PE1Causal Inference, Experimentation & Quasi-Experimental MethodsTaken in T6 · Open course detailT3-PE2Forecasting, Time-Series & Demand PlanningTaken in T7 · Open course detailT3-PE3Optimization, Decision Modelling & Operations ResearchTaken in T7 · Open course detailT3-PE4Decision Storytelling, Stakeholder Briefings & Executive DashboardsTaken in T8 · Open course detail
T4
Brand Leadership & Growth Marketing
4 courses built
T4-PE1Brand Strategy, Positioning Architecture & NamingTaken in T6 · Open course detailT4-PE2Performance Marketing, Growth Loops & CAC-LTV EconomicsTaken in T7 · Open course detailT4-PE3Content, Creator Economy & Owned-Channel StrategyTaken in T7 · Open course detailT4-PE4Category Design, New Market Creation & Brand ActivismTaken in T8 · Open course detail
T5
Venture Building & Entrepreneurial Leadership
4 courses built
T5-PE1Founder Mindset, Customer Discovery & Problem ValidationTaken in T6 · Open course detailT5-PE2Fundraising, Pitch Craft & Investor NegotiationTaken in T7 · Open course detailT5-PE3Go-to-Market Engineering, Sales Motion & Pricing StrategyTaken in T7 · Open course detailT5-PE4Scaling Operations, Team Building & Founder WellbeingTaken in T8 · Open course detail
T6
Strategy Consulting & Corporate Advisory
4 courses built
T6-PE1Strategy Frameworks, Hypothesis-Driven Problem Solving & MECETaken in T6 · Open course detailT6-PE2Industry Deep Dives, Market Entry & Growth StrategyTaken in T7 · Open course detailT6-PE3Operations Transformation, Cost-Out & Performance ImprovementTaken in T7 · Open course detailT6-PE4Digital & AI Strategy, Org Design & Change ManagementTaken in T8 · Open course detail
T7
AI Product Management & Growth Leadership
4 courses built
T7-PE1AI Product Strategy, LLM Capabilities & Use Case MappingTaken in T6 · Open course detailT7-PE2Prompt Engineering, RAG Systems & Agentic WorkflowsTaken in T7 · Open course detailT7-PE3AI Product UX, Trust, Safety & Evaluation FrameworksTaken in T7 · Open course detailT7-PE4AI Product GTM, Pricing & Enterprise Sales MotionTaken in T8 · Open course detail
T8
Algorithmic Trading & Financial Engineering
4 courses built
T8-PE1Market Microstructure, Order Books & Trading MechanicsTaken in T6 · Open course detailT8-PE2Quantitative Strategies, Factor Models & Statistical ArbitrageTaken in T7 · Open course detailT8-PE3Algorithmic Execution, Backtesting & Risk ManagementTaken in T7 · Open course detailT8-PE4Crypto, Derivatives & Cross-Asset Trading SystemsTaken in T8 · Open course detail
03

Sectoral Specializations · 9 industry overlays

A 2-module sectoral overlay taken in Summer 1 and Summer 2 layered on top of the chosen Specialization. Adds 10 to 30 percent on entry pay for recruiters in the chosen sector, and signals industry fluency at the application stage. Each sector is anchored to one or more thrust areas, taught by faculty with proven industry experience, and culminates in a sector-specific deliverable that can be cited in the placement profile.

S1 Healthcare & Pharma +15-25% over base BBA offer S2 Semiconductor & Electronics +20-30% over base BBA offer S3 Green Energy & EV +15-30% over base BBA offer S4 Smart Manufacturing & Defence +15-25% over base BBA offer S5 D2C & Quick Commerce +10-20% over base BBA offer S6 BFSI +5-15% over base BBA offer (but higher base) S7 IT Services & Consulting +10-20% over base BBA offer S8 Agri & Food Business +5-15% over base BBA offer S9 Media, Events & Entertainment +5-20% over base BBA offer
S1

Healthcare & Pharma

+15-25% over base BBA offer

India's pharma exports are a top global supplier and healthcare delivery is undergoing rapid digital transformation. Graduates fluent in pharma value chains, hospital operations, and regulatory pathways command sector-premium offers.

Top recruiters
Apollo HospitalsSun PharmaDr Reddy's LaboratoriesManipal HospitalsCiplaIQVIAMcKinsey Healthcare practiceBCG Health practicePractoPharmEasyTata 1mg
Thrust alignment
T4 · Pharmaceuticals, Biotech & Life Sciences
SS1A

Healthcare & Pharma Landscape

Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation

Summer 1
What students learn
  • Indian pharma value chain — API manufacture, formulations, biosimilars, branded generics
  • Hospital networks vs single-specialty chains — economics, operating models, payor mix
  • Regulatory framework — CDSCO, USFDA, ANDA filings, PLI scheme impact
  • Health insurance & PMJAY — claims, reimbursement, NHCX data exchange
  • Health-tech segment — diagnostics aggregators, e-pharmacy, teleconsult, EMR
Sectoral deliverable

Sector teardown of one Indian pharma or hospital player: P&L analysis + 12-month strategic recommendation memo

SS1B

Healthcare & Pharma Operations

Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness

Summer 2
What students learn
  • A day in the life — pharma medical rep, hospital ops manager, clinical research associate, MR analyst
  • Hospital throughput — OT scheduling, length of stay, bed occupancy, NABH/JCI accreditation drivers
  • Pharma launch playbook — pricing, channel strategy, MR force sizing, KOL engagement
  • Compliance walkthrough — pharmacovigilance, GMP audit, deviation handling
  • Mock interviews with practitioner faculty — 4 sessions, real cases from Apollo, Sun, Cipla
Sectoral deliverable

Internship-ready capstone: 6-week field shadow at partnered hospital or pharma plant + reflective dossier + manager evaluation

S2

Semiconductor & Electronics

+20-30% over base BBA offer

India is targeting USD 500B electronics manufacturing by 2030 with semiconductor fabs in Gujarat & AP. BBA graduates with sector-fluency in fab economics, supply chains, and IndAS-compliant capex modelling are in acute short supply.

Top recruiters
Foxconn IndiaTata ElectronicsVedanta-FoxconnMicron IndiaDixon TechnologiesSPEL SemiconductorBharat ForgeApplied MaterialsLam Research IndiaGMR
Thrust alignment
T2 · Semiconductors, Electronics & Hardware Manufacturing
SS2A

Semiconductor & Electronics Landscape

Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation

Summer 1
What students learn
  • Global semicon value chain — design (fabless), foundry, OSAT, materials & equipment
  • India's SemiconIndia Programme & Modified Programme — incentives, PLI structures
  • EMS landscape — Dixon, Foxconn, Wistron, Pegatron India operations
  • Geopolitics — US CHIPS Act, China+1, ATMP cluster economics, AP Hyderabad pole
  • Capex modelling — fab unit economics, depreciation, yield curves, technology node transitions
Sectoral deliverable

Investment memo: build vs partner decision for a hypothetical EMS plant in AP, with IRR & breakeven analysis

SS2B

Semiconductor & Electronics Operations

Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness

Summer 2
What students learn
  • A day in the life — fab planning analyst, EMS supply chain manager, semicon BD
  • Cleanroom protocols, OEE, yield management dashboards — what business teams must know
  • BOM cost engineering for consumer electronics manufacturing
  • Trade compliance — HSN codes, anti-dumping, free trade agreements, customs deferment
  • Industry visits — minimum 2 cleanroom or EMS-line visits, AP semicon cluster
Sectoral deliverable

Operations capstone: cost-down exercise on a real BOM from partnered EMS firm, present to senior procurement panel

S3

Green Energy & EV

+15-30% over base BBA offer

India's 500GW renewable target and 30% EV penetration by 2030 will create over 10 million new sector roles. BBA graduates fluent in PPA economics, battery supply chains, and EV unit economics enter at sectoral premium.

Top recruiters
Tata PowerAdani GreenReNew PowerOla ElectricAther EnergyTVS Motor (EV)Mahindra ElectricGreenkoReliance New EnergyJSW EnergyAmara Raja Batteries
Thrust alignment
T3 · Green Hydrogen, Renewable Energy & EV Mobility
SS3A

Green Energy & EV Landscape

Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation

Summer 1
What students learn
  • India's energy mix transition — coal phase-down, RE auctions, hybrid PPAs
  • EV ecosystem — 2W, 3W, 4W, commercial — unit economics, TCO comparison vs ICE
  • Battery & cell value chain — cathode, anode, separator, electrolyte, recycling
  • Green hydrogen — electrolyser tech, end-uses (fertiliser, steel, refinery), cost trajectory
  • Policy levers — FAME, PM-KUSUM, SIGHT, RPO, carbon markets, CBAM exposure
Sectoral deliverable

PPA structuring exercise: optimise tariff + offtake mix for a 200 MW hybrid solar+wind project

SS3B

Green Energy & EV Operations

Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness

Summer 2
What students learn
  • A day in the life — RE project finance analyst, EV city-launch manager, charging infra BD
  • EV charging infrastructure — DC fast vs AC, real estate strategy, utilisation economics
  • Renewable asset O&M — performance ratio, curtailment, scheduling, REMC interfaces
  • Carbon accounting and Scope 1/2/3 reporting basics
  • Site visits — at least one solar farm or EV manufacturing facility
Sectoral deliverable

Charging network design: launch plan for 50 stations in a Tier-1 city with site selection, capex schedule, payback

S4

Smart Manufacturing & Defence

+15-25% over base BBA offer

Defence offsets, PLI for manufacturing, and Industry 4.0 retrofit programmes are reshaping Indian manufacturing. Graduates fluent in defence procurement, smart factory metrics, and DPSU/private interfaces enter at sector premium.

Top recruiters
Tata Advanced SystemsL&T DefenceBharat ForgeMahindra DefenceHALBELAdani DefenceBrahMos AerospaceSolar IndustriesPremier ExplosivesWipro PARIBosch Rexroth
Thrust alignment
T10 · Smart Manufacturing & Industry 4.0T11 · Defence, Aerospace & Space Business
SS4A

Smart Mfg & Defence Landscape

Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation

Summer 1
What students learn
  • Industry 4.0 stack — IIoT, MES, digital twin, predictive maintenance, retrofit economics
  • Indian defence procurement — DAP 2020, Make-I/II/III categories, iDEX innovation route
  • DPSU vs private — HAL, BEL, BDL governance contrasts with Tata, L&T, Mahindra
  • Offsets — calculation, banking, audit, IP escrow, technology absorption obligations
  • Aerospace cluster — Hyderabad, Bengaluru, Coimbatore — supply chain map
Sectoral deliverable

Defence opportunity scan: pick one DAP category, build a Go-to-Market for a small-arms or sensor SME

SS4B

Smart Mfg & Defence Operations

Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness

Summer 2
What students learn
  • A day in the life — plant ops, defence BD, IIoT solution consultant, programme manager DPSU
  • OEE deep-dive — instrumentation, downtime taxonomy, kaizen sprint pacing
  • Defence proposal lifecycle — RFP, RFQ, L1/T1, contract negotiation, milestone billing
  • Export controls — SCOMET, ITAR awareness, end-use certification
  • Plant visits — minimum 2 smart-mfg facilities or one defence supply ecosystem visit
Sectoral deliverable

Operations capstone: implement an OEE-improvement plan in a partnered factory; present 4-week before/after to plant head

S5

D2C & Quick Commerce

+10-20% over base BBA offer

D2C in India crossed $100B GMV with 800+ scaled brands; quick commerce is at $5B and growing 80% YoY. Graduates fluent in cohort economics, dark store ops, and creator-led growth are in acute demand at the seed-to-Series-B band.

Top recruiters
ZeptoBlinkit (Zomato)Swiggy InstamartMamaearthBoAtSugar CosmeticsThe Souled StoreNykaaPlum GoodnessWakefitCountry DelightWow Skin Science
Thrust alignment
T6 · D2C, Quick Commerce & New-Age Retail
SS5A

D2C & Quick Commerce Landscape

Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation

Summer 1
What students learn
  • D2C unit economics — CAC, AOV, contribution margin, payback period, LTV models
  • Quick commerce ops — dark store density, SKU rationalisation, sub-10-min unit cost
  • Marketplace vs D2C strategy — Amazon/Flipkart commerce ratio, channel cannibalisation
  • Marketing stack — Meta ads, Google PMax, influencer/affiliate, SMS+WhatsApp retention
  • Cohort & retention analytics — D7/D30/D90, repeat rate, RFM segmentation, NPS
Sectoral deliverable

D2C audit: full unit-economics teardown of a real Indian D2C brand using public + scraped data

SS5B

D2C & Quick Commerce Operations

Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness

Summer 2
What students learn
  • A day in the life — growth marketer, dark store ops lead, performance analyst, category manager
  • Performance marketing simulator — bidding, budgeting, attribution, creative testing
  • Hands-on CRM stack — Klaviyo or WebEngage workflows, retention experiments
  • Logistics & last-mile — 3PL onboarding, RTO management, NDR resolution
  • Industry shadow — 2 weeks at a D2C brand or dark-store hub partnered with KLBS
Sectoral deliverable

Growth sprint: optimise the funnel for a real brand over 4 weeks; ship to founder review

S6

BFSI

+5-15% over base BBA offer (but higher base)

BFSI hires the largest single share of Indian BBA graduates and pays the highest tier. Graduates with sector-fluency in branch banking, credit underwriting, treasury operations, and capital markets enter at higher functional grades.

Top recruiters
HDFC BankICICI BankKotak Mahindra BankAxis BankSBI Capital MarketsHDFC LifeBajaj AllianzICICI LombardHDB Financial ServicesCholamandalam FinanceBajaj FinservIIFL
Thrust alignment
T13 · Banking, Financial Services & InsuranceT7 · FinTech, Digital Lending & Embedded Finance
SS6A

BFSI Landscape

Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation

Summer 1
What students learn
  • Indian banking landscape — PSB, private, SFB, payments banks, neobanks, NBFC tiers
  • Insurance — life, health, GI — distribution models, persistency, claims ratios
  • Capital markets — primary issuance, secondary trading, depository operations, T+1
  • RBI & regulatory — CRR, SLR, PCA framework, IRACP norms, KYC/AML stack
  • Recent shifts — UPI ubiquity, account aggregator framework, digital lending guidelines 2024
Sectoral deliverable

Bank/NBFC teardown: read one annual report, build a P&L driver model and pitch a strategic move to leadership

SS6B

BFSI Operations

Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness

Summer 2
What students learn
  • A day in the life — branch manager, credit analyst, treasury dealer, insurance underwriter, RM
  • Credit underwriting basics — CIBIL, account aggregator pulls, GST + bank statement analysis
  • Cross-sell & wealth conversation framework — used by HDFC/Kotak/Axis RM teams
  • Compliance walkthroughs — KYC re-verification, fraud-flag SOPs, AML reporting
  • Industry visits — at least one branch shadow + one trading floor or insurance ops site
Sectoral deliverable

Live credit case: underwrite a real MSME loan application from a partnered NBFC; defend before credit committee

S7

IT Services & Consulting

+10-20% over base BBA offer

India's IT services and global capability centres employ 5.4M people and continue to hire BBA graduates into BD, account management, consulting, and operations roles. Sector-fluency in delivery models and offshore-engagement economics commands faster track to client-facing roles.

Top recruiters
TCSInfosysWiproHCLTechCognizantCapgeminiAccenture IndiaDeloitte IndiaKPMGEY IndiaGCC roles at Goldman, Wells Fargo, JPMC, Cisco, ANZ
Thrust alignment
T14 · IT Services, IT Consulting & GCCsT9 · Strategy Consulting & Decision Sciences
SS7A

IT Services & Consulting Landscape

Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation

Summer 1
What students learn
  • Indian IT services value chain — staff aug, ADM, BPO, consulting, platforms, GenAI assist
  • GCC explosion — over 1700 centres, captives vs CoEs vs new business units
  • Offshore-onshore economics — pyramid, utilisation, bench, attrition impacts on margin
  • Consulting taxonomy — strategy, ops, tech, financial advisory, transactions — entry path BBA
  • New revenue models — outcome pricing, build-operate-transfer, platform IP licensing
Sectoral deliverable

Comparative analysis: TCS vs Infosys margin profile + 12-month investment recommendation

SS7B

IT Services & Consulting Operations

Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness

Summer 2
What students learn
  • A day in the life — graduate consultant, business analyst, account exec, GCC ops lead
  • Pre-sales walkthrough — RFI/RFP response, demo, T&M vs FP commercials, MSA basics
  • Account management — DSO, billable hours, scope-creep handling, CSAT measurement
  • Project metrics — burn-down, SPI/CPI, RAID logs, sprint demo discipline
  • Industry interaction — minimum 2 case-prep sessions with consulting alumni at MBB or Big-4
Sectoral deliverable

Case crack: 2-hour live case interview simulation followed by 4-week strategy brief for a partnered IT services firm

S8

Agri & Food Business

+5-15% over base BBA offer

India's agri economy is undergoing transformation through agri-tech, organised food retail, alt protein, and export. BBA graduates fluent in farm-to-fork supply chains, FPO economics, and F&B brand building have an edge at entry-level functional roles.

Top recruiters
ITC FoodsNestle IndiaBritanniaMother DairyAmulDeHaatNinjacartCargill IndiaHindustan Unilever FoodsTata ConsumerGodrej AgrovetKRBL
Thrust alignment
T15 · Agri Management, Agri-Tech & Food Business
SS8A

Agri & Food Business Landscape

Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation

Summer 1
What students learn
  • Indian agri value chain — production, FPO/APMC, mandi reform, contract farming
  • Agri-tech models — input commerce, advisory tech, market linkage, traceability stacks
  • Packaged food economics — RM volatility, distribution depth, GT vs MT vs e-com mix
  • Cold chain & food processing — capex, gov subsidies, NABARD, Mega Food Parks
  • Sustainability — regenerative ag, carbon credits, water footprint, organic standards
Sectoral deliverable

Supply chain map: trace one commodity (e.g., paddy or tomato) from farm to retail; identify margin pools and entry points

SS8B

Agri & Food Business Operations

Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness

Summer 2
What students learn
  • A day in the life — FMCG ASM, agri-tech BD, food brand AM, supply planner, mandi liaison
  • Distribution depth & beat plan — building a beat in rural and small-town India
  • Pricing & promo — RM hedging, slab pricing, schemes, trade promo ROI calculation
  • Compliance walkthrough — FSSAI, BIS, exporter codes, APEDA registration
  • Industry visits — minimum 1 packaged-food plant + 1 mandi/cold-storage site
Sectoral deliverable

Live trade visit project: ride along with a partnered FMCG ASM for 5 working days and present route audit findings

S9

Media, Events & Entertainment

+5-20% over base BBA offer

India's M&E industry crossed INR 2.4 trillion with streaming, gaming, live events, and creator economy driving growth. BBA graduates with sector-fluency in production economics, IP monetisation, and audience analytics secure roles at studios, OTT platforms, and creator-managed agencies.

Top recruiters
Netflix IndiaAmazon Prime VideoJioCinemaDisney StarZee5Sony LIVNazara TechnologiesJetSynthesysBookMyShowHotstarWavemakerMadison WorldDentsuPerceptKwan Talent
Thrust alignment
T16 · Media, Events & Entertainment Management
SS9A

Media, Events & Entertainment Landscape

Value Chains, Players, Economics & Regulation

Summer 1
What students learn
  • M&E sub-sectors — film, OTT, music, gaming, live events, sports — value chains & economics
  • Streaming economics — ARPU, churn, content cost, library value, ad-tier vs subscription
  • Gaming — real-money gaming legality post 28% GST, e-sports, in-app monetisation
  • Live events — sponsorship layers, ticketing platforms, festival economics
  • Talent & IP — actor mandate fees, music publishing rights, creator agency mandate splits
Sectoral deliverable

OTT platform teardown: pick one Indian streamer, model content + sub economics, recommend strategic move

SS9B

Media, Events & Entertainment Operations

Workflows, Day-in-the-Life & Internship Readiness

Summer 2
What students learn
  • A day in the life — production coordinator, brand integration manager, event AM, talent agent
  • Production workflow — pre-prod budget breakdown, line-item cost control, post-prod handoff
  • Brand integration — sponsor sourcing, deck building, ROI measurement, deliverable closure
  • Audience analytics — BARC ratings, OTT watch-time, social listening, sentiment loops
  • Live shadowing — at least one event execution day + one production set visit
Sectoral deliverable

Live execution project: as junior AE, run brand integration for one campus event end-to-end; present back to brand client

04

Open Electives · pick 2 of 3

Students pick 2 of these 3 open electives across T6 and T8. Designed to add a horizontal layer of capability that any track benefits from, regardless of specialization.

OE1Open Elective
AI Product Building & No-Code MVP Development
Pick 2 of 3 across T6 and T8 · Open course detail
OE2Open Elective
UX/UI Design & Product Experience Strategy
Pick 2 of 3 across T6 and T8 · Open course detail
OE3Open Elective
Cybersecurity, Digital Trust & Risk Management for Business Leaders
Pick 2 of 3 across T6 and T8 · Open course detail
05

Foreign Language · 4 options

One foreign language elective in T5 — a 2-credit, 12-week course. 3 on-campus options (Japanese, Korean, German) for high-immersion classroom delivery, plus 1 online option (Spanish) for asynchronous flexibility. Each course is engineered around a globally-recognised Level-1 certification (JLPT N5 · TOPIK I · Goethe A1 · DELE A1), combines business-conversation training with Indo-foreign business cases, and includes an explicit cultural-fluency module covering the host country's workplace etiquette and decision-making norms. Designed to open international placement pathways (Japan · Korea · Germany · Spain & LatAm) and signal global readiness.

L1On Campus
Japanese for Global Business
Target cert: JLPT N5 · Japan Foundation cert
Open course detail →
L2On Campus
Korean for Global Business
Target cert: TOPIK I (Level 1) · NIIED Korea cert
Open course detail →
L3On Campus
German for Global Business
Target cert: Goethe-Zertifikat A1 · Goethe-Institut cert
Open course detail →
L4Online
Spanish for Global Business
Target cert: DELE A1 · Instituto Cervantes cert
Open course detail →
Internships, Projects & Research
Internships, capstones & research projects

Twenty credits — about sixteen percent of the 3-year programme — devoted to field work, applied work, and research work. Six components across summer field exposure, specialization capstones, and research-flavoured projects.

Component Code When Form Credits
Summer Internships Field exposure · sector-locked INT1 After Year 1 · Summer 1 8-week placement 2
INT2 After Year 2 · Summer 2 8-week placement 2
Capstones Specialization application PRJ1 Year 3 · T7 Trimester project · 8 hrs/wk 4
PRJ2 Year 3 · T8 Trimester project · 8 hrs/wk 4
Integrated Research Hypothesis-driven · methodology PRJ3 Year 3 · T8 Trimester project · 8 hrs/wk 4
PRJ4 Year 3 · T9 Trimester project · 8 hrs/wk 4
Total experiential work · 3-year BBA 20
Direct navigation

Jump to any internship, capstone task, or research phase

Every component below is a clickable deep link. Section headers jump to the relevant sub-block; individual rows jump to that specific task or phase and expand it automatically.

A Summer Internships
Open block →
INT1 Summer 1 · 8 weeks · sector entry 2 cr INT2 Summer 2 · 8 weeks · same sector, deeper project 2 cr
B Capstone tasks · PRJ1 + PRJ2
Open block →
Task 01 Launch a revenue-generating startup Real Task 02 20-week Founder Fellowship for a frontier market Sim Task 03 Run a revenue-generating pop-up or micro-business Real Task 04 Restructure a distressed mid-sized firm Sim Task 05 Build & monetize a content or media property Real Task 06 Manage a fictional CPG brand's full-year P&L Sim Task 07 Scale a partner NGO's field initiative Real Task 08 Win a complex multi-stage RFP / tender bid Sim Task 09 Run a small PE investment or acquisition Mixed Task 10 Build & commercialize a real AI-native product Real Task 11 Team-proposed custom task (with approval gate) Custom
C Research phases · PRJ3 + PRJ4
Open block →
Phase 1 Question & literature review · Wk 1-3 Phase 2 Research design & ethics clearance · Wk 4-6 Phase 3 Pilot study & instrument refinement · Wk 7-9 Phase 4 Main data collection · Wk 10-13 Phase 5 Analysis & paper drafting · Wk 14-17 Phase 6 Thesis defense & submission · Wk 18-20
INT12 cr
Summer Internship 1
After Year 1 · Summer · 8 weeks
First field exposure in the chosen sectoral specialization. Develop sector literacy and working vocabulary.
Open details
INT22 cr
Summer Internship 2
After Year 2 · Summer · 8 weeks
Second internship in the same sector. Execute a defined project; produce a deliverable the host can use.
Open details
PRJ15 cr
Capstone · Foundation phase
Year 3 · T7 · Weeks 1-10
First half of the 20-week dual-trimester capstone. Team of 5-6 picks a task; runs the foundation phase to PRJ1 Defense.
Open details
PRJ25 cr
Capstone · Scale phase
Year 3 · T8 · Weeks 11-20
Continuation of PRJ1 with the same team and task. Execute and scale to a measurable placement-grade outcome.
Open details
PRJ35 cr
Research · Foundation phase
Year 3 · T8 · Weeks 1-10
Team of 1-3 with one domain-specialist faculty mentor. Question · literature · design · pilot. Closes with PRJ3 review.
Open details
PRJ45 cr
Research · Defense phase
Year 3 · T9 · Weeks 11-20
Main data collection · analysis · paper drafting · thesis defense. Submission to ≥1 external venue.
Open details
INT1
After Year 1 · 8 weeks · 2 cr
Capability at this point

Foundations only — accounting, statistics, microeconomics, Python, ML intro, marketing, business communication — plus the SS-1A sectoral literacy module (value chains, players, economics, regulation).

Role · observe and assist

Shadow a junior team member through full work cycles. Take on clearly-scoped support tasks: data collection, basic spreadsheet work, document preparation, meeting notes. Build sector vocabulary. Map how the organisation actually works.

Deliverables
  • Weekly journal — 1 page/week
  • Sector glossary — 50+ terms in own words
  • Organisation map — functional structure + decision flow
  • End-of-internship report — 8 pages + 10-slide panel presentation
INT2
After Year 2 · 8 weeks · 2 cr
Capability at this point

Seven core functional methods now in hand — corporate finance, marketing management, consumer behaviour, supply chain, HR, design thinking, business analytics — plus GenAI, digital transformation, the first specialization PE, and the SS-2B sectoral operations module.

Role · execute a defined project

Own a scoped problem the host actually cares about. Apply two or more functional methods. Engage with stakeholders across at least two functions of the host. Deliver a recommendation the host can act on.

Deliverables
  • Scoping memo — 2 pages, signed off in week 1
  • Mid-internship checkpoint — 15-minute review in week 4
  • Final project report — 15 pages
  • Final presentation — 20 minutes + Q&A to faculty + corporate + peer panel
Capstone design principles

Students form teams of 5-6 and pick one task from the menu below. The team plays the functional management team of a hypothetical (or real) firm and executes a big cross-functional task. Five roles, five domains of decision-making, one collective outcome.

Tasks are calibrated to 5-6 students × 8 hrs/week × 20 weeks ≈ 1,000 person-hours of team effort. Real things you can do with 6 person-months: build a revenue-generating startup, scale a real NGO program, manage a year's worth of brand P&L decisions, win a multi-crore RFP.

1
One team · 20 weeks
Same 5-6 students across PRJ1 + PRJ2. Continuity is the point.
2
Real or simulated
Each task is either real-world (live customers, real money) or simulated with high realism.
3
Functional roles
Each student owns a function — CEO, CFO, COO, CMO, etc. Cross-functional handoffs forced by design.
4
Placement portfolio
Each role walks away with role-specific artifacts: deck, model, plan, demo, ready for interviews.
Assessment framework · shared across all 10 tasks

How capstones are continuously and finally evaluated

50%
Continuous Evaluation · throughout 20 weeks
Five components running across the full capstone: weekly team logs (5%) — structured weekly entries documenting decisions, blockers, role contributions; individual role artifacts (15%) — each role produces 4-5 function-specific deliverables; mid-phase check-ins (10%) — formal review every 4 weeks with faculty + practitioner mentor; peer evaluation (10%) — anonymous 360 review at W10 and W20, calibrated by faculty; mentor evaluation (10%) — practitioner mentor scores at W10 and W20.
Weeks 1-20 · ongoing
20%
PRJ1 Foundation Defense · end of T7 · Week 10
Live presentation (45 min) + Q&A (30 min) before faculty + practitioner panel. Deliverables: 15-page foundation report, role-specific artifacts, and a working artifact (MVP, pilot results, diagnostic, technical proposal — depending on task). Pass / Iterate / Fail gate. Teams marked 'Iterate' must rework and re-defend before PRJ2 unlocks. Teams marked 'Fail' do not progress to PRJ2 — they must redo PRJ1 in the next cohort.
PRJ1 closeout
30%
PRJ2 Final Defense · end of T8 · Week 20
Live presentation (60 min) + Q&A (45 min) before a mixed panel: faculty + practitioner + invited recruiter. Deliverables: 25-30 page case write-up of the 20-week journey, investor/board-grade pitch deck, role-specific portfolios (each student walks away with 4-5 artifacts), measurable outcome demo (revenue numbers, scaled beneficiaries, won RFP, working AI product, etc.). Recruiter feedback becomes part of the team's reference profile.
PRJ2 closeout

Ten task types span four placement-relevant tracks. Each task can be picked by at most two teams to ensure spread across the cohort (60 students → 10-12 teams of 5-6 → 1-2 teams per task type, plus customizable Task 11 for teams with their own idea).

# Task Type Track Key outcome metric Placement focus
01
Revenue-generating startup launch
RealVenture≥ ₹1.5L revenue · ≥ 50 paying customersFounder · MBB · IB · Product
02
Founder fellowship for frontier market
SimVentureVC panel investability score ≥ 50%VC analyst · Growth equity · MBB
03
20-week pop-up or micro-business
RealOperations≥ ₹2-3L revenue · NPS ≥ 40Retail mgmt · BizOps · Hospitality
04
Distressed firm restructuring
SimOperationsP&L recovery + stakeholder mgmtMBB · Big-4 restructuring · Special situations
05
Build & monetize media property
RealBrand & Media≥ 2,000 subs · ≥ ₹50K revenueContent · Brand · Growth marketing
06
CPG brand full-year P&L sim
SimBrand & MediaYear-end P&L vs benchmark vs peersFMCG brand mgmt · Consumer consulting
07
Scale a partner NGO initiative
RealSocial & Impact4-5× beneficiary growth + sustainabilitySocial-sector consulting · CSR · ESG
08
Win complex multi-stage RFP
SimStrategyWin or runner-up status vs peer teamsMBB · Big-4 · Corporate strategy
09
PE investment / acquisition
MixedFinanceIC approval + valuation defensePE · IB · Growth equity · Hedge funds
10
Build & commercialize AI product
RealAI Product≥ 20 customers · ≥ ₹1.5-2.5L revenueAI PM · FAANG associate · AI startups
By type
By track
11 tasks shown
No tasks match the selected filters. Try widening your selection.
Scenario
Team identifies a niche, validates demand through 30+ customer interviews, builds a working product (digital or physical), acquires real paying customers, and operates the business through the full 20 weeks. Real entity registration, real money, real customers — not a paper plan.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
CEO / Founder
Strategy, weekly priorities, board reporting, cofounder coordination, decision quality
CFO
Unit economics, pricing, financial model, runway, payments setup, weekly P&L
CTO / Product
MVP build, iteration cadence, tech choices, product experience
CMO / Growth
Positioning, ICP definition, acquisition channels, content, paid + organic growth
COO
Fulfillment, customer service, vendor management, weekly ops cadence
Chief of Staff
Registration, legal/compliance, hiring (if any), governance, mentor coordination
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Validate the niche, build the MVP, land first paying customers
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • 30+ structured customer-discovery interviews documented with insights
  • Validated ICP + problem-solution fit narrative
  • Working MVP (digital product, prototype, or service offering)
  • First 15-20 paying customers, ₹25K-₹40K cumulative revenue
  • Entity registered (or sandbox arrangement); pricing model locked
  • PRJ1 defense: foundation report + investor-grade deck + working product demo
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Run commercially, prove unit economics, hit revenue threshold
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • Acquire 50-100 paying customers across the scale phase
  • Generate ₹1.5L-₹3L total revenue across the 20 weeks
  • Validate (or kill) CAC, LTV, gross margin, payback period
  • If pivoting: documented pivot rationale and re-validation
  • Final case write-up: full 20-week journey, decisions, what worked and what didn't
  • PRJ2 defense: pitch deck for outside funding round + unit-economics defense
Success metrics
≥ ₹1.5L
Cumulative revenue across 20 weeks
≥ 50
Paying customers retained at week 20
Validated
CAC, LTV, gross margin, payback
Defensible
Decision to scale, pivot, or shut down
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • CEO/Founder: Founder-of-record story for ≥20-week venture · LinkedIn case-study post · candidate for startup, MBB consulting, founder-track roles
  • CFO: Unit economics model + pricing strategy + 20-week financial trajectory · candidate for IB, FinTech BD, corporate finance
  • CTO/Product: Working product portfolio piece · product strategy artifact · candidate for AI PM, Product Management, FAANG associate
  • CMO/Growth: CAC/LTV dashboard, channel-mix analysis, content portfolio · candidate for performance marketing, brand, growth consulting
  • COO: Process documentation, vendor SLA contracts, NPS journey design · candidate for BizOps, supply chain, ops consulting
  • Chief of Staff: Governance playbook, hiring framework, legal/compliance work · candidate for Chief of Staff roles, corporate strategy
Scenario
Faculty supplies a real, hot, under-built market brief — EV charging infrastructure in tier-2 India, B2B AI tooling for healthcare clinics, premium ready-to-cook for working urban families, lithium battery recycling, India-stack-native cross-border remittance, etc. Team is the founding team of a hypothetical sector-leading company in this space. Build the full venture plan and defend it before a real VC + practitioner panel.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
CEO / Founder
Market thesis, GTM hypothesis, fundraising story, board management
CFO
5-year financial model, fundraising rounds plan, sensitivity analysis
CPO (Chief Product Officer)
Product roadmap, MVP definition, technology choices, build vs buy
CMO
Brand positioning, channel strategy, customer acquisition playbook
COO
Operating model, hiring roadmap, vendor strategy, regulatory navigation
Head of Insights
Market sizing, competitive analysis, sector deep-dives, expert interviews
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Land the validated wedge, build the moat narrative, pre-seed-ready pitch
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • Market sizing with 50+ data points and 15+ real practitioner interviews
  • Validated wedge: which sub-segment first, why, and what proves it
  • Full product roadmap (12-18 months) with build sequence and dependencies
  • Initial GTM hypothesis with channel-by-channel CAC assumptions
  • Financial model v1 with sensitivity bands
  • PRJ1 defense: seed-round pitch to faculty + 2 practitioners (50-min)
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Build the full company plan, defend Series-A readiness narrative
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • 3-year ops plan with hiring roadmap (when, where, what cost)
  • Detailed GTM execution plan with channel-mix and budget allocation
  • Strategic partnerships map with letters of interest (real, where possible)
  • Regulatory navigation playbook for the sector
  • 5-year financial model with downside, base, upside scenarios
  • PRJ2 defense: Series-A pitch to real VC + 2 sector practitioners (60-min)
Success metrics
≥ 50%
VC panel investability score threshold
Defensible
Competitive moat under panel pressure-test
Calibrated
Financial model under sensitivity Q&A
Pitchbook-grade
Final deck quality vs reference standard
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • CEO/Founder: Investability-tested venture thesis · candidate for founder roles, VC analyst, growth equity
  • CFO: Sector-grade financial model defended in IC-style Q&A · candidate for IB, PE, growth equity
  • CPO: Sector-grade product roadmap + competitive analysis · candidate for AI PM, Product Management
  • CMO: Defensible GTM thesis with channel economics · candidate for growth marketing, brand strategy, consulting
  • COO: Operating model + hiring roadmap for frontier-market venture · candidate for ops consulting, BizOps
  • Head of Insights: Sector intelligence dossier + expert network · candidate for equity research, market intelligence, strategy consulting
Scenario
Team takes over a real customer-facing operation — F&B pop-up, retail kiosk, campus laundry service, event-photography studio, tutoring center, exam-prep services, last-mile delivery for local restaurants. Real space (rented or partnered), real staff, real customers, real revenue, real ops. Continuous customer feedback loop. Forces operational decision-making under live pressure.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
CEO / Founder
Direction, P&L review, partnership and vendor relationships
CFO
Daily revenue, pricing, gross margin, weekly P&L, payments
COO
Operations, staffing schedule, supplier management, daily cadence
CMO
Branding, signage, marketing campaigns, customer acquisition, promotions
CXO · Customer Experience
Service quality, NPS, complaint handling, repeat-rate engineering
Chief of Staff
Compliance, permits, partnerships, governance, mentor coordination
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Set up the business, soft-launch, validate the model
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • Niche locked + location/space secured + entity/permits in place
  • Brand identity + signage + initial marketing material
  • Operations playbook (suppliers, staff roster, daily cadence, SOPs)
  • Soft-launch in Week 7, then 3 weeks of live operations to validate
  • ≥ ₹50K cumulative revenue by end of PRJ1
  • PRJ1 defense: operating model + first-3-weeks data + go/iterate decision
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Run at full capacity, iterate, scale a second product line
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • Weeks 11-15: run at full capacity, iterate weekly based on data
  • Weeks 16-20: add second product/service line if data supports
  • ≥ ₹2L-₹3L total revenue across 20 weeks
  • Gross margin ≥ industry benchmark for the chosen niche
  • NPS tracked weekly, ≥40 by end of capstone
  • Final deliverable: 'next-team playbook' for sustained operation post-capstone
Success metrics
≥ ₹2L-₹3L
Cumulative revenue across 20 weeks
Healthy margin
Gross margin tracked against industry benchmark
NPS ≥ 40
Customer experience score sustained weekly
Growth pattern
Weekly revenue trajectory, not flat
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • CEO/Founder: Real P&L ownership for a 20-week business · candidate for ops/retail mgmt, hospitality mgmt, founder roles
  • CFO: Daily/weekly P&L management + pricing decisions · candidate for FP&A, finance ops, retail finance
  • COO: Operational decision-making under live pressure · candidate for BizOps, supply chain, retail ops
  • CMO: Local marketing playbook with measured ROI · candidate for retail marketing, brand activation
  • CXO: NPS journey design + customer feedback systems · candidate for CX consulting, hospitality, service design
  • Chief of Staff: Permits, compliance, partnership work · candidate for ops, strategy roles
Scenario
Faculty supplies a fictional but realistic mid-sized Indian company (₹40-80 cr revenue, multiple sites, 200-400 employees, in financial distress) with full financials, ops data, market context, stakeholder map, and a defined cause of distress. Team plays the incoming turnaround management. Over 20 weeks, diagnose, propose, and execute (in simulation) a full restructuring across financial, operational, strategic, and people dimensions.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
CRO / Interim CEO
Diagnostic, decisions, board management, stakeholder strategy
CFO
Debt refinancing, working capital, cost cuts, tax optimization
COO
Plant/site consolidations, vendor renegotiations, ops cost-out
CMO / Strategy
Market repositioning, customer retention, segment reprioritization
CHRO
Workforce restructuring, union negotiations, key talent retention
CCO · Chief Communications Officer
Stakeholder communications: creditors, customers, employees, media
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Diagnose, stabilize, build the 100-day plan
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • Full diagnostic: financial, operational, market, organizational, root cause analysis
  • Cash-flow forecast for next 6 months with stabilization measures
  • 100-day plan signed off by faculty 'board'
  • Lender presentation (faculty plays the lenders) — defended live
  • Stakeholder communication plan (employees, customers, creditors, regulators)
  • PRJ1 defense: 30-page diagnostic + 100-day plan + lender presentation
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Execute restructuring, navigate stakeholder reactions, recover
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • Weekly stakeholder reactions fed in by faculty (customer churn, lender pushback, employee grievances, regulator queries) — team must respond
  • Financial restructuring: refinancing terms negotiated, costs cut, working capital improved
  • Operational restructuring: site closures, vendor renegotiations completed
  • Workforce restructuring: severance terms, retention bonuses, union settlements
  • 12-month projected P&L showing recovery trajectory
  • PRJ2 defense: creditor recovery presentation + lessons-learned debrief
Success metrics
P&L recovery
Projected EBITDA improvement vs baseline (faculty rubric)
Stakeholder score
Multi-dimensional stakeholder management evaluation
NPV of decisions
Faculty-calibrated value of restructuring choices
Stress-test
Plan defensibility under faculty cross-examination
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • CRO / Interim CEO: Turnaround leadership case · candidate for MBB, Big-4 restructuring, distressed-debt funds
  • CFO: Restructuring + refinancing work · candidate for special situations, restructuring advisory, distressed credit
  • COO: Cost-out + ops restructuring · candidate for ops consulting, transformation consulting
  • CMO / Strategy: Repositioning + retention strategy · candidate for strategy consulting, corporate strategy
  • CHRO: Workforce restructuring case · candidate for HR consulting, organizational transformation
  • CCO: Crisis communications + stakeholder management · candidate for corporate affairs, PR/IR consulting
Scenario
Team launches and runs a real media property over 20 weeks — newsletter, podcast, YouTube channel, Substack publication, B2B vertical media, niche intelligence service. Real audience, real distribution, real monetization. Forces editorial discipline, audience development, and commercial thinking simultaneously.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
Editor-in-Chief
Editorial direction, brand voice, weekly content calendar
Head of Content
Production pipeline, contributors, editorial standards
Head of Growth
Audience acquisition, distribution, SEO, social, PR
Head of Monetization
Subscriptions, sponsorships, ads, affiliate, partnerships
Head of Community
Reader engagement, retention, community building
Head of Operations
Tooling, analytics, financial tracking, governance
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Define the property, build audience, prove monetization
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • Niche + format + positioning + brand identity locked
  • 10-15 pieces of high-quality content published
  • First 500 subscribers / 5,000 followers threshold reached
  • First sponsorship signed OR first paid subscription tier launched
  • Content production playbook + editorial standards documented
  • PRJ1 defense: 10-week growth dashboard + monetization plan
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Scale audience and revenue, build sustainable engine
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • Audience: 2,000+ subscribers or 25,000+ followers by W20
  • Revenue: ≥ ₹50,000 across sponsorships, paid subs, affiliates, partnerships
  • Retention: open rates / completion rates ≥ industry benchmark
  • Editorial calendar booked out 8 weeks ahead
  • Partnership pipeline: 5+ inbound or warm leads documented
  • Final deliverable: sustainability playbook for post-capstone operation
Success metrics
≥ 2,000
Subscribers / paying audience (equivalent for follower-based)
≥ ₹50K
Revenue across all monetization channels
Industry-benchmark
Engagement metrics (open rate, watch time, etc.)
Documented
Sustainability playbook for post-capstone period
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • Editor-in-Chief: Real editorial leadership story · candidate for media, content strategy, creator-economy startups
  • Head of Content: Production portfolio + bylines · candidate for content marketing, B2B SaaS marketing, publishing
  • Head of Growth: Audience-growth case study · candidate for growth marketing, performance marketing
  • Head of Monetization: Real revenue case · candidate for ad sales, partnerships, BD
  • Head of Community: Community engagement playbook · candidate for community management, customer success
  • Head of Operations: Analytics + tooling stack work · candidate for marketing ops, BizOps
Scenario
Faculty plays the 'Board' and supplies a fictional consumer brand with realistic data: 4-quarter market, 6-8 SKUs, 5 channels (general trade, modern trade, e-comm, D2C, quick-commerce), 3 competitors, defined market dynamics. Team plays the brand-management team running a full year. Each quarter, faculty injects market events (competitor launches, supply shocks, regulatory changes) and team responds.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
Brand President
P&L ownership, board management, quarterly strategy
VP Marketing
Positioning, advertising, NPD pipeline, brand health
VP Sales
Channel mix, trade promotions, distributor management, listings
VP Supply Chain
Production planning, inventory, cost management
VP Finance
Pricing, margin engineering, promo ROI, P&L analytics
VP Insights
Consumer research, competitive intelligence, NPD pipeline
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Run simulated Q1 and Q2 — establish baseline and initiatives
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • Year-1 strategic plan with brand health and financial KPIs
  • Q1 decisions made: pricing, promos, ad spend, channel mix, NPD pipeline
  • Q1 results received from faculty; root-cause analysis of variance vs plan
  • Q2 decisions made with course-correction based on Q1 learning
  • Mid-year board review presentation (faculty + practitioner panel)
  • PRJ1 defense: H1 performance + H2 outlook + course-correction plan
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Run Q3 and Q4, end with full-year P&L defense
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • Respond to competitive moves, supply shocks, regulatory changes (faculty-fed)
  • Q3 + Q4 decisions made across all 5 functional roles
  • Year-end P&L vs original plan vs peer-team P&Ls
  • 3-year forward roadmap defended at final board review
  • Brand-health trajectory: awareness, consideration, NPS, share-of-wallet
  • PRJ2 defense: full-year board review (60-min) with peer-team benchmarking
Success metrics
Year-end P&L
EBITDA vs initial plan vs peer teams
Brand health
Awareness + consideration + NPS movement
Market share
Share-of-category movement vs competitor teams
Decision NPV
Faculty-calibrated value of choices made
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • Brand President: Full-year P&L ownership case · candidate for FMCG brand mgmt, GM-track, consumer consulting
  • VP Marketing: Brand-building campaign portfolio · candidate for FMCG marketing, brand strategy, ad agencies
  • VP Sales: Trade-marketing + distributor strategy · candidate for sales leadership tracks, retail consulting
  • VP Supply Chain: S&OP work + inventory optimization · candidate for SCM consulting, ops at consumer firms
  • VP Finance: Brand finance + pricing decisions · candidate for FP&A, commercial finance
  • VP Insights: Consumer + competitive intelligence portfolio · candidate for market research, insights consulting
Scenario
Partner with a real NGO (KLBS broker via alumni networks). Take a defined initiative the NGO has but lacks capacity to scale — women's micro-loan program, vocational training, agricultural extension, education access, healthcare camp coordination. Team becomes the project office for that initiative for 20 weeks. Drive it from current baseline to a defined growth target. Real beneficiaries, real outcomes, real accountability.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
Project Lead
Strategy, NGO relationship, weekly priorities, board reporting
Operations Lead
Field coordination, beneficiary registration, logistics
Finance Lead
Budget management, donor accounting, financial sustainability
Outreach Lead
Beneficiary acquisition, community mobilization, partnerships
Programs Lead
Quality of program delivery, training, content
Impact & Reporting Lead
Beneficiary tracking, outcome measurement, donor reports
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Diagnose current state, build systems, pilot the scale model
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • Current-state diagnostic: baseline beneficiaries, costs, outcomes, bottlenecks
  • Locked 4× or 5× growth target with timeline and milestones
  • Systems built: registration, beneficiary tracking, financial accounting
  • Pilot at 1.5× the baseline (validate before scale)
  • Donor / funder communication plan + reporting framework
  • PRJ1 defense: diagnostic + scale plan + pilot validation data
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Push to scale target, document for NGO sustainability
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • Beneficiary growth: hit 4-5× baseline by end of PRJ2
  • Cost per beneficiary tracked; downward trajectory documented
  • Outcome quality maintained or improved vs baseline (program-quality scores)
  • Financial sustainability plan: how does NGO sustain post-capstone
  • Donor report deliverable + impact-measurement framework
  • Final deliverable: scaling playbook for the NGO to replicate
Success metrics
4-5× growth
Beneficiary count vs baseline at start
Quality maintained
Program-quality scores at or above baseline
Cost discipline
Cost per beneficiary trajectory
Sustainability
NGO-validated post-capstone continuation plan
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • Project Lead: Social-sector leadership case · candidate for Dalberg, McKinsey Social, Bridgespan, CSR roles
  • Operations Lead: Field ops at scale · candidate for ops consulting, development-sector ops
  • Finance Lead: NGO finance + donor management · candidate for impact investing, social finance, ESG
  • Outreach Lead: Community engagement portfolio · candidate for development sector, partnership roles
  • Programs Lead: Program design + delivery quality · candidate for program management, education-sector roles
  • Impact & Reporting Lead: Outcome measurement framework · candidate for M&E roles, impact analytics
Scenario
Faculty plays the 'buyer' — a fictional state government department, large public-sector enterprise, or Fortune-100 corporate procurement team — issuing a complex multi-crore RFP. Team plays the bidding consulting/services firm. Compete head-to-head against 2-3 peer teams across 4 evaluation stages over 20 weeks.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
Engagement Partner
Overall strategy, buyer relationship, decision quality
Solution Architect
Technical solution, methodology, deliverables design
Industry Expert
Domain depth, references, case examples, win-themes
Commercial Lead
Pricing, financial proposal, risk-loading, terms
Delivery Lead
Execution plan, team plan, governance, timelines
Pursuit Manager
Proposal-writing PM, document quality, submissions
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Stage 1 + 2 — Build win-theme, submit technical proposal, pre-qualify
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • RFP fully decoded: scope, eval criteria, scoring weights, gotchas
  • Win-theme locked + competitive positioning vs peer-team bidders
  • Technical proposal submitted (Stage 1) — 60-80 pages, on-time
  • Pre-qualification cleared based on faculty + practitioner evaluation
  • Oral presentation deck for Stage 2 prepared and rehearsed
  • PRJ1 defense: Stage-1 technical proposal + Stage-2 presentation rehearsal
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Stage 3 + 4 — Oral defense + BAFO round, win or runner-up
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • Stage 3: oral presentation defended live (60-min + Q&A)
  • Faculty-buyer follow-up questions answered with addenda
  • Stage 4: BAFO ('best and final offer') round with commercial revision
  • Negotiation playbook prepared for buyer-final discussion
  • Win/loss outcome announced by faculty panel vs peer teams
  • Final deliverable: post-mortem case study + lessons-learned debrief
Success metrics
Win / Runner-up
Status vs peer-team competitors
Technical score
Stage-1 proposal evaluation
Commercial defense
Price defensibility under buyer pressure-test
Oral score
Stage-3 presentation evaluation
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • Engagement Partner: Bid leadership case · candidate for consulting partner-track, sales leadership, BD
  • Solution Architect: Technical solution design · candidate for consulting practice roles, IT consulting
  • Industry Expert: Domain depth artifact · candidate for sector specialist roles, equity research
  • Commercial Lead: Pricing + commercial structuring · candidate for commercial finance, deal structuring
  • Delivery Lead: Engagement governance case · candidate for engagement management, PMO
  • Pursuit Manager: Bid management portfolio · candidate for proposals/bid management at consulting firms
Scenario
Team is the investment firm. Either: (a) real-world — a willing local SME agrees to a structured 'what-if-acquired' engagement where team conducts diligence, valuation, structures a hypothetical offer, presents at IC, and proposes a 100-day post-acquisition value-creation plan; OR (b) simulated — faculty provides a fictional target with a full data room. Either way, team operates as a real PE deal team across 20 weeks.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
Deal Partner
Investment thesis, IC defense, deal strategy, relationship management
Senior Associate · Diligence
Commercial DD, customer references, competitive analysis
Senior Associate · Financial
Financial DD, valuation, LBO model, returns analysis
Senior Associate · Operations
Operational DD, value-creation plan, cost-out, growth levers
Legal & Structuring
Term sheet, deal structure, regulatory navigation, risk
Post-Acquisition Lead
100-day plan, integration playbook, KPI tracking, exit strategy
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Source the deal, run diligence, build the valuation, win IC approval
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • Target identified + investment thesis written (5-page document)
  • Commercial diligence: market sizing, growth, competitive position, customer interviews
  • Financial diligence: historic financials normalized, quality of earnings
  • LBO model with returns analysis (IRR, MOIC, sensitivity)
  • Term sheet drafted + deal structure proposed
  • PRJ1 defense: Investment Committee presentation (60-min + Q&A)
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Build value-creation plan, defend exit thesis, simulate 24-month hold
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • 100-day post-acquisition plan with clear ownership and milestones
  • Value-creation playbook: revenue growth, cost-out, M&A roll-up, exit prep
  • 12-month and 24-month forward KPI tracker with weekly cadence design
  • Exit thesis: how to position for sale in 4-5 years, who buys, at what multiple
  • Sensitivity analysis on exit returns under base / downside / upside scenarios
  • PRJ2 defense: full investment memo (40 pages) + exit-pitch defense
Success metrics
IC-approved
Investment Committee approval by faculty + practitioner panel
Valuation defense
Defensibility under pressure-Q&A on assumptions
Returns analysis
IRR / MOIC modeling rigor
Value-creation
Quality and feasibility of post-acquisition plan
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • Deal Partner: Investment thesis ownership · candidate for PE associate, growth equity, M&A advisory
  • Senior Associate · Diligence: Commercial diligence case · candidate for PE diligence, consulting (transaction services)
  • Senior Associate · Financial: LBO modeling + valuation case · candidate for PE, IB, growth equity, hedge funds
  • Senior Associate · Operations: Value-creation plan · candidate for operating-partner tracks, ops consulting
  • Legal & Structuring: Deal structuring artifact · candidate for legal/regulatory advisory, deal structuring
  • Post-Acquisition Lead: Integration playbook · candidate for portfolio company operating roles, post-merger integration
Scenario
Team identifies a real workflow that LLMs + agents can transform — legal contract review for SMEs, customer service automation for D2C brands, financial statement parsing for small accountants, healthcare appointment management for clinics, lead-qualification automation for B2B sales teams. Build the product using no-code + LLM APIs + integrations. Acquire paying customers or paid pilots. Forces real engagement with model evaluation, hallucination management, prompt engineering, RAG, eval harnesses, and a real revenue/usage outcome — directly leveraging D4, OE1, and the T7 specialization track.
Team structure · 5-6 roles
CEO / AI Product Lead
Product vision, customer interviews, weekly priorities, board reporting
CTO · AI Architect
Model selection, RAG setup, evals, integrations, agentic workflows
Head of Product
UX, prompt engineering, feature roadmap, customer feedback loop
Head of GTM
ICP, positioning, B2B sales pipeline, conversion to paid
Head of Operations
Customer onboarding, support, ops automation, usage monitoring
Head of Trust & Eval
Model evaluation harness, hallucination tracking, safety, compliance
20-week timeline
PRJ1 focusWeeks 1-10
Validate workflow, build AI product MVP, land paid pilots
Foundation phase deliverables:
  • 30+ customer interviews validating the workflow problem
  • AI product MVP built (no-code stack + LLM APIs + integrations)
  • Evaluation harness: how do we know the AI is working? (≥10 eval cases)
  • First 3-5 paid pilots or paying customers, ₹30K-₹50K revenue
  • Hallucination + edge-case logbook: what fails, why, mitigation
  • PRJ1 defense: working product demo + pilot data + evals + roadmap
PRJ2 focusWeeks 11-20
Scale paying users, prove evals at scale, build commercial pipeline
Execute & scale phase deliverables:
  • Scale to 20+ paying customers or 5+ enterprise pilots
  • Generate ₹1.5L-₹2.5L revenue across the 20-week period
  • Eval harness scaled: ≥50 eval cases, automated regression on every model/prompt change
  • Usage metrics: daily/weekly active users, task-completion rate, customer satisfaction
  • Sales playbook documented + cold-outreach + demo-conversion data
  • PRJ2 defense: full investor pitch + model-evaluation deep-dive + commercial trajectory
Success metrics
≥ 20 customers
Paying customers or active enterprise pilots
≥ ₹1.5L-₹2.5L
Revenue across 20 weeks
Eval coverage
≥ 50 automated eval cases on prompt/model changes
Usage discipline
Daily/weekly active usage + task-completion metrics
Placement portfolio · what each role walks away with
  • CEO/AI Product Lead: AI-native founder case · candidate for AI startup founder roles, AI PM at FAANG
  • CTO/AI Architect: Working AI product with evals · candidate for AI Product Engineering, AI Solutions Architect
  • Head of Product: Prompt engineering + UX portfolio · candidate for AI Product Management
  • Head of GTM: B2B SaaS / AI sales case · candidate for AI BD, growth, partnerships
  • Head of Operations: Customer onboarding + ops automation · candidate for AI SaaS BizOps
  • Head of Trust & Eval: AI evaluation framework · candidate for AI safety, model evaluation, responsible AI
Why this exists
Teams with strong founder energy, an unusual idea, or access to a unique partner can propose their own capstone task instead of picking from the menu of 10. Approval requires faculty + capstone director sign-off and the proposal must demonstrate all the same characteristics as the standard tasks.
Proposal template · required elements
  • One-line task statement. What is the team going to do across 20 weeks? Must be specific and measurable.
  • Real or simulated. If real, who is the partner / customer / market? If simulated, what is the simulated environment?
  • Cross-functional necessity. Why does this task require 5-6 distinct functional roles? List the 5-6 roles and what each owns.
  • Calibrated to 1,000 person-hours. Justify that the task is achievable but challenging at 5-6 students × 8 hrs/week × 20 weeks.
  • Measurable outcome metrics. What 3-4 numbers tell us at week 20 whether the team succeeded? Each must be objectively verifiable.
  • PRJ1 vs PRJ2 split. What is the foundation phase deliverable at Week 10? What is the scale phase deliverable at Week 20?
  • Placement portfolio for each role. What artifact does each role walk away with for their resume / LinkedIn / interview?
  • Risk register. What's the dependency on external parties? What's the fallback plan if the partnership fails or the real-world environment changes?
  • Mentor identification. Has the team identified a willing faculty mentor and a practitioner mentor for the full 20 weeks?
Approval gate
  • Submitted by end of T6 (before the trimester break preceding PRJ1).
  • Reviewed by the Capstone Director + 2 faculty + 1 industry practitioner.
  • Decisions: Approved · Approved with modifications · Redirect to standard task.
  • Teams whose proposals are rejected must pick from the standard 10 tasks.
  • Maximum 1-2 custom tasks approved per cohort to maintain advisor capacity.
Research design principles

Unlike Capstones B (cross-functional teams executing operational tasks), Integrated Research is about academic rigor — asking a question, designing a study, collecting and analyzing data, writing a paper, defending it. The team is small (1-3 students), the mentor is one specialist, and the deliverable is publication-quality research.

Every team submits minimally to the KL Working Paper Series + SSRN preprint. Strong teams push for conference papers, journal submissions, or industry white papers co-published with partners. Publication acceptance is not the grade-determining factor — independent rubric scoring is — but submission is mandatory.

1
Same team · 20 weeks
1-3 students from one specialization. Same team across PRJ3 + PRJ4. Continuity essential to research rigor.
2
Specialist mentor
One faculty domain specialist. Weekly check-ins. Senior-author on the resulting paper.
3
Six-phase rhythm
Question → Design → Pilot → Collect → Analyze → Defend. Each phase has its own rubric.
4
Real submission
Every team submits to ≥1 external venue. KL Working Paper + SSRN are mandatory floors.

Unlike a capstone with functional roles (CEO, CFO, COO), research roles are intellectual ownership assignments. All three students are co-researchers and co-authors — the role split is about primary ownership of a sub-domain, not siloed work.

Role 1
Principal Investigator (PI)
Owns the research question, theoretical framing, and paper authorship. Drives the literature review, writes the introduction and discussion, and is first author on the paper.
Role 2
Methodologist
Owns research design, statistical methods, and the analysis pipeline. Writes the methods and results sections. Owns the reproducibility package (code, data, analysis log).
Role 3
Field Lead
Owns data collection, fieldwork, instrument administration, and ethical compliance. Builds the data dictionary, manages respondent recruitment, owns the audit trail.

For 2-person teams: roles 1 and 2 merge into 'PI & Methodologist' and role 3 stays as Field Lead. For 1-person teams (honors thesis path), the student carries all three responsibilities with heavier mentor scaffolding. Maximum team size is 3 to preserve depth of individual contribution.

The research question must sit within one of the 8 specialization tracks. The faculty mentor must be a domain specialist in that track. Examples of feasible BBA-level research questions per track:

Specialization Example feasible research questions
T1 · Investment Banking & Global Capital MarketsM&A premia patterns in Indian deals 2018-2024 · IPO underpricing in tier-2 markets · equity research forecast accuracy vs realized returns
T2 · FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationUPI adoption drivers among micro-merchants · credit-scoring accuracy for thin-file borrowers · BNPL impact on consumer spending
T3 · Decision Intelligence & Applied AICausal impact of an intervention via difference-in-differences · forecasting accuracy comparison (ARIMA vs ML) on Indian retail data · A/B test power analysis at typical Indian sample sizes
T4 · Brand Leadership & Growth MarketingBrand-purchase relationships in D2C · ad creative effectiveness in Indian languages · regional drivers of brand equity
T5 · Venture Building & Entrepreneurial LeadershipIndian founder demographics & success rates · accelerator program effectiveness · fundraising-round patterns by sector
T6 · Strategy Consulting & Corporate AdvisoryIndian SME diversification patterns · family-business succession dynamics · sectoral consolidation trends
T7 · AI Product Management & Growth LeadershipLLM hallucination rates by task type · prompt-engineering effectiveness measurement · AI tool adoption in Indian workplaces
T8 · Algorithmic Trading & Financial EngineeringMomentum strategies on NSE · NSE microstructure analysis · options volatility patterns at expiry

Across the 20-week thesis, evaluation is split between continuous evaluation across the 6 phases and final thesis defense. Each phase carries its own rubric (detailed below), and the final defense has a dedicated rubric in Phase 6.

Assessment framework · across PRJ3 + PRJ4

How the integrated thesis is evaluated

50%
PRJ3 · Phases 1, 2, 3 (Weeks 1-10) · T8 closeout · 4 credits
Weighted across the three foundation phases: Phase 1 · Question & Lit Review (15%) · Phase 2 · Design & Ethics (15%) · Phase 3 · Pilot & Instrument (20%). PRJ3 closes with a PRJ3 review at Week 10 where mentor + 1 second-reader signs off on the design for main collection. Failure to clear PRJ3 review blocks PRJ4.
PRJ3 · T8
50%
PRJ4 · Phases 4, 5, 6 (Weeks 11-20) · T9 closeout · 4 credits
Weighted across the three execution phases: Phase 4 · Main Collection (15%) · Phase 5 · Analysis & Writing (15%) · Phase 6 · Defense & Submission (20%, including the final defense). PRJ4 ends with the final thesis defense: 60-min presentation + 45-min Q&A in front of a mixed panel (faculty mentor, 1 external academic, 1 industry practitioner from the specialization domain).
PRJ4 · T9

The six phases in detail

Each phase has its own activities, deliverables, and evaluation rubric. The rubric uses a 4-level scale (Novice · Developing · Proficient · Exemplary) across 5 weighted dimensions per phase.

Activities
  • Team meets with faculty mentor weekly · Mondays 30-min check-ins
  • Read 30-40 academic and industry sources in the specialization domain
  • Map the 'conversation' in the field: who is saying what, who is contradicting whom
  • Identify 3-5 candidate research questions; narrow to ONE with mentor sign-off
  • Build the gap statement: what is unknown / contested / not-yet-tested
  • Articulate the contribution: why does this question matter for practice or theory
Stage deliverables
  • Research question (≤2 sentences) · empirical · falsifiable · scoped
  • Literature review (1,500-2,000 words) · synthesizing 20+ sources
  • Gap statement & contribution memo (1 page)
  • Annotated bibliography in APA or Chicago format
  • Phase 1 review meeting with faculty mentor at end of Week 3 — written feedback returned
Evaluation rubric · question & literature review
DimensionWeightCriteria (4-level rubric)
Question quality 25% EXEMPLARY: Falsifiable, narrowly scoped question with sharp construct definitions and clear theoretical anchoring
PROFICIENT: Falsifiable empirical question; scope clear; tractable in 20 weeks
DEVELOPING: Question stated but vague or unfalsifiable; scope unclear
NOVICE: Topic only; not a research question
Literature depth 25% EXEMPLARY: 30+ sources spanning theory, empirics, industry; debate-aware synthesis
PROFICIENT: 20+ peer-reviewed sources; major theoretical works identified
DEVELOPING: 15-20 sources; some peer-reviewed; gaps in coverage
NOVICE: ≤10 sources, mostly secondary; major works missing
Gap articulation 25% EXEMPLARY: Gap identified, justified with citations, and shown why this team is positioned to fill it
PROFICIENT: Clear gap identified and connected to research question
DEVELOPING: Gap noted but not justified or quantified
NOVICE: Gap not identified; rephrases existing studies
Writing & structure 15% EXEMPLARY: Publication-grade prose; citations flawless; argumentation crisp
PROFICIENT: Clean academic prose; proper citation style throughout
DEVELOPING: Readable but stylistically uneven; minor citation issues
NOVICE: Disorganized; major grammar / citation errors
Engagement & pace 10% EXEMPLARY: Ahead of plan; team self-directs; mentor used strategically not directively
PROFICIENT: Consistent weekly progress; mentor feedback addressed
DEVELOPING: Attended meetings but progress slower than plan
NOVICE: Missed mentor meetings or arrived unprepared
Activities
  • Choose methodology: quantitative (regression / causal / ML), qualitative (interviews / case study / content analysis), or mixed-methods
  • Define variables / constructs / measures · operationalize each
  • Specify data sources: primary (survey, interview, experiment) or secondary (CMIE, NSE, RBI, Kaggle, Bloomberg, scraped sources)
  • Pre-register the analysis plan if quantitative — write down hypotheses, models, exclusion rules BEFORE collecting data
  • Sample size and power calculation (quantitative) OR saturation criteria (qualitative)
  • Submit to KLBS Institutional Review Board for ethics clearance
Stage deliverables
  • Research design document (5-7 pages) · question · variables · methodology · sampling · analysis plan
  • Pre-registered analysis plan · submitted via OSF.io or institutional system
  • Instrument(s) · survey questionnaire, interview guide, experimental protocol, or data-extraction plan
  • IRB ethics clearance · informed consent form, data handling plan, withdrawal protocol
  • Phase 2 review meeting with faculty mentor at end of Week 6 — design sign-off required before pilot
Evaluation rubric · research design & ethics clearance
DimensionWeightCriteria (4-level rubric)
Method fit to question 30% EXEMPLARY: Method optimally fits question; alternative methods considered and rejected with reasons
PROFICIENT: Method appropriate for question; can yield interpretable findings
DEVELOPING: Method weakly fits question; some construct slippage
NOVICE: Method mismatched to question; cannot yield falsifiable answer
Operationalization 25% EXEMPLARY: All variables operationalized with validity / reliability evidence cited from prior work
PROFICIENT: All variables clearly operationalized with measurement instruments
DEVELOPING: Variables defined but with measurement risks
NOVICE: Variables undefined or non-measurable
Sampling & sample size 20% EXEMPLARY: Sample size justified, sampling frame explicit, generalizability discussed
PROFICIENT: Sample size justified by power calculation or saturation logic
DEVELOPING: Sample stated but power / saturation not justified
NOVICE: Convenience sample; no size justification
Ethics & transparency 15% EXEMPLARY: IRB approved; pre-registered analysis plan; data handling and replication plan documented
PROFICIENT: IRB approved; consent forms in place; data handling clear
DEVELOPING: Ethics considered but consent or data handling weak
NOVICE: No ethics consideration; IRB not submitted
Feasibility 10% EXEMPLARY: Plan executable with buffer; risks identified, mitigations in place, fallback designs ready
PROFICIENT: Plan executable; risks identified with mitigations
DEVELOPING: Plan executable but risks not flagged
NOVICE: Plan not executable in remaining time
Activities
  • Run a pilot at ~10% of intended sample size (e.g., 10-30 respondents, 3-5 interviews, or one trial dataset)
  • Test the instrument: are questions interpreted as intended? Is the data clean? Are coding categories exhaustive?
  • Identify and fix instrument problems: ambiguous wording, missing categories, scale issues, technical errors
  • Run a 'trial analysis' on the pilot data: does the analysis pipeline actually work end-to-end?
  • Refine the design based on pilot findings — and re-clear with mentor if changes are substantial
  • Document what changed and why · maintain audit trail
Stage deliverables
  • Pilot data set with raw + cleaned versions
  • Pilot findings memo (3-4 pages) · what worked, what failed, what was changed
  • Final revised instrument · ready for main data collection
  • Analysis pipeline code (if quantitative) · runs end-to-end on pilot data without intervention
  • PRJ3 closeout · Phase 3 review — defended at PRJ3 final review meeting (Week 10)
Evaluation rubric · pilot study & instrument refinement
DimensionWeightCriteria (4-level rubric)
Pilot execution 25% EXEMPLARY: Pilot rigorously conducted; multiple iterations on instrument before lock
PROFICIENT: Pilot adequately conducted; instrument tested
DEVELOPING: Pilot conducted but sample too small or not representative
NOVICE: Pilot skipped or token-only
Instrument refinement 25% EXEMPLARY: Substantial improvements demonstrated; before/after instrument comparison shows learning
PROFICIENT: Clear changes made based on pilot evidence; rationale documented
DEVELOPING: Some changes made but documentation thin
NOVICE: No changes made; problems ignored
Analysis pipeline 20% EXEMPLARY: Analysis runs end-to-end; reproducible from raw data; version-controlled
PROFICIENT: Analysis runs end-to-end on pilot data
DEVELOPING: Analysis attempted but breaks; requires manual fixes
NOVICE: Analysis not attempted on pilot data
Audit trail 15% EXEMPLARY: Full audit trail · every change, every decision, every consultation with mentor logged
PROFICIENT: Decision log maintained; major changes documented
DEVELOPING: Sparse documentation; key decisions undocumented
NOVICE: No documentation of decisions made
Readiness for main collection 15% EXEMPLARY: Fully ready; main collection can begin immediately; team has buffer for unexpected issues
PROFICIENT: Ready for main collection; risks understood
DEVELOPING: Mostly ready; some flaws will affect main data quality
NOVICE: Not ready; design flaws unresolved
Activities
  • Execute the data collection plan at full sample size · 100% of intended sample / saturation
  • Maintain rigorous data handling: timestamped backups, version-controlled raw files, anonymized identifiers
  • Track response rate (survey), recruitment rate (interviews), or coverage rate (secondary data) weekly
  • Handle missing data per pre-registered protocol — do not improvise rules mid-collection
  • If extending collection beyond planned timeline: document the reason and update the analysis plan deviation log
  • End-of-Phase-4 data audit: complete, cleaned, anonymized, version-controlled, ready for analysis
Stage deliverables
  • Final dataset · raw + cleaned + analysis-ready versions, with documentation
  • Data dictionary · every variable defined, measured, coded
  • Collection log · weekly progress, response rates, anomalies
  • Deviation log · any departures from pre-registered plan, with justification
  • Phase 4 data audit · faculty mentor signs off on dataset before analysis begins
Evaluation rubric · main data collection
DimensionWeightCriteria (4-level rubric)
Sample achievement 25% EXEMPLARY: 100%+ of planned sample; frame intact; over-sampled where possible for robustness
PROFICIENT: 80-100% of planned sample; frame intact
DEVELOPING: 50-80% of planned sample; some sampling frame issues
NOVICE: <50% of planned sample; sampling frame compromised
Data quality 25% EXEMPLARY: Minimal missingness; handling rigorous; validation checks documented
PROFICIENT: Low missingness; handling per pre-registered plan
DEVELOPING: Missing data present; handling acceptable
NOVICE: Significant missing data; data integrity compromised
Documentation 20% EXEMPLARY: Publication-grade documentation; data dictionary + collection log + version control
PROFICIENT: Complete data dictionary + collection log
DEVELOPING: Basic documentation; data dictionary incomplete
NOVICE: Sparse; data dictionary missing or incomplete
Adherence to pre-registration 15% EXEMPLARY: Minimal deviations; every deviation justified and discussed with mentor
PROFICIENT: Deviations all documented with rationale
DEVELOPING: Deviations present, some justified
NOVICE: Substantial unjustified deviations from plan
Ethical compliance 15% EXEMPLARY: Consent obtained; data handling exceeds IRB protocol; anonymization verified
PROFICIENT: Consent obtained; data handling per IRB protocol
DEVELOPING: Consent obtained; data handling acceptable
NOVICE: Consent or data handling issues identified
Activities
  • Run the pre-registered analysis · do not p-hack, do not run alternative models without disclosure
  • Compute effect sizes, confidence intervals, sensitivity analyses · report null results honestly
  • Generate publication-quality tables and figures · APA / journal-standard format
  • Draft the paper in a standard structure: Abstract, Introduction, Literature, Method, Results, Discussion, Limitations, Conclusion, References
  • Three drafts minimum: D1 (skeleton), D2 (full draft for mentor review), D3 (revised based on mentor feedback)
  • Build the reproducibility package: code, data (or simulated data if real cannot be released), analysis log, README
Stage deliverables
  • Analysis output · all primary + sensitivity analyses run, results tables generated
  • Paper draft v3 · 25-35 pages in journal format, ready for mentor sign-off
  • Reproducibility package · code + data + log uploaded to OSF.io or institutional repo
  • Plain-language industry brief (4 pages) · key findings translated for practitioners
  • Phase 5 review meeting with faculty mentor at end of Week 17 — paper green-lit for defense
Evaluation rubric · analysis & paper drafting
DimensionWeightCriteria (4-level rubric)
Analysis rigor 25% EXEMPLARY: Analysis exemplary; effect sizes + CIs reported; sensitivity analyses included; alternative explanations considered
PROFICIENT: Analysis correctly executed; interpretation matches evidence
DEVELOPING: Analysis runs but interpretation overstates findings
NOVICE: Analysis methodologically flawed; conclusions don't follow
Writing quality 25% EXEMPLARY: Publication-grade writing; arguments crisp; would pass desk review at target venue
PROFICIENT: Clean academic prose; arguments clear
DEVELOPING: Acceptable but stylistically uneven
NOVICE: Below academic standard; unclear arguments
Findings & honesty 20% EXEMPLARY: Findings reported with epistemic honesty; null results discussed; limitations are first-class section
PROFICIENT: Findings reported honestly with limitations acknowledged
DEVELOPING: Findings reported but limitations understated
NOVICE: Findings overclaimed; null results suppressed
Reproducibility 15% EXEMPLARY: Code + data + log shared; results reproducible by independent third party; README complete
PROFICIENT: Code + data shared; results reproducible by mentor
DEVELOPING: Code shared but cannot reproduce results
NOVICE: No code or data shared
Industry brief 15% EXEMPLARY: Industry-ready brief; could be published as a practitioner article without editing
PROFICIENT: Clear plain-language brief; findings translated
DEVELOPING: Present but academic in tone
NOVICE: Missing or jargon-heavy
Activities
  • Internal defense rehearsal with faculty mentor in Week 18 · receive critique, revise
  • Format paper to target venue specifications (citation style, word limits, figure standards)
  • Submit to chosen output venue: KL Working Paper Series (mandatory floor) + SSRN preprint + one external venue (conference / journal)
  • Final thesis defense in Week 19-20 · 60-min presentation + 45-min open Q&A · mixed panel
  • Address panel feedback · revise paper if substantial issues raised
  • Final deposit · revised paper to institutional repository · all artifacts archived
Stage deliverables
  • Final paper · 25-40 pages · revised after defense · journal-format ready
  • Defense presentation · 30-40 slides · academic-conference format
  • Industry brief v-final · 4 pages · for the practitioner audience
  • Reproducibility package · finalized · publicly accessible
  • Submission evidence · acknowledgment of submission to ≥1 external venue beyond KL repo + SSRN
  • Final defense · live · scored against the thesis defense rubric below
Evaluation rubric · thesis defense & submission
DimensionWeightCriteria (4-level rubric)
Presentation quality 20% EXEMPLARY: Conference-grade; tight narrative; slides exemplary; pacing professional
PROFICIENT: Well-organized; clear narrative; slides support argument
DEVELOPING: Organized but uneven; some weak slides
NOVICE: Disorganized; key points buried
Defense under Q&A 30% EXEMPLARY: Engages substantively; concedes well-founded points; defends defensible ones with evidence
PROFICIENT: Addresses questions directly; acknowledges limits
DEVELOPING: Responsive but evasive on hard questions
NOVICE: Defensive; cannot address criticism
Methodological rigor 20% EXEMPLARY: Methodology exemplary; limitations articulated as first-class concern; future-work plan addresses them
PROFICIENT: Methodology defensible; limitations understood
DEVELOPING: Methodological issues acknowledged but inadequately handled
NOVICE: Major methodological issues unresolved
Contribution & relevance 15% EXEMPLARY: Contribution sharp and novel; relevance argued and demonstrated; future research agenda articulated
PROFICIENT: Contribution clear; relevance to practice or theory established
DEVELOPING: Contribution stated but underdeveloped
NOVICE: Contribution unclear; relevance not established
Submission & output 15% EXEMPLARY: Submitted to KL repo + SSRN + 1 external venue and at least 1 of: accepted at conference, returned for revision at journal, or published as industry brief by partner
PROFICIENT: Submitted to KL repo + SSRN + 1 external venue (conference / journal)
DEVELOPING: Submitted to KL repo + SSRN preprint
NOVICE: Submitted only to mandatory floor (KL repo)
⟶

The progression is deliberate: internships build vocabulary, capstones build judgement, research projects build rigor. By graduation the student has done field work, applied work, and research work — three different muscles a single course cannot build alone.

Active & Experiential Learning
How we teach

25 Active Learning Methods in 7 clusters, benchmarked to HBS, Wharton, INSEAD, LBS, Stanford GSB, Bocconi, NUS, and Masters Union. Faculty pick 3–5 ALMs per course from this portfolio.

01

A pedagogy portfolio

Each course in the Y26 curriculum selects 3–5 ALMs from this portfolio. Every ALM has a published rubric, calibrated marks, and a faculty preparation checklist. ALMs 15 (AI-Augmented Pair Workflow) and 16 (Prompt Engineering Lab) are explicit responses to the AI-era classroom.

25
Active Learning Methods
Each with published rubric & marks
7
Pedagogical clusters
Discussion → Convening
3–5
ALMs per course
Picked for variety + fit
8+
Benchmark schools
HBS · Wharton · INSEAD · GSB
02

The seven clusters

Each cluster targets a distinct learning capability. Faculty are expected to pick from at least two different clusters per course to ensure varied cognitive demands across a trimester.

01
Cluster 1 · Discussion & Socratic ALMs
Build executive thinking through structured dialogue, argumentation, and intellectual debate. Benchmark: HBS, Wharton, INSEAD.
ALM 01Cold Call & Socratic Case Dialogue
Faculty cold-calls students to defend positions on a pre-read case; chains follow-ups by Socratic questioning.
📊 25 marks🏛 HBS classroom standard
ALM 02Structured Debate with Cross-Perspective Reflection
Two teams argue opposing positions on a contested business issue, then submit cross-perspective reflections.
📊 25 marks🏛 Oxford Union × LBS
ALM 03Devil's Advocate / Red Team Exercise
A team systematically attacks the dominant view of a strategy; uncovers blind spots before launch.
📊 25 marks🏛 Wharton + INSEAD strategy labs
ALM 04Statement-Opinion-Position (S-O-P) Cycle
Students progress from neutral statement to articulated opinion to defended position with evidence.
📊 20 marks🏛 INSEAD critical thinking method
02
Cluster 2 · Construction & Building ALMs
Students produce real artifacts — frameworks, MVPs, pitchbooks, code — that survive beyond the classroom.
ALM 05Student-Built Frameworks & Models
Students synthesize readings and data into their own analytical framework rather than apply an existing one.
📊 30 marks🏛 Stanford GSB / Bocconi
ALM 06Build-and-Pitch Sprint
Two-week sprint: build a prototype/model, then pitch to a panel of practitioners with rubric-graded feedback.
📊 35 marks🏛 Masters Union builder programme
ALM 07Pitchbook / Deliverable-First Pedagogy
Course outputs are real artifacts (IB pitchbooks, M&A memos, GTM plans) — practitioner-grade or it doesn't pass.
📊 40 marks🏛 Goldman / MBB training
ALM 08Hackathon Sprint
24–48 hr collaborative build against a real industry problem; cross-functional teams; live judging.
📊 35 marks🏛 T-Hub × Y Combinator hackathon format
03
Cluster 3 · Simulation & Game ALMs
Compressed decision environments where students see consequences play out in days, not years.
ALM 09Multi-Period Industry Simulation (Markstrat-Style)
Teams run a virtual company across 6–8 quarters: pricing, R&D, advertising, capacity decisions feed live dashboards.
📊 40 marks🏛 Markstrat / Capsim / Marketplace
ALM 10Multimedia Branching Case Simulation
Video-driven case with decision points; choices change subsequent scenes. Decisions are timed and graded.
📊 25 marks🏛 HBP interactive cases
ALM 11Business Escape Room / Strategic Puzzle
Teams solve a sequence of business puzzles under time pressure — pricing, ops, finance, ethics in 90 minutes.
📊 20 marks🏛 INSEAD ELabs
04
Cluster 4 · Data & Computational ALMs
Students work with real datasets, replicate published findings, and learn AI-era workflows.
ALM 12Live Data Lab with Replication
Replicate a published business analytics finding from raw data; submit code, results, and a critique.
📊 30 marks🏛 MIT JWEL / NUS reproducibility programme
ALM 13A/B Testing & Experimentation Lab
Design, run, and analyze a live A/B test (real product or simulated); include power calc and inference critique.
📊 30 marks🏛 Stanford GSB experimentation track
ALM 14Kaggle-Style Competition
Predictive modeling contest on a real dataset; leaderboard scoring + written approach memo for partial credit.
📊 35 marks🏛 Kaggle / DrivenData
ALM 15AI-Augmented Pair Workflow
Students complete a task in pair-programming style with an LLM as 'partner'; reflect on what the AI got wrong.
📊 25 marks🏛 GitHub Copilot pedagogy
ALM 16Prompt Engineering & LLM Workflow Lab
Design, test, and iterate prompts/RAG pipelines/agents to solve a business problem end-to-end.
📊 30 marks🏛 OpenAI Academy / DeepLearning.AI
05
Cluster 5 · Investigative & Field ALMs
Get students out of the classroom and into the field: real interviews, real data collection, real journalism.
ALM 17Case Study Analysis (Industry-Grade)
Full HBS-style case write-up with executive memo, evidence appendix, and faculty calibration on rubric.
📊 30 marks🏛 Harvard Business Publishing
ALM 18Investigative Journalism Project
Students investigate a real business story: interviews, document analysis, fact-checking; output is a 2,000-word feature.
📊 35 marks🏛 Columbia Journalism × Bocconi
ALM 19Field Research with Structured Protocol
Field interviews (10+) with a defined business cohort using a faculty-approved protocol; coded findings + memo.
📊 35 marks🏛 Stanford d.school field research method
06
Cluster 6 · Behavioral & Reflective ALMs
Build self-awareness, empathy, and judgment through embodied practice and structured reflection.
ALM 20Role-Play (Standard)
Negotiation, conflict resolution, or stakeholder management scenarios with assigned roles + faculty debrief.
📊 25 marks🏛 Wharton negotiation curriculum
ALM 21Forum Theatre / Role Reversal
Same scenario role-played from different stakeholder vantages; audience interrupts and re-plays critical moments.
📊 25 marks🏛 Boal Forum Theatre × INSEAD
ALM 22Reflective Journal + Peer Coaching
Weekly structured journal entries; paired with a peer for coaching conversations using a faculty-trained protocol.
📊 20 marks🏛 Stanford GSB Touchy Feely
07
Cluster 7 · Convening & Review ALMs
High-leverage formats that combine peer learning, expert input, and structured convergence.
ALM 23CXO Decision Replay
Invited C-level executive walks the cohort through a real decision they faced; students decide; then the executive reveals what they did and why.
📊 20 marks🏛 LBS Leadership Forum format
ALM 24Structured Peer Review with Faculty Calibration
Students grade each other's work using a published rubric; faculty calibrates outliers and surfaces best examples.
📊 20 marks🏛 Coursera × Wharton peer review
ALM 25Brainstorming with Structured Convergence
IDEO-style divergent brainstorm followed by structured convergence (dot-voting, NUF test) to a decision.
📊 10 marks🏛 IDEO × Stanford d.school

Full rubrics, time-stamped execution plans, and faculty preparation checklists for each ALM are in the companion document Y26_BBA_MBA_Active_Learning_Manual.docx.

03

ALM utilisation dashboard

A diagnostic view of which Active Learning Methods are used across the 64 courses with detailed syllabi. After two rounds of syllabus revision (gap-analysis closure + targeted expansion of role-play, field research, and branching simulation), every ALM is now adopted, average ALMs-per-course sits at 4.0 inside the 3–5 target band, and the three previously-orphaned ALMs are now in 11-12 courses each. This dashboard remains the live tracker for any future drift.

25/25
ALMs in use
100% of the pedagogy portfolio is active after syllabus revision
4.0
Average ALMs per course
Within the 3–5 target band
4
ALMs used heavily
ALM 3, 7, 9, 12 each in 23-43 courses — load-bearing
7/7
Clusters with adoption
All clusters now active — Cluster 7 (Convening) closed

ALM × cluster usage matrix

Each cell shows how many of the 64 courses use that ALM. Darker = heavier adoption. All cells now populated.

C1
Discussion & Socratic
4/4 ALMs in use · 38 total course-uses
ALM-014
Cold Call & Socratic Case Dialogue
Light use
ALM-026
Structured Debate with Cross-Perspective Reflection
Moderate use
ALM-0323
Devil's Advocate / Red Team Exercise
Heavy use
ALM-045
Statement-Opinion-Position (S-O-P) Cycle
Moderate use
C2
Construction & Building
4/4 ALMs in use · 40 total course-uses
ALM-055
Student-Built Frameworks & Models
Moderate use
ALM-064
Build-and-Pitch Sprint
Light use
ALM-0727
Pitchbook / Deliverable-First Pedagogy
Heavy use
ALM-084
Hackathon Sprint
Light use
C3
Simulation & Game
3/3 ALMs in use · 55 total course-uses
ALM-0933
Multi-Period Industry Simulation (Markstrat-Style)
Heavy use
ALM-1012
Multimedia Branching Case Simulation
Moderate use
ALM-1110
Business Escape Room / Strategic Puzzle
Moderate use
C4
Data & Computational
5/5 ALMs in use · 66 total course-uses
ALM-1243
Live Data Lab with Replication
Heavy use
ALM-137
A/B Testing & Experimentation Lab
Moderate use
ALM-144
Kaggle-Style Competition
Light use
ALM-158
AI-Augmented Pair Workflow
Moderate use
ALM-164
Prompt Engineering & LLM Workflow Lab
Light use
C5
Investigative & Field
3/3 ALMs in use · 23 total course-uses
ALM-174
Case Study Analysis (Industry-Grade)
Light use
ALM-188
Investigative Journalism Project
Moderate use
ALM-1911
Field Research with Structured Protocol
Moderate use
C6
Behavioral & Reflective
3/3 ALMs in use · 25 total course-uses
ALM-2012
Role-Play (Standard)
Moderate use
ALM-219
Forum Theatre / Role Reversal
Moderate use
ALM-224
Reflective Journal + Peer Coaching
Light use
C7
Convening & Review
3/3 ALMs in use · 12 total course-uses
ALM-234
CXO Decision Replay
Light use
ALM-243
Structured Peer Review with Faculty Calibration
Light use
ALM-255
Brainstorming with Structured Convergence
Moderate use

ALMs-per-course distribution

How many courses use 1, 2, 3, 4, 5+ ALMs. After syllabus revision the centre of mass shifted into the 3-5 target band.

1 ALM
0 courses (0%)
2 ALMs
13 courses (20%)
3 ALMs
17 courses (27%)
4 ALMs
17 courses (27%)
5 ALMs
7 courses (11%)
6+ ALMs
10 courses (16%)

Most-adopted ALMs (top 8)

The pedagogies faculty reach for most often. ALM-12 (Live Data Lab) leads at 43 of 64 courses.

ALM-12 Live Data Lab with Replication 43/64 ALM-09 Multi-Period Industry Simulation (Markstrat-Style) 33/64 ALM-07 Pitchbook / Deliverable-First Pedagogy 27/64 ALM-03 Devil's Advocate / Red Team Exercise 23/64 ALM-10 Multimedia Branching Case Simulation 12/64 ALM-20 Role-Play (Standard) 12/64 ALM-19 Field Research with Structured Protocol 11/64 ALM-11 Business Escape Room / Strategic Puzzle 10/64
✓
Full-portfolio adoption achieved. All 25 ALMs are used by at least one course; all 7 clusters are active; average ALMs-per-course (4.0) sits inside the 3-5 target band. ALM-12 (Live Data Lab) and ALM-9 (Industry Simulation) lead at 43 and 33 of 64 courses respectively. The three previously-orphaned experiential pedagogies — Role-Play (ALM-20), Field Research (ALM-19), and Multimedia Branching Case Simulation (ALM-10) — each now anchor 11-12 courses. This dashboard will surface any future drift — if any ALM falls back to zero adoption, it will show here as unused.
Out-of-Class Activities
Out-of-Class Activity Programme

Each in-class trimester runs alongside one major team activity (audit · 6 hrs/wk, must clear) and 2–3 industry-led smaller activities (CXO chats, hackathons, workshops). Designed for T1–T6.

01

Programme philosophy

The Y26 BBA programme is structured so students never have an empty week. Inspired by Master's Union's out-class model — adapted to run concurrent with in-class trimesters instead of replacing them:

The major activity — a 12-week, team-based, real-world build with a faculty mentor and an industry mentor. Tests current-trim + prior-trim skills. Audit · no credit · must clear; failure → redo as supplementary.

Smaller activities — 2–3 per trimester. CXO chats, hackathons, hands-on workshops, industry visits. All led by industry / alumni / globally-reputed professors. Capped at 3 to protect focus on the major activity.

Each trimester's placement training and global certification are detailed in their own dedicated sections — Part G and Part H.

02

Trimester activity dossiers

Each in-class trimester (T1–T8) receives one major audit activity plus two or three smaller activities. Industry partner, mentor model, deliverables, and evaluation criteria are specified for every major activity. Summer dossiers (1S, 2S) cover summer-only activities. T1 is expanded; click any other dossier to expand it.

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 1S 2S
Dossiers 1 of 10 open
T1 · Quantitative + Behavioural Foundations6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · AUDIT · must clear
🚀

FOUNDERS' LAB

Real customers. Real money. Real reviews.

₹5,000 in your team's hands. 12 weeks to turn it into a real business. Survive, and your Demo Day pitch goes to founders, VCs, and alumni who actually write cheques.

WHAT YOU GET
  • ▸ ₹5,000 institutional seed deployed in week 4
  • ▸ Demo Day pitched to T-Hub Hyderabad founders + alumni-founder panel
  • ▸ Top 3 teams get continuation capital + KLBS Founders Network access for life
  • ▸ Public Instagram + LinkedIn coverage by KLBS · your business gets airtime
SKILLS YOU APPLY
F1 MicroeconomicsM1 Calculus + Lin AlgebraD1 PythonC1 Business CommunicationE7 Organisational Behaviour
▸ MISSION BRIEF · Full formal name: Founders' Lab — Build a Real Micro-Business

Teams of 4–5 design, launch, and operate a real micro-business across the 12-week trimester. Real customers, real money, real reviews. The team chooses the venture — dropshipping, content service, tutoring product, micro-SaaS no-code MVP, campus food/services, anything that can be operated within ethics + law. ₹5,000 institutional seed capital deployed by week 3; revenue tracked in Python from day 1.

Industry Partner
T-Hub Hyderabad startup ecosystem + KLBS alumni founder network
Mentor Model
Each team of 4–5 students gets 1 KLBS faculty mentor + 1 founder mentor from Hyderabad / Bengaluru early-stage startup community
Seed Capital
₹5,000 per team (institutional seed, recovered from revenue)
Skills Applied (current + previous trimesters)
  • F1 MICR — unit economics, pricing decisions, demand elasticity in their market
  • M1 CALG — break-even analysis, growth-rate forecasting, basic optimisation
  • D1 PYTH — daily transaction log, customer acquisition funnel, simple dashboard
  • C1 BCOM — customer interviews, pitch deck, written sales copy
  • E7 ORGB — team contract, role clarity, conflict resolution, weekly retros
10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Foundation
6 hrs
Team formation, founder mindset, idea generation
ACTIVITIES
  • Founder mindset workshop with industry mentor (90 min)
  • Team contract — roles, decision rights, conflict-resolution protocols (60 min)
  • Failure case-study debrief — 5 Indian startup failures (60 min)
  • Brainstorm 20 venture ideas using JTBD framework (90 min)
  • Down-select to 3 candidate ventures with rationale (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Signed team charter + 3 one-pager venture briefs (problem, customer, why now, why us)
MILESTONE
Faculty + industry mentor sign-off on team + idea slate
Week 2
Discovery
6 hrs
Customer discovery interviews — Mom Test method
ACTIVITIES
  • Mom Test interview-design workshop (90 min)
  • Interview script + customer persona hypothesis for each of 3 ideas (60 min)
  • 30+ customer interviews across the 3 candidates (180 min over 3 days)
  • Interview synthesis + signal-strength scoring rubric (60 min)
  • Final idea selection with evidence-based memo (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Customer interview log (≥30 interviews · signals tabulated) + final idea selection memo (2 pages)
MILESTONE
ONE venture chosen with documented customer evidence — locked, no further pivots without mentor approval
Week 3
Build
6 hrs
Unit economics, pricing strategy, MVP scoping
ACTIVITIES
  • F1 MICR applied — price-elasticity analysis for chosen market (90 min)
  • Unit economics build — CAC, gross margin, contribution margin (120 min)
  • MVP scope-cut workshop — define v1 minimum features (90 min)
  • D1 PYTH applied — design revenue + customer log database schema (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Financial model v1 (Excel · 3 scenarios · break-even analysis) + MVP spec doc + database schema
MILESTONE
Mentor signs off on unit economics — every team can defend why their first 10 customers will be profitable
Week 4
Launch
6 hrs
₹5,000 seed deployment, ops setup, payment plumbing
ACTIVITIES
  • Payment integration — UPI / Razorpay account live (90 min)
  • Customer-acquisition channel setup — Insta / WA broadcast / campus flyer (120 min)
  • Python dashboard v1 — daily revenue + customer log (90 min)
  • First customer outreach + first sales pitches recorded (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Active business with working payment processing + dashboard tracking + ≥5 qualified leads
MILESTONE
First rupee earned by end of week
Week 5
Validate
6 hrs
First 10 customers + qualitative feedback loop
ACTIVITIES
  • Daily customer acquisition push — coordinated 5 days × 60 min (300 min)
  • Post-purchase customer feedback collection (template + 10 interviews) (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
≥10 paying customers logged · revenue dashboard live · customer feedback synthesis (1 page)
MILESTONE
First retention signal observed — does ANYONE repeat-purchase or refer?
Week 6
Pivot
6 hrs
Mid-term review + pivot / persevere decision
ACTIVITIES
  • Mid-term data deep-dive — what's working / what's not (120 min)
  • Cost / time / opportunity reflection workshop with mentors (90 min)
  • Mid-term pitch to faculty + mentor panel (60 min · pitch + 30 min Q&A)
  • Persevere / pivot / kill decision memo (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
Mid-term pitch deck (10 slides) + decision memo with quantitative justification
MILESTONE
Conscious go/pivot/kill decision — teams that pivot get one week of recovery built into the plan
Week 7
Optimize
6 hrs
A/B testing pricing + channel + offer
ACTIVITIES
  • Experiment design workshop — pick ONE variable to test (60 min)
  • Run 3 parallel experiments — pricing / channel / offer (210 min over 5 days)
  • Statistical significance check — is the result real? (M1 CALG applied) (60 min)
  • Cohort retention analysis (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Experiments log with 3 hypotheses, sample sizes, results, p-values, and learnings
MILESTONE
≥1 statistically significant insight that changes operating decisions
Week 8
Scale
6 hrs
Scale ops + SOP documentation
ACTIVITIES
  • Reach ≥25 customers OR ≥₹5,000 revenue milestone push (180 min)
  • Operations SOP documentation — fulfilment / support / refunds (120 min)
  • E7 ORGB applied — role redistribution as the org grows (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
≥25 customers · ≥₹5,000 revenue · Ops SOP binder (5–8 pages) · updated role-RACI
MILESTONE
Business can run without one team member present for 48 hours
Week 9
Polish
6 hrs
Demo day pitch prep + financial model finalization
ACTIVITIES
  • Pitch deck v3 — story arc, slide design, transitions (120 min)
  • Financial model finalization — 12-month projection + sensitivity (90 min)
  • C1 BCOM applied — pitch rehearsal with video recording (120 min)
  • Q&A war-room — anticipate every hostile question (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Final pitch deck (12 slides max) + 12-month financial model + rehearsed pitch (video)
MILESTONE
Mock-pitch score ≥7/10 from KLBS faculty panel before demo day
Week 10
Pitch
6 hrs
Demo Day — investor / alumni / founder panel
ACTIVITIES
  • Final dress rehearsal morning of demo day (90 min)
  • Live 10-min pitch to panel (60 min including Q&A — staggered across teams)
  • Operations binder submission (45 min)
  • Peer evaluation + retro debrief (120 min)
  • Continuation decision — do you continue the business into T2? (45 min)
DELIVERABLE
Demo Day pitch (live) + complete operations binder (financial model, customer list, ops SOP, retros, experiments log)
MILESTONE
Final evaluation by 5-person panel against rubric — pass / supplementary determined here
Final Deliverables (Week 10)
  • Operating business with verifiable customers + revenue by week 8
  • Mid-term review (week 6): live financials + customer testimonials + pivot decision memo
  • Final pitch (week 12): 10-min Demo Day to panel of founders + investors + alumni
  • Operations binder: financial model, customer list, ops SOP, retro logs
Evaluation Rubric · Total 100 marks · Pass = 60%

An auditable rubric students see on day 1. Every criterion has measurable behaviour at each level — no subjective scoring. Industry mentor + faculty mentor + demo-day panel score independently; final = average.

CriterionWeightExcellent
90–100%		Proficient
70–89%		Developing
50–69%		Needs Improvement
<50%
Customer Acquisition & Revenue
Did the business actually find customers and earn money? The fundamental founder test.
25%≥25 paying customers · ≥₹5,000 revenue · retention or referrals observed10–24 paying customers · ₹3,000–5,000 revenue · some early loyalty5–9 paying customers · ₹1,500–3,000 revenue · minimal retention<5 customers or <₹1,500 revenue · no retention
Financial Discipline & Unit Economics
Are the numbers honest? Does the team know whether each customer is profitable?
15%Model error-free · auditable · clean CAC/LTV/margin · sensitivity analysis presentModel mostly correct · 1–2 minor errors · unit economics defensibleModel has gaps · unit economics unclear · numbers don't fully tieModel unreliable · cannot defend unit economics under questioning
Execution Velocity & Iteration
Speed of decisions, willingness to test, learning loops closed weekly.
20%≥3 experiments run · clear learning velocity · mid-term pivot decision evidence-based2 experiments · some learning loops · pivot decision defensible1 experiment · weak learning loops · decision-making slowNo experiments · no observed learning · drifted through trimester
Communication & Pitch Quality
Can the team tell their story clearly and handle hostile Q&A?
15%Crisp 10-min pitch · panel rates ≥8/10 · handles all Q&A confidentlySolid pitch · panel rates 6–7/10 · handles most Q&APitch reaches audience · panel rates 4–5/10 · struggles with some Q&AUnclear pitch · panel rates <4/10 · cannot defend basics
Team Effectiveness & Collaboration
Did the team operate as a team? Roles, accountability, conflict resolution.
10%Roles clear · retros honest · conflicts surfaced and resolved · peer ratings ≥8/10Mostly clear roles · some retros · peer ratings 6–7/10Role overlap · sporadic retros · peer ratings 4–5/10Roles unclear · retros absent · peer ratings <4/10
Innovation & Originality of Idea
Did the team pick a problem worth solving in a non-obvious way?
10%Genuine insight · novel angle on real problem · clear differentiationReal problem · standard approach · some differentiationReal problem · obvious approach · weak differentiationManufactured problem · no differentiation
Learning Documentation
Operations binder quality — retros, decisions, experiments logged.
5%Binder complete · weekly retros · experiments logged · decision rationale capturedBinder mostly complete · most retros presentBinder partial · few retrosBinder incomplete or missing
Evaluation LogicAUDIT — must clear, no credit. Pass requires: (1) revenue > ₹3,000 by week 10, (2) operating business with ≥10 verifiable paying customers, (3) final pitch score ≥60%, (4) operations binder submitted. Fail → re-do as supplementary in T2.
Portfolio ValueTangible founder credential on resume from week 1. Recruiters love students who have run a real business. Top 3 teams featured on KLBS LinkedIn + their venture continues with T-Hub residency offer.
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 3 per trimester
CXO Chat
First 100 Days as a Founder
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 Founder from T-Hub portfolio (e.g., Mensa Brands / Vahdam / SaaSLabs alumni)
Live Q&A on customer discovery, picking the first 10 customers, the ₹0 to ₹1L revenue journey, mistakes to avoid
Hands-on Workshop
Python Pandas for Business Data
⏱ 2 days · 12 hrs
👤 Ex-Google / Amazon / Microsoft data engineer (alum or hired)
Build a customer-acquisition funnel tracker from scratch; cohort analysis; basic visualisations. Output: working dashboard students use for Founders' Lab.
Communication Bootcamp
Executive Presence — Voice, Pitch, Impromptu
⏱ 2 weeks part-time · 8 hrs
👤 TEDx coach + Toastmasters national-level mentor
Voice modulation, structured impromptu, 60-second pitch craft. Students record 'before' and 'after' videos for portfolio.
▸ MISSION BRIEF · Full formal name: Live D2C Brand Audit & Growth Strategy

Each team partners with one real regional D2C brand. Over 12 weeks the team conducts a complete brand audit — consumer research, financial statement audit, statistical analysis of brand metrics (CAC, LTV, retention), SQL-driven analysis of the brand's transaction data — and delivers a growth strategy that the brand commits to evaluate. The brand's founder is in the room for kickoff, mid-term review, and final pitch. Top team's strategy is implemented with ₹1L budget from the brand.

Industry Partner
Andhra/Telangana regional D2C brands (FMCG, fashion, F&B, beauty) — sourced via KLBS alumni network + Hyderabad D2C community
Mentor Model
Each team gets 1 KLBS faculty mentor (Marketing/Finance) + 1 industry mentor — the brand's actual founder or growth head — committing 2 hrs/month
Scholarship Pool
₹1,00,000 from partner brand for the top team's recommendations to be implemented
Skills Applied (current + previous trimesters)
  • F3 FACR — read and audit the brand's P&L, balance sheet, cash flow; flag accounting concerns
  • M2 STPR — A/B test design, statistical significance of metric changes, cohort retention analysis
  • D2 DENG — extract + analyse brand's transaction database via SQL; build the analytics pipeline
  • F6 BEPM — competitive landscape, regulatory environment, macro tailwinds/headwinds
  • E3 MKTG — full marketing mix audit, segmentation, positioning, channel strategy
  • From T1: D1 PYTH (data wrangling), C1 BCOM (founder interviews + final pitch)
10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Foundation
6 hrs
Brand partner matching + engagement charter
ACTIVITIES
  • Brand-partner pitch deck — KLBS to brands (60 min)
  • Brand matchmaking event — 8 brands x 5 teams (120 min)
  • Team-brand match locked + engagement charter drafted (90 min)
  • Confidentiality agreement signed (30 min)
  • Founder kick-off call with brand CEO/CMO (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Signed engagement charter with brand · NDA executed · scope document approved by brand founder
MILESTONE
Brand founder publicly commits to evaluating the team's recommendations
Week 2
Discovery
6 hrs
Brand onboarding — internal data + leadership interviews
ACTIVITIES
  • Brand history + founding story interview (60 min)
  • Internal data access — Shopify / GST / Tally / Zoho exports (90 min)
  • Leadership interviews — CEO, marketing head, ops head (120 min)
  • Industry primer — competitor landscape (60 min)
  • Brand documentation deep-read — investor decks, IP, press (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Brand context dossier (15 pages) — history, current state, leadership view, competitive landscape
MILESTONE
Team has complete data access and a 1-hour interview slot booked with brand founder for Week 6
Week 3
Audit-Mkt
6 hrs
Marketing audit — segmentation, positioning, channel mix
ACTIVITIES
  • E3 MKTG applied — current segmentation + positioning analysis (90 min)
  • Channel-wise CAC + LTV deep-dive (120 min)
  • Brand awareness study — 50 customer interviews + competitor mystery shopping (120 min)
  • Marketing audit findings memo (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Marketing audit memo (8 pages) — 5 critical insights with data backing each
MILESTONE
Brand mentor validates findings — no manufactured criticism, no missed elephant in the room
Week 4
Audit-Fin
6 hrs
Financial audit — P&L, BS, CF, cohort margins
ACTIVITIES
  • F3 FACR applied — 24-month P&L deep-dive (120 min)
  • Balance sheet analysis — working capital + ageing (90 min)
  • Cohort-level contribution margin analysis (90 min)
  • Cash flow stress-test — runway calculation (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Financial audit report (10 pages) — historical financials, cohort margins, runway, cash-flow concerns
MILESTONE
Brand CFO/founder signs off on accuracy of the team's financial analysis
Week 5
Analyze
6 hrs
SQL-driven transaction analysis + statistical testing
ACTIVITIES
  • D2 DENG applied — SQL queries on transaction database (120 min)
  • M2 STPR applied — cohort retention analysis with statistical significance (120 min)
  • Hypothesis testing — does product X retain better than product Y? (90 min)
  • Findings synthesis (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Analytics workbook — SQL scripts, retention cohorts, statistical tests, top 5 actionable insights
MILESTONE
Team can answer ANY data question from brand founder within 24 hours
Week 6
Mid-Term
6 hrs
Mid-term findings presentation to brand leadership
ACTIVITIES
  • Mid-term deck build — top 3 issues + early hypotheses (180 min)
  • Internal rehearsal with KLBS faculty (60 min)
  • Live 60-min presentation to brand CEO/founder (60 min · presentation + 30 min Q&A)
  • Findings agreement memo signed (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Mid-term deck (15 slides) + signed findings agreement — 3 critical issues + 3 hypotheses to test
MILESTONE
Brand leadership commits to the strategic problem the team will solve in weeks 7–10
Week 7
Strategy
6 hrs
Growth strategy ideation — 3 options on the table
ACTIVITIES
  • Frameworks workshop — Ansoff, Porter, BCG applied to brand (90 min)
  • Generate 3 growth strategy options with internal logic (180 min)
  • Pre-mortem on each option — what could go wrong? (60 min)
  • Brand-leadership consultation call — which to deepen? (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
3 strategy option memos (3 pages each) — pros, cons, capital needs, timeline, risk
MILESTONE
Brand founder picks 1 strategy for the team to fully develop
Week 8
Model
6 hrs
Financial impact model — 3-year DCF on the chosen strategy
ACTIVITIES
  • Revenue uplift model — assumption tree (120 min)
  • Cost structure model — CAPEX + OPEX implications (90 min)
  • 3-year DCF with sensitivity analysis (120 min)
  • Implementation roadmap — quarter-by-quarter plan (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Auditable financial model in Excel — DCF, sensitivity tables, implementation Gantt
MILESTONE
Model passes brand CFO's audit — no errors, defensible assumptions
Week 9
Polish
6 hrs
Final 30-page strategy report writing
ACTIVITIES
  • Report outline + section assignment (60 min)
  • Section writing in parallel — exec summary, audit, strategy, model, implementation (180 min)
  • Internal red-team review (60 min)
  • Final design + binding (90 min)
  • Executive summary 1-pager refinement (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Final 30-page strategy report (PDF + printed bound copy) + 1-page exec summary
MILESTONE
Report passes KLBS faculty senior-consultant-level review
Week 10
Pitch
6 hrs
Boardroom pitch to founder panel + D2C investors
ACTIVITIES
  • Pitch deck final (60 min)
  • Dress rehearsal with KLBS mentors (90 min)
  • Live 15-min boardroom pitch (75 min · pitch + extensive Q&A)
  • Q&A under attack — investors will probe weaknesses (60 min)
  • Post-pitch retro + ₹1L scholarship pool decision by brand (15 min)
DELIVERABLE
Live boardroom pitch + final report delivery + ₹1L implementation commitment by brand (top team)
MILESTONE
Brand founder publicly endorses the team's work on their LinkedIn — credential goes on resume
Final Deliverables (Week 10)
  • Week 3: Brand audit kick-off memo + founder interview report
  • Week 6: Mid-term findings deck — 3 critical issues + early hypotheses
  • Week 10: Full 30-page strategy report + financial model + implementation roadmap
  • Week 12: 15-min boardroom pitch to brand founders + panel of D2C investors
Evaluation Rubric · Total 100 marks · Pass = 60%

Real-world consulting standard. Industry mentor scores audit quality + model rigour; KLBS faculty score frameworks + writing; D2C-investor panel scores final pitch.

CriterionWeightExcellent
90–100%		Proficient
70–89%		Developing
50–69%		Needs Improvement
<50%
Audit Quality & Findings Rigor
Are the audit findings true, important, and supported by data the brand couldn't refute?
20%5+ findings · all data-backed · brand leadership agrees + acts on ≥23–4 findings · mostly data-backed · brand validatesFindings present but light on data or partially refutedManufactured findings · data-thin · brand pushback unaddressed
Financial Model Quality
Does the model pass CFO-grade audit? Are assumptions defensible?
20%Error-free · auditable · sensitivity analysis · brand CFO signs off1–2 minor errors · mostly defensible assumptions · usable for decisionsMultiple errors · assumption documentation weakModel unreliable · cannot be used for any real decision
Strategic Coherence
Does the recommended strategy follow logically from the audit and is it implementable?
20%Strategy directly addresses audit findings · implementable · timeline + budget realisticStrategy aligned · mostly implementable · minor disconnectsStrategy partially aligned · implementation gapsStrategy disconnected from audit · not implementable
Client Relationship Management
Did the team treat the brand as a real client? Responsiveness, professionalism, trust.
15%Brand rates engagement ≥9/10 · would hire team · would refer KLBSBrand rates ≥7/10 · good engagement throughoutBrand rates 5–6/10 · some friction or unresponsivenessBrand rates <5/10 · would not recommend
Report Writing Quality
Is the final report at McKinsey / Bain quality? Structure, prose, visuals.
10%Industry-grade · pyramid principle followed · visuals on every key pointSolid structure · clear writing · most visuals workAdequate but rambling · weak visualsPoor structure · unclear writing · few or no visuals
Boardroom Presentation
Final pitch delivery + Q&A handling under hostile questioning.
10%Investor panel rates ≥8/10 · handles all Q&A confidently · executive presencePanel rates 6–7/10 · handles most Q&APanel rates 4–5/10 · stumbles on some Q&APanel rates <4/10 · cannot defend basics
Team Process & Documentation
Project management quality — milestones met, retros, decision logs.
5%Every milestone hit · weekly retros · clean decision logsMost milestones met · retros mostly presentMilestone slippage · partial retrosMilestones missed · retros absent
Evaluation LogicAUDIT — must clear. Pass requires: (1) audit report meets industry quality (assessed by industry mentor), (2) financial model error-free, (3) recommendations are implementable + quantified, (4) brand founder rates pitch ≥7/10. Fail → re-do as supplementary in T3.
Portfolio ValueRecruiters can see a real D2C brand on the resume with a verified consulting engagement. Top 3 teams' reports posted on KLBS publications (sanitised). LinkedIn-shareable testimonial from the brand founder.
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 3 per trimester
CXO Chat
How D2C Brands Win in India 2026
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 Founder/CMO of a major D2C brand (Mamaearth / Sugar Cosmetics / Boat / Wakefit alumni)
Live conversation on the playbook for D2C scale — channel mix, performance marketing, retention loops, when to raise. Q&A with 100 BBA students.
Hackathon
SQL Brand Analytics Hackathon
⏱ 36 hours · weekend
👤 Sponsored by BigBasket / Swiggy / Zepto analytics team
Real anonymised transaction data + 6 business questions. Teams compete on speed + accuracy + insight quality. Top 3 teams interview with sponsor.
Hands-on Workshop
Tally Prime + Zoho Books Practical Bootcamp
⏱ 2 days · 12 hrs
👤 Tally-certified trainer + practising CA
Hands-on entries, GST returns, MIS reports, working with auditor. Most BBA students never touch accounting software — this fixes it.
▸ MISSION BRIEF · Full formal name: India Macro Forecast Dashboard — Live Tracked Predictions

Teams build an interactive dashboard forecasting 6–8 key India macroeconomic indicators over the next 12 months: Real GDP growth, CPI inflation, USD/INR, key sector indices (Auto / IT / Banking), unemployment, current account. Forecasts are LOCKED at week 6 and published. Over the next 6 months (into T4–T5), accuracy is publicly tracked on a KLBS economics leaderboard — team rankings update monthly as real data comes in. This creates real accountability — teams are forecasting actual outcomes, not running ML on toy data.

Industry Partner
RBI Hyderabad regional office (data + research mentorship) + SBI Economic Research / J.P. Morgan India / HDFC Securities Research
Mentor Model
Each team gets 1 KLBS faculty mentor (economics/data science) + 1 economist mentor (alum from RBI / IMF / WB / J.P. Morgan or hired sell-side economist) committing 2 hrs/month
Data Sources
RBI Database (DBIE), MOSPI quarterly GDP, NSE/BSE sectoral indices, EPFO membership data, GST collections
Skills Applied (current + previous trimesters)
  • F2 MACR — macroeconomic theory grounding the forecast model assumptions
  • F4 MCOA — sector cost-structure analysis feeding sector index forecasts
  • D3 MLBA — time-series ML (ARIMA, Prophet, gradient boosting), train/val/test discipline
  • E13 BANA — visualisation, dashboard design, presenting uncertainty (confidence bands)
  • From T1–T2: D1 PYTH + D2 DENG (full data stack), M2 STPR (statistical rigor), C1 BCOM (publication-quality writing)
10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Setup
6 hrs
Indicator selection + economist-mentor pairing
ACTIVITIES
  • F2 MACR applied — workshop on India's 8 most-watched macro indicators (120 min)
  • Team-economist matching event (60 min)
  • Indicator selection — each team picks 6–8 indicators to forecast (90 min)
  • Methodology hypothesis — what factors drive each indicator? (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
Indicator selection memo with theoretical drivers + economist-mentor pairing confirmed
MILESTONE
Each team has 6–8 indicators locked AND an economist mentor signed on for monthly check-ins
Week 2
Data
6 hrs
Data acquisition pipeline — RBI DBIE, MOSPI, NSE, GST
ACTIVITIES
  • RBI DBIE walkthrough — query patterns for monthly data (90 min)
  • MOSPI quarterly GDP data acquisition + cleaning (90 min)
  • GST collections + EPFO membership pipeline (90 min)
  • Data integrity checks — missing values, revisions, vintage handling (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
Clean panel dataset (10+ years monthly · 6–8 indicators) in Python + documentation
MILESTONE
Data pipeline reproducible — anyone can re-run end-to-end in <30 min
Week 3
EDA
6 hrs
Exploratory data analysis + relationships
ACTIVITIES
  • Time-series decomposition for each indicator (90 min)
  • Correlation + Granger-causality testing (90 min)
  • Regime-shift identification — pre/post COVID, demonetisation (90 min)
  • Visual storytelling workshop with mentor (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
EDA notebook (15+ charts) + relationship map between indicators + regime-shift documentation
MILESTONE
Team can explain 3 non-obvious data patterns to a non-economist audience
Week 4
Model
6 hrs
ML model training — ARIMA, Prophet, GBM ensemble
ACTIVITIES
  • D3 MLBA applied — ARIMA per indicator (90 min)
  • Prophet baseline with custom regressors (90 min)
  • Gradient-boosting with macro features (120 min)
  • Train/val/test split discipline + walk-forward CV (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
3 model families trained per indicator + validation MAPE table + model selection rationale
MILESTONE
Models beat naive (last-value) baseline on validation set for ≥5 of 6–8 indicators
Week 5
Validate
6 hrs
Model validation + uncertainty quantification
ACTIVITIES
  • Out-of-sample validation — 2024 held out (90 min)
  • Confidence interval construction — bootstrap + analytical (90 min)
  • Sensitivity to feature drops (90 min)
  • Model card writing — what NOT to use the model for (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
Validation report + confidence-interval methodology + model card
MILESTONE
Mentor signs off on methodology — defensible to any economist
Week 6
LOCK
6 hrs
Generate + PUBLISH locked 12-month forecast
ACTIVITIES
  • Final ensemble forecast for 12-month window (120 min)
  • Forecast pre-mortem with mentor — what could go wrong? (60 min)
  • Public KLBS leaderboard registration — forecasts LOCKED (60 min)
  • Methodology doc finalisation (120 min)
DELIVERABLE
LOCKED forecast registered to public KLBS leaderboard + 8-page methodology doc
MILESTONE
Forecasts published — accuracy tracked publicly for the next 12 months · NO further changes allowed
Week 7
Dashboard
6 hrs
Dashboard wireframe + chart design
ACTIVITIES
  • E13 BANA applied — wireframe 4 dashboard pages (90 min)
  • Chart-type selection per indicator with mentor (60 min)
  • Design system — colour, typography, brand-consistency (60 min)
  • User-flow + interactivity design (60 min)
  • Mid-week design review (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
High-fidelity Figma wireframes for 4 dashboard pages + chart specifications
MILESTONE
Wireframes approved by mentor + KLBS design reviewer
Week 8
Build
6 hrs
Build interactive Tableau / Power BI dashboard
ACTIVITIES
  • Data warehouse setup — clean tables for dashboard (120 min)
  • Build all 4 dashboard pages (180 min)
  • Interactivity — drill-downs, filters, parameter actions (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Live interactive dashboard hosted on Tableau Public / Power BI service
MILESTONE
Dashboard URL accessible to anyone · loads in <3 seconds · works on mobile
Week 9
Polish
6 hrs
Macro Outlook 2027 report writing
ACTIVITIES
  • Report structure — exec summary + per-indicator chapters (60 min)
  • Section writing (180 min)
  • Cross-link with dashboard for live data refresh (60 min)
  • Design polish + cover page (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Macro Outlook 2027 report (25 pages) + dashboard cross-reference
MILESTONE
Report passes a Bloomberg / Reuters senior-reporter quality review
Week 10
Present
6 hrs
RBI Hyderabad panel presentation
ACTIVITIES
  • Final rehearsal with mentor (90 min)
  • Live 20-min presentation to RBI Hyderabad + KLBS faculty + economist mentors (60 min · pitch + Q&A)
  • Public Q&A with peer teams (60 min)
  • Final deliverables submission + leaderboard handover (60 min)
  • Post-event retro + 12-month accuracy commitment (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
RBI-panel presentation + final report + active leaderboard entry · monthly accuracy auto-updated
MILESTONE
RBI panel rates research methodology ≥7/10 · top 3 teams' work published on KLBS Research portal
Final Deliverables (Week 10)
  • Week 4: Data acquisition pipeline + initial exploratory analysis
  • Week 6: LOCKED forecast — 12-month predictions + methodology doc submitted to public leaderboard
  • Week 10: Interactive Tableau / Power BI dashboard live on KLBS portal
  • Week 12: 'Macro Outlook 2027' team presentation to RBI Hyderabad + KLBS economics faculty
Evaluation Rubric · Total 100 marks · Pass = 60%

Forecasting accuracy is tracked separately for 12 months — it determines bragging rights, not the audit pass/fail. Pass/fail is determined here on methodology quality, defensibility, and presentation.

CriterionWeightExcellent
90–100%		Proficient
70–89%		Developing
50–69%		Needs Improvement
<50%
Methodology Rigor
Is the modelling approach defensible to a sell-side economist? Train/val/test discipline, statistical tests, uncertainty quantification.
25%Walk-forward CV · ensemble · CIs · model card · economist mentor signs offTrain/val/test correct · single-model OK · basic CIs · methodology defensibleSome methodology gaps · CIs missing or wrong · train/test leakage possibleMethodology unsound · cannot be trusted with real money
Data Pipeline Reproducibility
Can the analysis be re-run end-to-end by anyone in <30 min?
15%Fully reproducible · documented · runs end-to-end in <30 minMostly reproducible · light documentation gapsManual steps required · partial documentationCannot be reproduced without team's verbal explanation
Dashboard Quality & Interactivity
Is the dashboard recruiter-grade — designed well, interactive, mobile-friendly?
20%Loads <3 sec · mobile-friendly · 4+ interactive features · design 9/10Loads <5 sec · 2–3 interactions · design 7/10Slow load · limited interaction · design 5/10Broken or static · design <5/10
Report Writing Quality
Is the Macro Outlook report at sell-side research desk quality? Clarity, depth, defensibility.
15%Sell-side research desk grade · clean structure · proper economic reasoningSolid report · most chapters strong · 1–2 weak areasAdequate · uneven quality across indicatorsBelow sell-side standard · cannot be circulated externally
Presentation to RBI Panel
Final pitch + Q&A under sharp economist scrutiny.
15%RBI panel rates ≥8/10 · handles all Q&A · could go to Reuters tomorrowPanel rates 6–7/10 · handles most Q&APanel rates 4–5/10 · weak on Q&APanel rates <4/10 · cannot defend methodology
Public Forecast Accountability
Did the team publish on time + commit to monthly accuracy tracking for 12 months?
10%Published on time · monthly accuracy tracking auto-updates · team responds to feedbackPublished on time · tracking works · slow on feedbackLate by ≤1 week · tracking partialLate by >1 week · tracking missing
Evaluation LogicAUDIT — must clear. Pass requires: (1) methodology defensible (reviewed by economist mentor), (2) dashboard works + is interactive, (3) presentation passes RBI panel ≥60%, (4) team published to leaderboard by deadline. Accuracy doesn't determine pass — but determines bragging rights for 6 months.
Portfolio ValueAn ML + economics product that's actually been judged against reality. Recruiters at sell-side research, asset management, policy think tanks, and IB Macro desks find this enormously credible. Forecasts that beat consensus → direct hiring conversations.
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 3 per trimester
CXO Chat
The Macro Outlook for India 2027 — A Chief Economist's View
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 Chief Economist from SBI Research / Axis Bank / Kotak Mahindra Bank (alum or hired)
What signals matter? How are GDP forecasts built? Careers in economic research (sell-side / buy-side / policy). Q&A.
Hackathon
ML Forecasting Hackathon — Predict the Next Quarter
⏱ 48 hours · weekend
👤 Sponsored by Fractal Analytics / Tiger Analytics / Mu Sigma / ICICI Lombard Analytics
Real macro/financial dataset. Predict a specific KPI for next quarter. Live leaderboard. Top 5 teams interview with sponsor.
Hands-on Workshop
Power BI + Tableau Workshop — Recruiter-Grade Dashboards
⏱ 2 days · 12 hrs
👤 Microsoft-certified Power BI trainer + Tableau Desktop Specialist
Building dashboards as an IB analyst / consulting analyst would. Used directly in Macro Dashboard major activity.
▸ MISSION BRIEF · Full formal name: Operations Transformation Project — Real Indian Mid-Cap

Teams partner with a real mid-cap manufacturer or healthcare provider in Andhra/Telangana to identify and propose operational improvements with quantified financial impact. Conduct site visits (2–3 per team), time-motion studies, process maps, throughput analysis, financial impact modeling (DCF on the improvement), and design-thinking workshops with the client's operations team. Deliverable is a 60-page transformation report + boardroom pitch to client C-suite.

Industry Partner
AP/Telangana mid-cap manufacturers (₹100–500 cr revenue), Apollo Group / Yashoda / KIMS Hospitals, mid-sized auto/pharma component manufacturers via FAPCCI network
Mentor Model
Each team gets 1 KLBS faculty mentor (Operations/Finance) + 1 senior operations practitioner from the partner company (Plant Head / VP Operations) committing 4 hrs/month
Outcome Commitment
Partner company commits to evaluate the top team's recommendations for implementation — if accepted, ₹2L scholarship to team
Skills Applied (current + previous trimesters)
  • C2 NEGO — managing the client relationship, getting buy-in from line workers, negotiating with department heads
  • E1 CFIN — DCF of the proposed improvements, return on capital analysis, payback period
  • E5 OPER — process mapping, throughput, queuing theory, bottleneck analysis, lean principles
  • E9 BMDT — design-thinking workshops with frontline workers; service blueprint
  • From T1–T3: all foundational quant, accounting, analytics, communication
10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Foundation
6 hrs
Client partner engagement + scope contract
ACTIVITIES
  • Client matching event — 8 mid-cap clients × 5 teams (120 min)
  • Engagement scope discussion with client CEO/COO (90 min)
  • Engagement charter drafting — scope, deliverables, dates (90 min)
  • NDA + IP-handling agreement (30 min)
  • Team capacity planning — 60 hours over 10 weeks (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Signed engagement charter + NDA + first-meeting agenda for week 2
MILESTONE
Client commits CEO + COO + Plant Head time for kickoff in week 2
Week 2
Discovery
6 hrs
Site visits + leadership interviews
ACTIVITIES
  • Plant / hospital site visit — full-day shadowing (240 min)
  • Interviews with CEO, COO, Plant Head, Finance Head (120 min)
DELIVERABLE
Site visit report — observations, photo log, interview transcripts, initial hypotheses
MILESTONE
Team has walked the floor + spoken to 5+ leaders + 5+ line workers
Week 3
Diagnose
6 hrs
Process mapping + time-motion studies
ACTIVITIES
  • E5 OPER applied — current-state process map for 3 critical processes (180 min)
  • Time-motion studies on 2 bottleneck processes (90 min)
  • Cycle time, throughput, WIP analysis (60 min)
  • Value-stream mapping refinement (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Current-state process maps (3) + VSM + bottleneck analysis report
MILESTONE
Bottlenecks identified with quantitative evidence (numbers not opinions)
Week 4
Diagnose
6 hrs
Data collection + financial baseline
ACTIVITIES
  • F4 MCOA applied — extract cost per process / activity-based costing (120 min)
  • Defect-rate / rework / scrap data collection (90 min)
  • Inventory data — DSI, turns, ageing (90 min)
  • Baseline KPI dashboard build (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Baseline KPI dashboard + cost-per-activity breakdown + 24-month historical trends
MILESTONE
Every recommendation will be benchmarked against this baseline
Week 5
Synthesise
6 hrs
Diagnostic report — 5 priority issues identified
ACTIVITIES
  • 5 Whys + Fishbone for each major issue (120 min)
  • Prioritisation matrix — impact × ease (60 min)
  • Issue narrative writing (120 min)
  • Internal red-team review (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Diagnostic report (15 pages) — top 5 issues with root cause + quantified impact + ease of fix
MILESTONE
Issues are SPECIFIC and QUANTIFIED (not 'communication is bad' — 'production handover takes 47 min · target 12 min')
Week 6
Mid-Term
6 hrs
Mid-term presentation to client C-suite
ACTIVITIES
  • Mid-term deck — top 5 issues + early solution hypotheses (180 min)
  • Rehearsal with mentor (60 min)
  • Live 60-min presentation to client CEO/CFO/COO (60 min · presentation + Q&A)
  • Direction agreement — which 2 issues to deepen? (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Mid-term deck + signed direction memo — 2 issues to fully solve in weeks 7–10
MILESTONE
Client CEO commits resources to evaluate the team's full recommendations in week 10
Week 7
Design
6 hrs
Solution architecture for 2 chosen issues
ACTIVITIES
  • Solution-option brainstorm — 3 options per issue (120 min)
  • Design-thinking workshop with frontline workers (E9 BMDT applied) (120 min)
  • Solution down-select + risk register (60 min)
  • Implementation plan v1 (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
2 solution architectures with implementation plan + risk register + change-management plan
MILESTONE
Frontline workers + middle management buy into the solution (not just C-suite)
Week 8
Model
6 hrs
Financial impact model — DCF on the improvements
ACTIVITIES
  • E1 CFIN applied — DCF of cost savings + revenue uplift (120 min)
  • CAPEX + change-management cost modelling (90 min)
  • 3-year sensitivity + payback period (90 min)
  • Implementation Gantt with budgets (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Auditable financial impact model — 3-year DCF · sensitivity · ROI · payback
MILESTONE
Client CFO signs off on model assumptions — no Excel red herrings
Week 9
Polish
6 hrs
Final 60-page transformation report writing
ACTIVITIES
  • Report outline + writing assignment (60 min)
  • Parallel section writing — diagnosis, solutions, financial impact, implementation (180 min)
  • Internal review + edit (60 min)
  • Visual design — process maps, dashboards, before/after (60 min)
  • Final binding + executive summary (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
60-page transformation report (printed + PDF) + 2-page executive summary
MILESTONE
Report passes senior-consultant-grade review by KLBS faculty
Week 10
Pitch
6 hrs
Boardroom pitch to client C-suite
ACTIVITIES
  • Final rehearsal (90 min)
  • Travel to client site if applicable (60 min)
  • Live 30-min boardroom pitch to CEO/CFO/COO (90 min · pitch + extensive Q&A)
  • Implementation handover meeting + Q&A (60 min)
  • Post-pitch retro + scholarship-pool decision by client (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Boardroom pitch delivered + report formally handed over + implementation tracker established
MILESTONE
Client C-suite endorses the work · top team receives ₹2L scholarship if implementing
Final Deliverables (Week 10)
  • Week 2: Engagement charter signed with client + scope document
  • Week 5: Process map + diagnostic report — 5 priority issues identified with data
  • Week 8: Solution architecture + financial impact model — '₹X cr savings over 3 years'
  • Week 12: 60-page transformation report + 30-min boardroom pitch to client CEO/CFO/COO
Evaluation Rubric · Total 100 marks · Pass = 60%

Bain / BCG / Kearney-grade engagement standard. Client industry mentor scores 60% of weight; KLBS faculty scores 40%. Final boardroom pitch by 3-person panel decides ≥30% of marks.

CriterionWeightExcellent
90–100%		Proficient
70–89%		Developing
50–69%		Needs Improvement
<50%
Diagnostic Rigor & Specificity
Are the 5 issues SPECIFIC, ROOT-CAUSED, and QUANTIFIED — not platitudes?
20%All 5 issues have measured baseline + root cause + quantified impact4 of 5 are specific + quantified · 1 partialMix of specific and vague issues · partial quantificationGeneric findings · no quantification · client could have told you
Solution Quality & Implementability
Can the solutions actually be implemented? Have frontline + middle + senior all bought in?
20%All solutions implementable · all 3 layers bought in · risks fully mappedSolutions implementable · most stakeholders bought in · 1–2 gapsSolutions partially implementable · stakeholder gaps · risks underestimatedSolutions impractical · stakeholders not engaged
Financial Model Auditability
Does the model pass client CFO's audit? Defensible assumptions, sensitivity?
20%Error-free · auditable · client CFO signs off · sensitivity comprehensive1–2 minor errors · defensible assumptions · usable for board decisionMultiple errors · weak documentation · client CFO has concernsModel unreliable · client cannot use it
Client Engagement Quality
Did the team operate as a real consultancy? Responsiveness, professionalism, deliverables on time.
15%Client rates ≥9/10 · would re-engage KLBSClient rates ≥7/10 · solid engagementClient rates 5–6/10 · friction or slippageClient rates <5/10 · would not work with team again
Report Writing Quality
Industry-grade transformation report? Structure, prose, visuals.
10%Bain/BCG-grade · pyramid principle · visuals on every key pointSolid structure · clear writing · most visuals workAdequate · uneven qualityBelow industry standard
Boardroom Pitch & Q&A
Final pitch delivery + Q&A under C-suite scrutiny.
15%C-suite panel rates ≥8/10 · handles all Q&A · would hire teamPanel rates 6–7/10 · handles most Q&APanel rates 4–5/10 · weak Q&APanel rates <4/10 · cannot defend report
Evaluation LogicAUDIT — must clear. Pass requires: (1) client mentor rates engagement ≥7/10, (2) financial model is auditable (numbers tie + sensitivity analysis), (3) at least 2 recommendations are concrete + costed, (4) team handles boardroom Q&A credibly. Fail → re-do as supplementary in T5.
Portfolio ValueA real 'Consulted for [Mid-Cap Mfr], delivered ₹X cr opportunity' line on the resume — the single most powerful credential for consulting (Bain, BCG, Kearney, Deloitte S&O), Big 4 advisory, and ops rotational programs. Top 3 reports published as cases on KLBS portal.
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 3 per trimester
CXO Chat
Inside the Operating Model — A CFO/COO Perspective
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 CFO or COO from listed Indian company (Infosys / TCS / HCL / Bajaj Auto / Hero MotoCorp) or unicorn (Zerodha / Razorpay / Cred)
How operational decisions translate into financial outcomes. War stories from real transformations. Q&A.
Bootcamp
Financial Modelling Intensive — IB Analyst Standard
⏱ 1 week intensive · 25 hrs
👤 Ex-Goldman / Morgan Stanley / J.P. Morgan IB analyst (alum or hired)
Build 3-statement model, DCF, LBO, accretion/dilution, comps from scratch. Same content as Goldman analyst training program (adapted from CFI / Wall Street Prep curriculum).
Hands-on Workshop
Design Thinking Workshop — Stanford d.school Method
⏱ 2 days · 12 hrs
👤 IDEO India / Designit / Stanford d.school certified facilitator
Hands-on user empathy → problem framing → ideation → prototyping. Applied directly to Ops Transformation project for the partner company.
▸ MISSION BRIEF · Full formal name: Equity Research Initiation Coverage — Listed Indian Mid-Cap

Teams pick one mid-cap Indian listed company (₹5,000–25,000 cr market cap) — examples: Tata Elxsi, Polycab, Astral, Affle India, Coforge, Persistent Systems, Indus Towers — and produce a complete initiation coverage report at buy-side fund quality. The report covers business model, industry analysis (E6 SCM + E4 Brand), management quality (E8 HRMG), 3-statement financial model + DCF (E2 ICAP), risks, and a defensible BUY/HOLD/SELL with target price. Final pitches to a real fund manager panel — top 3 reports get published to a KLBS Research portal that asset managers actually read.

Industry Partner
Marcellus Investment Managers / Helios Capital / White Oak Capital / ICICI Pru AMC / SBI MF / Motilal Oswal Institutional Equities
Mentor Model
Each team gets 1 KLBS faculty mentor (Finance) + 1 equity research analyst mentor (alum currently at sell-side or buy-side fund, or hired) committing 4 hrs/month
Review Panel
Final pitches reviewed by a panel of 5 real PMS/AIF fund managers — they will not pull punches
Skills Applied (current + previous trimesters)
  • E2 ICAP — full valuation toolkit: DCF, comparable companies, precedent transactions, target price derivation
  • E4 CBBS — brand positioning, consumer franchise quality, moat analysis
  • E6 LSCM — supply chain risk, supplier concentration, working-capital intensity, inventory turns
  • E8 HRMG — management quality assessment, ESG/governance, key-person risk
  • FL-1 — language elective relevance if company has international exposure (e.g., German if covering EU-exposed firms)
  • From all prior trims — accounting, statistics, communication, analytics, ops
10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Setup
6 hrs
Stock selection + analyst-mentor pairing
ACTIVITIES
  • Sector orientation — Indian mid-cap landscape (90 min)
  • Team stock-pick proposal with 3-criteria justification (90 min)
  • Sell-side / buy-side analyst-mentor matching (60 min)
  • Sector concentration deduplication across teams (30 min)
  • Stock locked + 24-month coverage commitment (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
Stock-pick memo (3 pages) + analyst-mentor pairing confirmed
MILESTONE
Each team has 1 listed Indian mid-cap (₹5,000–25,000 cr) locked + 1 analyst mentor assigned
Week 2
Business
6 hrs
Business model deep-dive + management interview
ACTIVITIES
  • Annual report 3-year deep-read (120 min)
  • Concall transcripts (last 8 quarters) analysis (120 min)
  • Management quality assessment — promoter background, track record (90 min)
  • E8 HRMG applied — governance + ESG flag review (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Business model dossier (15 pages) — revenue streams, unit economics, mgmt assessment
MILESTONE
Team can present the business to a non-investor in 5 minutes
Week 3
Industry
6 hrs
Industry analysis + competitive moat assessment
ACTIVITIES
  • E4 CBBS applied — brand + customer franchise analysis (90 min)
  • E6 LSCM applied — supply chain risk + working-capital intensity (90 min)
  • Porter's 5 + competitor benchmarking (4–6 peers) (120 min)
  • Moat scoring framework (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Industry deep-dive + competitive map + moat-strength scorecard
MILESTONE
Team identifies the ONE moat dimension that matters most for this company
Week 4
Financials
6 hrs
5-year financials deep-dive + working capital analysis
ACTIVITIES
  • 5-year historical P&L reconstruction (120 min)
  • 5-year BS + CF reconstruction (120 min)
  • Working capital cycle analysis (60 min)
  • Quality of earnings — accruals, related-party transactions (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
5-year audited financials reconstructed in Excel + working capital + QoE analysis
MILESTONE
Financials tie line-by-line with annual reports — no Excel artefacts
Week 5
Forecast
6 hrs
3-statement forecast model build
ACTIVITIES
  • Revenue forecast — segment-wise driver analysis (90 min)
  • Cost forecast — fixed vs variable decomposition (90 min)
  • Working capital + CAPEX forecast (60 min)
  • Tax + interest + minority interest (60 min)
  • Model integration check — does BS balance? (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Forecast 3-statement model — 5-year + terminal · auditable line-by-line
MILESTONE
Model passes mentor audit — no broken links, balance sheet ties
Week 6
Valuation
6 hrs
DCF + comparable companies + precedent transactions
ACTIVITIES
  • E2 ICAP applied — WACC calculation with cross-check (90 min)
  • DCF build with sensitivity tables (120 min)
  • Trading comparables — 6–10 peer companies (60 min)
  • Precedent transactions if applicable (60 min)
  • Valuation triangulation — DCF vs comps vs precedent (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Full valuation workbook — DCF + comps + precedent + triangulation memo
MILESTONE
Team can defend WACC assumptions against an analyst's challenge
Week 7
Risk
6 hrs
Risk assessment + scenario analysis
ACTIVITIES
  • Bull / Base / Bear scenario model (120 min)
  • Top 5 specific risks with quantified impact (90 min)
  • Currency / commodity / regulatory sensitivity (90 min)
  • Key-person risk + governance risk (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Risk register + scenario valuation table + sensitivity tornado chart
MILESTONE
Team has identified 1 risk that the consensus is underestimating
Week 8
Call
6 hrs
Investment thesis + target price + BUY/HOLD/SELL
ACTIVITIES
  • Investment thesis writing — 3-point structure (120 min)
  • Target price derivation memo (60 min)
  • BUY/HOLD/SELL recommendation + conviction grade (60 min)
  • Catalyst calendar — 12-month + 6-month catalysts (90 min)
  • Pre-mortem — what would prove the thesis wrong? (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Investment thesis memo + target price + rating + catalyst calendar
MILESTONE
Investment call defensible vs. street consensus with specific evidence
Week 9
Report
6 hrs
40-page initiation report writing
ACTIVITIES
  • CFA RVS structure outline (60 min)
  • Parallel section writing — exec summary, business, industry, financials, valuation, risks (210 min)
  • Bloomberg-style 1-page exec summary (60 min)
  • Design polish — charts, tables, cover (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Final 40-page initiation report + 1-page Bloomberg-style exec summary
MILESTONE
Report passes buy-side analyst-mentor's review at 'publishable' grade
Week 10
Pitch
6 hrs
Fund manager panel pitch — 5 real PMs
ACTIVITIES
  • Final rehearsal with mentor (90 min)
  • Live 20-min analyst pitch + 30-min Q&A under attack (90 min)
  • Defending target price under hostile probing (60 min)
  • Post-pitch retro + top-3 publishing decision (60 min)
  • 12-month performance tracking commitment — leaderboard registration (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Live PM-panel pitch + final report submission + 12-month performance tracking active
MILESTONE
PM panel rates research ≥7/10 · top 3 reports published on KLBS Research portal · target prices tracked monthly
Final Deliverables (Week 10)
  • Week 3: Industry primer + company business model deep-dive (15 pages)
  • Week 6: 3-statement financial model + DCF — Excel file auditable line by line
  • Week 9: Full 40-page research report + Bloomberg-style exec summary (1 page)
  • Week 12: 20-min analyst pitch to fund manager panel + 30-min Q&A — defending target price under attack
Evaluation Rubric · Total 100 marks · Pass = 60%

Buy-side fund manager panel scores 50% of marks. Methodology + model quality scored by analyst mentor. Final stock-call accuracy tracked separately for 12 months for leaderboard.

CriterionWeightExcellent
90–100%		Proficient
70–89%		Developing
50–69%		Needs Improvement
<50%
Financial Model Quality
Does the model pass a CFA-grade audit? Forecast assumptions defensible?
25%Error-free · auditable · BS balances · assumptions tied to drivers · sensitivity comprehensive1–2 minor errors · model usable · most assumptions defensibleMultiple errors · forecast assumptions weakModel unreliable · cannot underpin any investment decision
Valuation Rigor & Triangulation
WACC, terminal value, comps selection, triangulation logic.
20%WACC cross-checked · terminal value defensible · 3 methods triangulated · target price defended under attackMethods sound · 1–2 minor issues · target price mostly defensibleMethods have gaps · target price weakly defendedValuation methodology unsound
Industry & Moat Analysis
Deep understanding of industry structure + this company's moat.
15%Deep industry insight · moat dimension correctly identified + measuredSolid industry analysis · moat assessment mostly rightSurface-level industry view · moat analysis weakGeneric industry note · no real moat analysis
Investment Thesis & Catalysts
Is the call ORIGINAL (not consensus) and well-supported with catalysts?
15%Differentiated thesis · 3+ specific catalysts · pre-mortem honestSolid thesis · 2 catalysts · pre-mortem presentConsensus thesis · catalysts vagueEcho of street view · no catalysts identified
PM Panel Defence
Live pitch + 30-min hostile Q&A under PM scrutiny.
15%Panel rates ≥8/10 · handles all attack · could be hired tomorrowPanel rates 6–7/10 · handles most Q&APanel rates 4–5/10 · weak on critical Q&APanel rates <4/10 · cannot defend basic call
Report Writing & Format
Industry-grade research report — CFA RVS structure, prose, charts.
10%Sell-side publishable · clean structure · 1-page exec summary excellentSolid report · most sections strongAdequate · uneven qualityBelow sell-side standard
Evaluation LogicAUDIT — must clear. Pass requires: (1) fund manager panel rates research ≥7/10, (2) financial model is error-free + auditable, (3) report meets industry formatting standards (CFA RVS structure), (4) team handles 30 min of unscripted Q&A. Fail → re-do as supplementary in T6.
Portfolio ValueA buy-side-quality research report on a real Indian listed company published to a public KLBS Research portal — this single artifact opens doors at Morgan Stanley Equity Research, J.P. Morgan, Macquarie, Jefferies, every Indian sell-side desk, and PMS/AIF buy-side. Top 3 reports also generate inbound hiring conversations directly.
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 3 per trimester
CXO Chat
Inside a Buy-Side Fund — A Portfolio Manager's Decision Process
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 PM from Marcellus / Helios / White Oak / SBI Mutual Fund (alum or hired)
How do PMs actually decide BUY/SELL? Position sizing, conviction, what they look for in analyst reports. Careers in active management.
Hands-on Workshop
Brand Strategy with a Sitting CMO
⏱ 2 days · 12 hrs
👤 CMO of a leading consumer brand (Mamaearth / Sugar / Boat / Wakefit / The Souled Store)
Real-time brand-building workshop. Students work on a new product launch brief from the CMO's brand. Final presentations critiqued live by the CMO.
Industry Visit + Workshop
Fulfillment Center + SCM Deep Dive
⏱ 1 day visit + 1 day workshop · 12 hrs
👤 Hosted by Flipkart / Amazon / Delhivery (Hyderabad fulfillment center)
Plant-floor walk of a modern fulfillment center → workshop on supply-chain optimisation, last-mile economics, dark stores. Career paths in supply-chain leadership.
▸ MISSION BRIEF · Full formal name: AI-Native Product Build — Solve a Real Industry Problem

Teams partner with a real industry sponsor and build a production-grade AI-native product solving a problem in their domain. The product must include: (1) working LLM-powered backend with prompt engineering + RAG / agent architecture (D4), (2) a digital-transformation rationale + change management plan (D5), (3) BI dashboard tracking product performance metrics (E14), (4) deep specialisation from chosen PE track (the PE-1 course content). Deployed via Hugging Face Spaces / Streamlit Cloud / partner infra. Live URL is the deliverable, not a deck.

Industry Partner
Sarvam AI / Krutrim / Yellow.ai / Zomato Support AI / Bajaj Finserv Credit AI / ICICI Lombard Claims AI / Apollo 24/7 / Tata 1mg — sourced via KLBS + Hyderabad AI ecosystem
Mentor Model
Each team gets 1 KLBS faculty mentor (D4/D5/E14 instructor) + 1 industry product lead from partner company committing 4 hrs/month
Deployment
Top 3 teams' products go live with partner company under their brand or on KLBS portal
Skills Applied (current + previous trimesters)
  • D4 GAIA — prompts, RAG, agentic chains, evaluation suites, hallucination handling
  • D5 DTRA — change management, build-vs-buy, technology adoption framework, ROI on AI initiatives
  • E14 BIDV — performance dashboards: latency, accuracy, user retention, cost per query
  • PE-1 (track-specific) — the depth knowledge from chosen specialisation applied to product design
  • From all prior trims — entire student skill stack is now being deployed
10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Charter
6 hrs
Industry partner match + product charter
ACTIVITIES
  • Partner matchmaking event — Sarvam / Krutrim / Yellow.ai / Zomato / Bajaj / ICICI Lombard (120 min)
  • Problem charter co-design with partner product lead (120 min)
  • Success metrics agreed — accuracy, latency, user-value (60 min)
  • Eval criteria pre-registered (30 min)
  • Compute / API budget allocation (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Signed problem charter + success metrics + eval criteria pre-registered
MILESTONE
Partner publicly commits to evaluating the team's product for deployment in week 10
Week 2
Architecture
6 hrs
System architecture + tech stack decisions
ACTIVITIES
  • D4 GAIA applied — RAG vs agent vs fine-tune architectural debate (90 min)
  • Vector DB + embedding model selection (60 min)
  • API + frontend stack — Streamlit / Next.js / Hugging Face Spaces (60 min)
  • Eval suite framework — DeepEval / RAGAS / custom (60 min)
  • Architecture review with partner (90 min)
  • Build environment setup (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Architecture diagram + stack selection memo + dev environment live for all teammates
MILESTONE
Architecture approved by partner technical lead — no surprises later
Week 3
Data
6 hrs
Data pipeline + golden dataset creation
ACTIVITIES
  • Data acquisition from partner — anonymised production data (90 min)
  • Data cleaning + chunking strategy (90 min)
  • Golden test set creation — 50+ labelled examples (120 min)
  • Eval suite v1 — automated runs (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Clean data pipeline + 50+ example golden test set + eval suite v1 running automatically
MILESTONE
Anyone can run the eval suite in <5 min and get repeatable results
Week 4
MVP
6 hrs
v1 prototype — basic LLM + retrieval
ACTIVITIES
  • RAG pipeline build — chunking, embedding, retrieval (120 min)
  • Prompt engineering iteration — base prompt (120 min)
  • Streamlit / Next.js UI v1 (90 min)
  • Deploy to Hugging Face Spaces / Vercel (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Live URL v1 — basic working product · accessible to evaluators
MILESTONE
v1 passes ≥40% of golden test set
Week 5
Evaluate
6 hrs
Eval suite expansion + first metrics dashboard
ACTIVITIES
  • Eval suite v2 — accuracy, hallucination rate, latency, cost-per-query (120 min)
  • Failure mode analysis — where does v1 fail? (90 min)
  • E14 BIDV applied — metrics dashboard build (120 min)
  • User feedback loop instrumented (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
Comprehensive eval suite + live metrics dashboard tracking 5+ KPIs
MILESTONE
Team has concrete data on what v1 does well + where it fails
Week 6
Iterate
6 hrs
v2 — agentic / advanced RAG / fine-tune addition
ACTIVITIES
  • Agentic chain design — tool use, multi-step reasoning (120 min)
  • Advanced RAG — hybrid search, re-ranking, query rewriting (120 min)
  • Hallucination-mitigation strategies (60 min)
  • v2 deployment (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
v2 live URL with agentic / advanced-RAG layer + before/after eval comparison
MILESTONE
v2 passes ≥70% of golden test set
Week 7
UX
6 hrs
UX iteration + user testing
ACTIVITIES
  • User testing with 10+ real users via partner (180 min)
  • Feedback synthesis + UX iteration backlog (60 min)
  • Frontend redesign — onboarding, errors, edge cases (90 min)
  • Latency optimisation (30 min)
DELIVERABLE
v2.5 UX-iterated + user testing report + latency improvements measured
MILESTONE
User satisfaction score (CSAT) ≥7/10 from real users
Week 8
Polish
6 hrs
Production-readiness + monitoring
ACTIVITIES
  • D5 DTRA applied — change management plan for partner adoption (120 min)
  • Monitoring + alerting setup (60 min)
  • Error handling + graceful degradation (90 min)
  • Cost optimisation — token usage, caching (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
Production-ready product + change-management plan + cost-per-query benchmarked
MILESTONE
Product runs unattended for 48 hours with no human intervention
Week 9
Deliver
6 hrs
Final deployment + product spec doc
ACTIVITIES
  • Final production deployment + load testing (90 min)
  • Product spec document — for the partner to maintain (180 min)
  • Deployment runbook (60 min)
  • API documentation if relevant (30 min)
  • Handover checklist (60 min)
DELIVERABLE
Production-live URL + full product spec doc + runbook + handover checklist
MILESTONE
Partner technical team can maintain the product without team intervention
Week 10
Demo
6 hrs
Demo + handover + executive presentation
ACTIVITIES
  • Final rehearsal (60 min)
  • Live 30-min product demo to partner executive panel (90 min · demo + Q&A)
  • Handover ceremony — repo transfer, credentials, docs (60 min)
  • Post-deployment plan — partner ownership (60 min)
  • Continuation deal — paid engagement opportunity (90 min)
DELIVERABLE
Demo Day to partner executives + complete handover · product LIVE under partner brand
MILESTONE
Top 3 products go live with partner under their brand — students named as co-creators
Final Deliverables (Week 10)
  • Week 2: Problem charter signed by industry partner + product spec
  • Week 5: v1 prototype demo with eval suite (≥20 test cases) + first-cut metrics dashboard
  • Week 9: v2 with RAG / agent layer + iterated UX
  • Week 12: Live URL + 30-min product demo + product spec doc + partner-facing deployment plan
Evaluation Rubric · Total 100 marks · Pass = 60%

Partner product lead scores 50% — they decide if the product is good enough to deploy. KLBS faculty + AI mentor score 50% on technical rigour + UX.

CriterionWeightExcellent
90–100%		Proficient
70–89%		Developing
50–69%		Needs Improvement
<50%
Eval Suite Pass Rate
Did the product pass the pre-registered eval suite? Hard quantitative test.
25%≥80% pass on golden test set · latency <3 sec · hallucination rate <5%70–79% pass · latency <5 sec · hallucination <10%55–69% pass · latency 5–10 sec · hallucination 10–20%<55% pass · latency >10 sec or hallucination >20%
Product Architecture Quality
Sound architectural choices — RAG vs agent vs fine-tune, vector DB, monitoring.
15%Architecture defensible · choices match problem · monitoring + cost optimisedSound architecture · most choices defensibleArchitecture has gaps · 1–2 wrong choicesArchitecture inappropriate for problem
UX & User Satisfaction
Real users' satisfaction — CSAT score from week 7 user testing.
15%Real-user CSAT ≥8/10 · onboarding clear · errors handled gracefullyCSAT 6–7/10 · UX solidCSAT 4–5/10 · UX gapsCSAT <4/10 · UX broken
Production Readiness
Can the product be deployed under partner brand without team intervention?
15%Runs unattended for 48 hrs · partner team can maintain · cost-optimisedStable but needs occasional intervention · partner can mostly maintainStability issues · partner needs significant supportNot production-ready · only works in dev
Demo + Handover Quality
Final demo + product spec + runbook quality.
10%Demo polished · spec doc + runbook complete · zero-touch handoverDemo solid · docs mostly completeDemo works · docs partialDemo issues · docs missing
Track-Specific Specialisation Application
Did the team apply their chosen PE-1 track's depth to the product?
10%PE-1 track depth clearly evident in design + featuresPE-1 track applied · some depth visiblePE-1 track barely visible in productPE-1 track not applied
Documentation & Reproducibility
Repo quality, README, code structure, reproducibility.
10%Repo clean · README comprehensive · anyone can run end-to-endRepo organised · README adequateRepo messy · documentation gapsRepo unusable to outsiders
Evaluation LogicAUDIT — must clear. Pass requires: (1) working live URL accessible to evaluators, (2) eval suite passes ≥70% of test cases, (3) metrics dashboard tracks ≥5 KPIs, (4) product spec doc + partner-facing deployment plan completed, (5) partner rates engagement ≥7/10. Fail → re-do as supplementary in T7.
Portfolio ValueA live URL students can put on a resume that recruiters can ACTUALLY VISIT. In 2027-28 hiring markets, an AI product built for a real sponsor is the single strongest hire signal at Microsoft AI / Google AI / Anthropic / OpenAI India / Sarvam / Krutrim / every AI-product role at consumer + B2B companies. Equivalent to 6 months of internship credential.
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 3 per trimester
Industry Day
AI Industry Day — State of AI 2027
⏱ Half-day · 4 hrs
👤 AI leads from OpenAI India / Anthropic India / Google DeepMind India / Microsoft AI India (alum or hired) — panel of 3–4
State of AI 2027 — model capability frontier, where dollars are flowing, what kinds of products win. Career paths in AI product / research / safety. Q&A.
Hackathon
Build-with-AI Hackathon — Indian AI-First Startup
⏱ 48 hours · weekend
👤 Sponsored by Sarvam AI / Krutrim / Yellow.ai / CRED AI
Build an AI feature for the sponsor's stack within 48 hours. Real problem. Real prizes. Top 3 teams get sponsor-side hiring fast-track.
PE Track Immersion
Track-Specific Industry Immersion — 8 Parallel Events
⏱ 2 days · 12 hrs · students attend their chosen track's event
👤 8 industry partners, one per track (see PE-1 cert mapping below)
IB → Goldman Sachs / Morgan Stanley office visit · FinTech → Razorpay / PhonePe HQ · Decision Intel → Fractal Analytics studio · Brand → HUL / P&G brand studio · Venture → T-Hub founder roundtable · Strategy → McKinsey / Bain office · AI PM → Microsoft / Google AI office · Algo Trading → NSE / Quantbox / Tower Research
▸ MISSION BRIEF · Full formal name: Founder's Sprint — Build · Pitch · Raise

Teams of 3-4 commit to a complete venture sprint integrating T1's Founders' Lab + T4's India 2027 + everything since. Pre-incorporation legal + IP + early team contracts. MVP in customer hands by week 4. Mid-trim pivot review with VCs. Final 12-minute Demo Day pitch to a panel of 5 active Indian VCs (Sequoia India, Lightspeed, Blume, Stellaris, Accel). Top 3 teams get genuine seed-cheque conversations + incubator residency offers. Aligned with the E10 Venture Creation course.

Industry Partner
Indian Angel Network + venture studio partners + KLBS alumni VCs
Mentor Model
Each team gets 1 KLBS faculty + 1 sitting VC analyst as mentor pair
Seed Capital
Up to Rs 25,000 institutional seed for top 5 teams (post-week-6 review)
Skills Applied (current + previous trimesters)
  • E10 VENT — full-stack venture creation, team formation, pitch craft
  • PE-2 + PE-3 (track-specific) — domain expertise applied to the venture
  • PRJ1 Capstone — synthesis of all functional learning
  • F1 + F4 + E1 — unit economics, financial modelling, investor diligence prep
  • Plus everything from T1-T6 cumulative
Final Deliverables (Week 10)
  • MVP with verifiable user metrics by week 4
  • Customer-development log: 30+ user interviews documented
  • Financial model (3-year): unit economics, CAC/LTV, fundraise ask, dilution
  • Pitch deck — investor-grade (10-12 slides) + 1-page executive summary
  • Mid-trim VC review survival: pivot/persist/quit decision documented
  • Demo Day pitch + Q&A with active VCs (12 min slot)
Evaluation LogicAUDIT — must clear, no credit. Pass requires: (1) MVP in customer hands by week 4, (2) 30+ documented customer interviews, (3) financial model defensible to faculty review, (4) Demo Day pitch score ≥65% from VC panel. Top 3 teams receive KLBS Founder Certification (signed by Dean) + institutional seed disbursement.
Portfolio ValueMost concrete founder credential possible: a real pitch to real VCs at the end of a BBA. Top performers often convert directly into VC analyst roles, founder-track incubator residencies, or seed-funded ventures launched at graduation.
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 3 per trimester
VC AMA
Term-Sheet Walkthrough with a Sitting Partner
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 Partner at Sequoia India / Lightspeed / Blume / Accel India
Live walkthrough of a real (anonymised) term sheet: liquidation preference, anti-dilution, board composition, ESOP pool — what to negotiate, what to accept. Followed by 90-min Q&A with founder + VC perspectives.
CXO Chat
Exit Lessons — How I Sold My Company
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 Founder of an Indian startup acquired in last 18 months (e.g., a TaxiForSure / FreshMenu / Mensa Brands alum)
Honest retrospective on the exit decision: when to sell vs hold, M&A diligence experience, what they wish they'd known about earn-outs + retention clauses, what acquirers actually evaluate.
Hands-on Workshop
Financial-Model Stress Test — Investor Diligence
⏱ 1 day · 6 hrs
👤 Ex-Goldman / Morgan Stanley analyst + practising founder-CFO
Take each team's capstone financial model and break it from the investor side: scenario stress, sensitivity to elasticity assumptions, working-capital traps. Output: a hardened model that survives Series A diligence.
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 6 per trimester
CXO Chat
The First 5 Years — Career-Compounding Decisions
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 Senior alum (~10 years out) — McKinsey Partner / Goldman MD / Founder of unicorn
Honest reflection on the first 5 years post-BBA: choices that compounded into careers (which role to take, when to switch, when to do MBA, when to start a company). Plus the choices that didn't matter as much as they felt at the time.
Hands-on Workshop
Personal Finance Bootcamp — First Salary Decisions
⏱ 1 day · 6 hrs
👤 CFP-certified personal finance advisor + tax practitioner
Tax structuring of CTC, NPS vs PPF vs mutual funds, EPF vs voluntary contributions, term insurance + health insurance, building a 6-month emergency corpus, the math of buying-vs-renting in tier-1 metros. Output: each student leaves with a 1-page personal financial plan for year 1 of work.
CXO Chat
Inside an Indian Boardroom
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 Sitting Independent Director on listed-company board (e.g., Infosys / HDFC Life / Tata Steel ID)
How boards actually work in India: SEBI LODR requirements, audit committee dynamics, KMP relationships, conflict-of-interest navigation, the role of independent directors in governance.
Hands-on Workshop
LinkedIn + Public Profile Mastery
⏱ Half-day · 3 hrs
👤 Top-1% LinkedIn creator (alum) + corporate brand strategist
Build a high-signal LinkedIn profile + content strategy that compounds over years. Photo, headline, About, featured artifacts, posting cadence. Recruiters find you, not the other way around.
Industry Visit
Trading Floor + Operations Centre Walkthrough
⏱ 1 day · 6 hrs
👤 Host: NSE / BSE / a Tier-1 bank trading desk in Mumbai
Physical visit to a working trading floor + operations centre. See risk dashboards live, order-flow systems, compliance war room. Followed by Q&A with desk heads. Connects T8 algorithmic-trading specialisation to lived reality.
Communication Bootcamp
Storytelling for Senior-Audience Communication
⏱ 2 days · 12 hrs
👤 Ex-McKinsey storyline coach + alum at Bain Capability Centre
Pyramid Principle, MECE structuring, board-deck design, the 3-slide rule for CXO communication. Each student produces a 5-slide deck for their capstone project that survives senior-audience scrutiny.
1S · Summer 1 · First Industry Internship2 smaller activities · no trimester-long major

Summer 1 · First Industry Internship

A portfolio of smaller activities — workshops, CXO chats, online evening sessions — sized for the trim's priorities.

CURRENT TRIM FOCUS
First summer internship (8-10 weeks)
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 2 per trimester
Online Evening Activity
Internship Reflection Circles — Weekly Cohort Calls
⏱ 8 weeks · 1.5 hrs/week (Wed evenings, online)
👤 Hosted by KLBS faculty + senior alum facilitators (rotating)
Cohort-of-12 video calls each Wednesday evening across the summer. Each student shares one workplace situation from the week (anonymised); the cohort + facilitator discuss with frameworks. Output: a written reflection log + ability to articulate one's internship lessons.
Online Evening Activity
Industry Spotlight Series — Cross-Sector Speaker Nights
⏱ 8 weeks · 1.5 hrs/week (Fri evenings, online)
👤 Rotating roster of industry speakers across 8 sectors (BFSI, FMCG, Pharma, Tech, Manufacturing, Retail, Consulting, Government)
Each Friday evening: one 45-min talk by a senior practitioner + 45-min Q&A. Designed to broaden exposure beyond a student's internship sector. Recorded for asynchronous catch-up.
▸ SMALLER ACTIVITIES · 3 per trimester
Online Evening Activity
PPO Conversion Coaching — Weekly Strategy Calls
⏱ 8 weeks · 1.5 hrs/week (Tue evenings, online)
👤 Hosted by KLBS career-services + alum sponsors in the student's target firm
Each Tuesday evening: small-group (cohort-of-8) calls to strategise on Pre-Placement Offer (PPO) conversion. Mock end-of-internship presentations, manager-feedback decoding, navigating the 'tell us about your project' conversation that determines PPO. The single highest-leverage 12 hours of summer 2.
Online Evening Activity
Capstone Scoping Sprints — Industry Project Setup
⏱ 6 weeks · 1.5 hrs/week (Thu evenings, online)
👤 KLBS Capstone faculty + industry mentors
Students scope their Y3 Capstone Project (PRJ1) with industry mentors during the summer. Each Thursday: problem-statement refinement, scope negotiation, data-access secure, deliverable framing. By end of 2S, every student has a signed Capstone-1 charter ready for T7 launch.
Online Evening Activity
GMAT / CAT Sprint — For Higher-Studies Aspirants Only
⏱ 10 weeks · 2 hrs/week (Sat mornings, online)
👤 External test-prep partner (TIME / IMS / Career Launcher)
For the ~30% of cohort pursuing higher studies. Saturday morning structured prep — verbal + quant + DI/LR for CAT; quant + verbal + IR for GMAT. Mock test every 3 weeks. Optional; supplements T6-T7 placement training.
STEM Blend
STEM blend across the curriculum

How mathematics, data, AI, and industry tools are woven into the BBA — not as a separate stream, but as a backbone running through 39% of the catalog. Three views: the explicit STEM courses, AI integration depth across non-tech courses, and the tools students leave with.

Mathematics · AI · Industry tools

A tech-integrated BBA

The Y26 BBA treats technology fluency as a graduation requirement, not an elective track. Seven foundation courses build mathematical and computing literacy. Thirty-six courses across the catalog explicitly use AI or data methods. Students leave with working command of 35+ industry tools.

7
STEM foundation courses
Math, statistics, Python, data engineering, ML, GenAI, digital transformation
36
AI/tech-integrated courses
~39% of the 92-item catalog explicitly uses AI, data, or computing methods
35+
Industry tools taught
From Excel, SQL, and Tally Prime to LLM APIs, vector databases, ERP systems, and no-code build platforms

AMath, AI and tech courses + open electives

The explicit STEM spine of the BBA. These ten courses establish the quantitative and computing foundations every student leaves with, regardless of specialization. Beyond them, three of the eight specialization tracks are technology-first.

CodeCourseStageFocusCr
Foundation spine · Year 1 + Year 2
M1Calculus & Linear Algebra for BusinessT1Mathematical reasoning · derivatives, optimisation, matrices3
M2Statistics & Probability for BusinessT2Inferential thinking · distributions, sampling, hypothesis testing3
D1Python Programming for BusinessT1Computing literacy · scripts, data structures, pandas3
D2Data Engineering: SQL, Warehousing & PipelinesT2Working with data at scale · SQL, schemas, ETL3
D3Machine Learning for Business AnalyticsT3Predictive modelling · regression, classification, evaluation3
D4Generative AI, LLMs & Agentic SystemsT6Working with GenAI · prompts, RAG, agents, evaluation3
D5Digital Transformation & Enterprise TechT6Tech stacks at the firm level · ERPs, cloud, integration3
E13Business Analytics EssentialsT3Translating data into business decisions2
E14BI, Visualization & Executive DashboardsT6Dashboard craft · Tableau, Power BI, executive-grade reporting4
Open electives · all three are tech-oriented
OE1AI Product Building & No-Code MVP DevelopmentT8/T9Maker · ship a working AI MVP using no-code + LLM APIs2
OE2UX/UI Design & Product Experience StrategyT8/T9Designer · digital product craft and critique2
OE3Cybersecurity, Digital Trust & Risk Management for BusinessT8/T9Defender · digital risk and trust for business leaders2
Technology-first specialization tracks · 3 of 8
T2FinTech & Digital Banking InnovationT6-T8Payments, lending, BNPL, India Stack architecture · 4 PEs × 3 cr12
T3Decision Intelligence & Applied AIT6-T8Causal inference, forecasting, time-series, experimentation · 4 PEs12
T7AI Product Management & Growth LeadershipT6-T8LLM strategy, prompt engineering, RAG, agentic workflows · 4 PEs12
STEM spine · explicit total credits 69

Sixty-nine credits — 53% of the 3-year programme total — sit on courses that are explicitly mathematical, computing, or technology-oriented. A student picking T2, T3, or T7 specialization would graduate with deeper technical preparation than most Indian engineering majors.

BAI integration across non-tech courses

Beyond the explicit STEM spine, AI and data methods are integrated into courses that are nominally about finance, marketing, operations, or strategy. The 2026 hiring market expects every BBA graduate to be AI-fluent — this is how that fluency is built course by course.

36
Courses with AI/data integration
Out of 92 catalog items · 39% coverage
12
AI concepts taught explicitly
Listed in the integration table below
2
ALMs dedicated to AI
ALM-15 AI-Augmented Pair Workflow · ALM-16 Prompt Engineering Lab
AI / data conceptWhere it is taughtCourse count
Prompt engineering & LLM API useD4 · OE1 · T7-PE2 · ALM-16 (across all PE courses)All courses adopt ALM-16
AI-augmented analysis workflowsEvery course adopts ALM-15 with its own AI-critique logAll courses adopt ALM-15
Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG)D4 · T7-PE2 · OE13
Agentic systems & tool-useD4 · T7-PE2 · T7-PE3 · OE14
Machine learning & predictive modellingD3 · T3-PE1 · T3-PE2 · T3-PE3 · E13 · BANA contexts6+
Causal inference & experimentationT3-PE1 · OE1 · T4-PE2 (growth marketing tests)3
Forecasting & time-series methodsT3-PE2 · E6 (SCM demand) · T1-PE3 (equity research)3
SQL & data queryingD2 · E13 · T2-PE2 · T3 track entirely · T4-PE25+
Python for analysis & automationD1 · D3 · D4 · T3 track · T7 track · T8 track · OE110+
Causal & correlational visualizationD3 · E13 · D5 · all consulting + marketing PE courses8+
Statistical hypothesis testingM2 · D3 · T3-PE1 · T4-PE2 · research projects5+
Vector databases & embeddingsD4 · T7-PE2 · OE13

Two cross-cutting ALMs (15: AI-Augmented Pair Workflow, 16: Prompt Engineering & LLM Workflow Lab) mean every course in the catalog has an AI-fluency component baked into its pedagogy, not only the ones with AI in the title.

CIndustry tools students leave with

A graduate of this BBA can sit down at a real workstation and be productive. Tools are taught inside the courses where they are most relevant — Bloomberg in finance, GA4 in marketing, Figma in design electives — rather than as standalone tool courses.

8
Tool categories
Quant · BI · GenAI · Finance · Marketing · Build · Productivity · Accounting/ERP
35+
Tools across the program
Tools that appear in the table below are demonstrated, used in assignments, or required in deliverables
100%
Workstation-ready coverage
Every student exits with command of at least one tool from each of the eight categories
CategoryTools taughtPrimary courses
Quantitative spreadsheets · code Excel (advanced · LAMBDA · power query) · Google Sheets · Python (pandas · NumPy · scikit-learn · statsmodels) F3 · F4 · M1 · M2 · D1 · D3 · all PE courses
Data & BI querying · dashboards PostgreSQL · BigQuery · Tableau · Power BI · Metabase D2 · E13 · T3 track · D5
GenAI & LLM AI fluency ChatGPT · Claude · Gemini · GitHub Copilot · LangChain · Pinecone (vector DB) · Hugging Face D4 · T7 track · OE1 · ALM-15 + ALM-16 (all courses)
Finance market & data terminals Bloomberg Terminal · FactSet · Capital IQ · FRED · Refinitiv E1 · E2 · T1 track · T8 track
Marketing & Product analytics · design Google Analytics 4 · Meta Ads Manager · Mixpanel · Amplitude · Figma · Notion E3 · E4 · T4 track · OE2
Build & MVP no-code · low-code Bubble · Webflow · Zapier · Make · Vercel · v0.dev OE1 · T5 track · T7-PE3
Productivity collaboration Slack · Notion · Linear · Loom · Miro · Lucidchart C1 · C2 · all team-based courses · all PE projects
Accounting & ERP books · GST · ERP Tally Prime · Zoho Books · QuickBooks Online · SAP S/4HANA Cloud (intro) · Oracle NetSuite (overview) F3 · F4 · D5 · T2 out-of-class workshop

Tools are taught in context, not as standalone curriculum. A student doesn't take a "SQL course" — they learn SQL inside D2 (Data Engineering) because the course needs them to work with real data warehouses, and they use SQL again in E13 (Business Analytics) and across the Decision Intelligence track.

⟶

The point is not that this BBA has tech courses — many programs do. The point is that tech runs through every course: in the methods used, the tools required, the AI workflows integrated into pedagogy via ALMs 15 and 16. A graduate is fluent, not literate.

04

STEM & tech coverage dashboard

A visual answer to: how much STEM, AI, and tech is actually woven into the Y26 BBA? Every count and connection on this page is sourced from the course catalog and ALM mappings — not from intent statements.

69cr
STEM-track credits
Of 125 total · approximately 55% of the programme has explicit STEM or tech content
9
Foundation STEM courses
M1, M2, D1-D5, E13, E14
12
AI/data concepts taught
From RAG to causal inference
43+
Industry tools across 8 categories
Includes accounting + ERP fluency · workstation-ready coverage

The STEM spine across 3 years

Where the 15 explicit STEM and tech-oriented courses live in the trimester sequence. Hover any course for details.

Year 1 · T1
2 courses
M1 3cr
Calculus & Linear Algebra
Mathematical reasoning · derivatives, optimisation, matrices
D1 3cr
Python Programming for Business
Computing literacy · scripts, data structures, pandas
Year 1 · T2
2 courses
M2 3cr
Statistics & Probability
Inferential thinking · distributions, sampling, hypothesis testing
D2 3cr
Data Engineering: SQL & Warehousing
Working with data at scale · SQL, schemas, ETL
Year 1 · T3
2 courses
D3 3cr
Machine Learning for Business Analytics
Predictive modelling · regression, classification, evaluation
E13 2cr
Business Analytics Essentials
Translating data into business decisions
Year 2 · T6
3 courses
D4 3cr
Generative AI, LLMs & Agentic Systems
Working with GenAI · prompts, RAG, agents, evaluation
D5 3cr
Digital Transformation & Enterprise Tech
Tech stacks at the firm level · ERPs, cloud, integration
E14 4cr
BI, Visualization & Executive Dashboards
Dashboard craft · Tableau, Power BI, reporting
Y2T6 – Y3T8
3 courses
T2 12cr
FinTech & Digital Banking Innovation
Payments, lending, BNPL, India Stack · 4 PEs × 3 cr
T3 12cr
Decision Intelligence & Applied AI
Causal inference, forecasting, time-series, experimentation
T7 12cr
AI Product Management & Growth Leadership
LLM strategy, prompt engineering, RAG, agentic workflows
Year 3 · T8/T9
3 courses
OE1 2cr
AI Product Building & No-Code MVP Dev
Maker · ship a working AI MVP using no-code + LLM APIs
OE2 2cr
UX/UI Design & Product Experience Strategy
Designer · digital product craft and critique
OE3 2cr
Cybersecurity, Digital Trust & Risk Mgmt
Defender · digital risk and trust for business leaders

AI & data concept depth

Twelve core concepts and where in the catalogue each one is taught. Concept reach (number of courses) signals whether it's a graduating-level skill or a niche.

Prompt engineering & LLM API use
all 64 courses
Taught in: D4 · OE1 · T7-PE2 · ALM-16
AI-augmented analysis workflows
all 64 courses
Taught in: Every course adopts ALM-15
Python for analysis & automation
10+ courses
Taught in: D1 · D3 · D4 · T3/T7/T8 tracks · OE1
Causal & correlational visualization
8+ courses
Taught in: D3 · E13 · D5 · consulting + marketing PEs
Machine learning & predictive modelling
6+ courses
Taught in: D3 · T3-PE1 · T3-PE2 · T3-PE3 · E13
SQL & data querying
5+ courses
Taught in: D2 · E13 · T2-PE2 · T3 track · T4-PE2
Statistical hypothesis testing
5+ courses
Taught in: M2 · D3 · T3-PE1 · T4-PE2 · research projects
Agentic systems & tool-use
4 courses
Taught in: D4 · T7-PE2 · T7-PE3 · OE1
Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG)
3 courses
Taught in: D4 · T7-PE2 · OE1
Causal inference & experimentation
3 courses
Taught in: T3-PE1 · OE1 · T4-PE2
Forecasting & time-series methods
3 courses
Taught in: T3-PE2 · E6 (SCM) · T1-PE3
Vector databases & embeddings
3 courses
Taught in: D4 · T7-PE2 · OE1

Industry tools · 8 categories

Every BBA graduate leaves with command of tools from each category. Tools are taught inside the courses where they're most relevant — Bloomberg in finance, GA4 in marketing, Figma in design electives.

Quantitative
spreadsheets · code
3 tools
Excel (advanced · LAMBDA · power query)Google SheetsPython (pandas · NumPy · scikit-learn · statsmodels)
Primary in: F3 · F4 · M1 · M2 · D1 · D3 · all PE courses
Data & BI
querying · dashboards
5 tools
PostgreSQLBigQueryTableauPower BIMetabase
Primary in: D2 · E13 · T3 track · D5
GenAI & LLM
AI fluency
7 tools
ChatGPTClaudeGeminiGitHub CopilotLangChainPineconeHugging Face
Primary in: D4 · T7 track · OE1 · ALM-15 + ALM-16 (all courses)
Finance
market & data terminals
5 tools
Bloomberg TerminalFactSetCapital IQFREDRefinitiv
Primary in: E1 · E2 · T1 track · T8 track
Marketing & Product
analytics · design
6 tools
Google Analytics 4Meta Ads ManagerMixpanelAmplitudeFigmaNotion
Primary in: E3 · E4 · T4 track · OE2
Build & MVP
no-code · low-code
6 tools
BubbleWebflowZapierMakeVercelv0.dev
Primary in: OE1 · T5 track · T7-PE3
Productivity
collaboration
6 tools
SlackNotionLinearLoomMiroLucidchart
Primary in: C1 · C2 · all team-based courses · all PE projects
Accounting & ERP
books · GST · ERP
5 tools
Tally PrimeZoho BooksQuickBooks OnlineSAP S/4HANA CloudOracle NetSuite
Primary in: F3 · F4 · D5 · T2 out-of-class workshop

Tool fluency by trimester

When does each tool category enter the curriculum, and how does the student's working tool count grow? This timeline traces the cumulative buildup — from 5 tools by end of T1 to 44 by end of T8, across 8 categories.

44
distinct tools introduced
Across 3 years · one per trimester adds 3-10
8
categories activated
By end of T8 · the 8th (Build & MVP) activates in T8 via OE1
T2
earliest Accounting/ERP exposure
Tally Prime + Zoho Books inside F3 · ERP-class systems in T6 via D5
T6
biggest tool jump
+10 tools at once: GenAI stack + full BI + ERP intro
T1
Y1
D1 · C1
+5 NEW TOOLS: ExcelGoogle SheetsPython (pandas)SlackNotion
+ NEW CATEGORIES:QuantitativeProductivity
Cumulative tools 5/44
2/8 categories
T2
Y1
F3 · D2 · E3
+5 NEW TOOLS: PostgreSQLBigQueryTally PrimeZoho BooksMeta Ads Manager
+ NEW CATEGORIES:Data & BIAccounting & ERPMarketing & Product
Cumulative tools 10/44
5/8 categories
T3
Y1
D3 · E13
+4 NEW TOOLS: scikit-learnstatsmodelsMetabaseGoogle Analytics 4
(no new categories — deepening existing tool fluency)
Cumulative tools 14/44
5/8 categories
T4
Y2
E1 · E2
+5 NEW TOOLS: Bloomberg TerminalFactSetCapital IQFREDRefinitiv
+ NEW CATEGORIES:Finance
Cumulative tools 19/44
6/8 categories
T5
Y2
E4 · E10 · OE2
+5 NEW TOOLS: FigmaMixpanelAmplitudeLinearLoom
(no new categories — deepening existing tool fluency)
Cumulative tools 24/44
6/8 categories
T6
Y2
D4 · D5 · E14
+10 NEW TOOLS: ChatGPTClaudeGeminiGitHub CopilotTableauPower BISAP S/4HANA CloudOracle NetSuiteMiroLucidchart
+ NEW CATEGORIES:GenAI & LLM
Cumulative tools 34/44
7/8 categories
T7
Y3
T-track PEs
+3 NEW TOOLS: LangChainPineconeHugging Face
(no new categories — deepening existing tool fluency)
Cumulative tools 37/44
7/8 categories
T8
Y3
OE1 · OE3 · PRJ2
+7 NEW TOOLS: BubbleWebflowZapierMakeVercelv0.devQuickBooks Online
+ NEW CATEGORIES:Build & MVP
Cumulative tools 44/44
8/8 categories
Reading this analytics: The cumulative bar at the right of each row shows the total tools a BBA student has worked with by the end of that trimester. Categories listed as "new this trim" are first-activated — the student begins using tools from that category for the first time. Accounting & ERP activates in T2 via F3 (Tally Prime, Zoho Books), placing it among the earliest practical-software exposures alongside spreadsheets and SQL — a deliberate design choice that gives Indian-context accounting fluency from Year 1, not Year 3.
★
Workstation-ready guarantee: Every BBA graduate exits with working command of at least one tool from each of the eight categories. The combination — quantitative + BI + GenAI + finance + marketing + build + productivity + accounting/ERP — is what employers describe as "operator-ready" and is rarely found in undergraduate business programmes. The accounting/ERP category specifically closes the Indian-context gap that most BBA programmes miss — Tally Prime fluency for SMB and audit-firm work, plus exposure to ERP-class systems (SAP, NetSuite) for enterprise roles.
Placement Training
Placement training plan v2

Eight dedicated hours per trimester across seventeen topic and assessment-type categories — calendarised across seven active trimesters (T1-T7) plus two summer sprints (1S, 2S) and onboarding (T8). Categories are organised by SKILL and ASSESSMENT TYPE (not by career path) so a student can work on, say, "Case Interview & Problem-Solving" or "Probability & Quick Math" as a focused learning area regardless of which recruiter they target. Rebuilt for the 2026 placement reality: GMAT Focus Edition, MBB screening games, async video, WAT, deferred-MBA pathways.

01

Training philosophy

Placement training is treated as a distinct curricular thread — not bundled with out-of-class activities. It runs through every trimester, every student, every week.

Why 17 topic/assessment-based categories (not 9 career-path-based): A student who wants to improve "case interview structuring" or "probability brainteasers" or "WAT essay writing" can now find a single dedicated category — instead of extracting that one skill from a track-specific list that lumps IB technicals + Quant brainteasers + PM design + Sales roleplay together. Two students aimed at very different careers (one at McKinsey, one at HUL Future Leaders) might both be focused on Cat F (Behavioral & Async Video) in the same week — the story-bank + camera-presence skills are identical. Same logic for Cat G (case structuring), Cat L (coding under proctored timer), Cat O (Forage → STAR conversion).

Why 8 hours per trimester (up from 6): The 2026 placement reality demands more than aptitude + GD + PI. The modern bottleneck is the screening layer (Cats D + E) — McKinsey Solve (Redrock + Sea Wolf), BCG CCA + Casey + Pymetrics, Bain SOVA, SHL batteries, async video, SJTs — which cuts 60-80% of applicants before they see a human interviewer. Add Written Ability Tests (Cat H — WAT replacing GD at IIM-A/B/C/L), MBA test breadth (Cat Q — XAT/NMAT/SNAP/IIFT/CMAT/MICAT beyond CAT), deferred-MBA pathways (Cat Q — ISB YLP, Harvard 2+2, Wharton Moelis, Yale Silver Scholars), and track-specific modelling tests (Cats I, M, N — 3-hour IB DCF, 60-min PM PRD, GenAI take-home build, audit case study). 6 hours can't carry this. 8 hours can.

Dual-tracking + multi-format diagnostic: Every student takes a multi-format aptitude diagnostic in T1 Week 1 (CAT-style + SHL-style + GMAT Focus + LSAT-LR taster) and is profiled into Tier-A (top-25% premium-recruiter trajectory), Tier-B (mainstream placement), or Foundation-build. Tier-A students join an IMS / Career Launcher CAT/GMAT cohort with a minimum 20-mock commitment over Y1-Y2.

Outcome accountability: Every trimester's training has measurable target outcomes — mock scores, Forage completions, live mock counts, screening attempts, offer-pipeline metrics — attached to the placement office's quarterly review.

02

Seventeen topic + assessment categories

Placement training is structured across 17 categories organised by SKILL and ASSESSMENT TYPE — not by career path. Cats A–C cover aptitude testing; Cats D–E the screening layer; Cats F–H interview FORMATS (behavioral / case / written); Cats I–N track-agnostic technical disciplines (financial modelling / stock pitch / probability / coding / product / sales-regulatory-audit-AC); Cats O–Q resume-brand + compensation + higher-studies. A student looks at a category and says "I will spend X hours improving this specific skill" — without having to pick a career path first.

Cat A
Quantitative Aptitude

The numerical reasoning core underlying CAT-Quant, GMAT Focus Quant (60-90 scale, no Geometry), SHL Numerical, AMCAT Quant, eLitmus pH-test Quant. The single largest time sink across T1-T6 — daily speed + accuracy drilling, with sectional time-management as the discriminating skill.

Elements
  • Number systems — primes, factors, divisibility, modular arithmetic
  • Arithmetic — percentages, ratios, averages, profit-loss, simple/compound interest
  • Algebra — linear, quadratic, simultaneous equations, inequalities
  • Time-speed-distance, work-time (CAT only; not GMAT Focus)
  • Modern math — permutations, combinations, probability
  • Mensuration + Geometry (CAT only — Geometry REMOVED from GMAT Focus Feb 2024)
  • SHL Verify Numerical Reasoning — adaptive, time-bounded
  • AMCAT Quant module — production format used by 60%+ of campus recruiters
Primary trimesters: T1-T6 (continuous; intensity rises T3-T6)
Cat B
Verbal Aptitude & Reading Comprehension

Reading speed + critical reasoning across CAT-VARC, GMAT-Verbal (RC + CR only — Sentence Correction REMOVED from GMAT Focus Feb 2024), SHL Verbal, AMCAT Verbal. Audit-fix here: SC is no longer trained because the modern GMAT no longer tests it; reclaimed hours go to RC + CR depth.

Elements
  • Reading Comprehension — passage types, question stems, elimination, accuracy under timer
  • Critical Reasoning — argument structure, assumption, strengthen/weaken, evaluate, inference, paradox, boldface
  • Vocabulary in context (NOT memorization) — CAT-VARC requires this
  • NOT TRAINED — Sentence Correction (removed from GMAT Focus); ~12 hrs redirected to CR + RC
  • SHL Verify Verbal Reasoning — passage + true/false/cannot-say format
  • AMCAT Verbal — Indian English business-context passages
  • Para-jumbles + para-completion — CAT VARC distinctive
Primary trimesters: T1-T6 (continuous)
Cat C
Data Interpretation, Logical Reasoning & GMAT Data Insights

Pattern recognition under timer. CAT DI/LR + GMAT Focus Data Insights (replaced IR in Feb 2024 + absorbed Data Sufficiency from Quant) + SHL Inductive Reasoning. GMAT-Focus DI is the hardest of three GMAT sections and gets dedicated practice.

Elements
  • CAT-style Data Interpretation — tables, line/bar/pie, caselets
  • CAT-style Logical Reasoning — linear/circular arrangements, blood relations, syllogisms, ordering, puzzles
  • GMAT Focus Data Insights — Two-Part Analysis (hardest), Multi-Source Reasoning, Table Analysis, Graphic Interpretation
  • GMAT Focus Data Sufficiency — RELOCATED from Quant to DI in Focus Edition
  • SHL Inductive Reasoning — abstract pattern recognition
  • Combined caselets — DI + LR mixed sets (CAT-style)
  • Speed vs accuracy tradeoff tuning at sectional level
Primary trimesters: T1-T6 (continuous; GMAT DI emphasised T3 Sprint onward)
Cat D
Cognitive Screening Games (MBB + Premium-Consulting)

The single most-missed category in classical BBA placement training. 60-80% of premium-consulting applicants are cut at this screen BEFORE they ever see a case interviewer. Fundamentally different from aptitude — tests judgement-under-time-pressure with incomplete information, not arithmetic speed.

Elements
  • McKinsey Solve — Imbellus-built, ~65 min (Redrock Study + Sea Wolf); Sustainable Futures Lab at some offices (~85 min); Ecosystem Building retired July 2025
  • BCG Consulting Career Assessment (CCA) — 30-35 min behavioral + math + logic; new first screen 2025+
  • BCG Casey Chatbot — proprietary AI chatbot case interview
  • BCG Pymetrics — 12 neuroscience-style games × 91 behavioral/cognitive/social metrics
  • Bain SOVA — numerical + verbal + abstract + SJT (EMEA); Bain US runs HireVue / TestGorilla / Pymetrics
  • HireVue gamified assessments — tier-2 strategy + Big-4 advisory + some FMCG MT
Primary trimesters: T2 (intro) -> T4 (live timed attempts) -> T6 (mastery before real-recruiter cycle)
Cat E
Psychometric & Situational Judgement Tests

The fit-filter at the start of nearly every corporate MT programme + Big-4 audit + GCC analyst pipeline. Tests personality + judgement under workplace scenarios. Done well, candidates pass; done blindly, candidates are filtered out without feedback.

Elements
  • Situational Judgement Tests (SJTs) — Big-4 audit, ITC KITES, Asian Paints, Marico, Aditya Birla, FMCG MT
  • Big Five (OCEAN) personality assessment
  • Hogan Personality Inventory (HPI) — leadership + dark-side traits
  • Watson-Glaser Critical Thinking Appraisal — Big-4 advisory standard
  • Predictive Index (PI) — corporate MT
  • SHL OPQ32 personality questionnaire
Primary trimesters: T2 (intro) -> T4-T5 (SJT mastery) -> T6-T7 (live)
Cat F
Behavioral Interview — Live & Async Video

Cross-cutting skill — used at every recruiter from MBB to Big-4 audit to FMCG MT to GCC analyst. Live PI and async video are DISTINCT skills: live PI rewards conversational adjustment + reading the room; async video rewards camera presence + structured delivery with no human on the other side. Both depend on a strong STAR story bank as the substrate.

Elements
  • STAR story bank — 10-15 stories tagged by competency (leadership, teamwork, failure, conflict, initiative, analytical, communication, ambiguity, ethics, impact)
  • Live PI — panel + 1:1; conversational adjustment + reading the room
  • Async video — HireVue, Talview, Sova, Mettl: 60-second prep + 2-3-min record
  • Async camera presence — eye-line, lighting, framing, audio quality, pacing
  • Competency-mapping — which story for which competency, which recruiter, which difficulty
  • Behavioral fit signaling — culture-add vs culture-fit language
Primary trimesters: T1 (story bank intro) -> T3 (live + async live for real recruiters) -> T5-T7 (mastery)
Cat G
Case Interview & Business Problem-Solving

Live case interviews — the MBB / Big-4 strategy / corporate-strategy / advisory standard. The same format is also used as the audit case study + occasional PM final round + some corporate MT final rounds. Topic-based grouping: structuring + sizing + quantitative + synthesis are the same skills regardless of which firm tests them.

Elements
  • Case structuring — issue tree, MECE, framework adaptation (NOT blind framework application)
  • Hypothesis-driven analysis
  • Market sizing / Fermi estimation — as standalone round + embedded in cases
  • Quantitative analysis under pressure — % growth, breakeven, NPV in case context
  • Synthesis & recommendation — top-down structuring of the answer
  • Partner-round behavioral depth — "why us, why this firm"
  • Take-home written case — 2-hour analysis + 1-page partner memo (Bain partner-round + Big-4 strategy)
Primary trimesters: T4 (intro) -> T5-T6 (mastery, 10-15 live mocks) -> T7 (real recruiter rounds)
Cat H
Written Analytical Communication — WAT, GD & 1-Pagers

WAT (Written Ability Test) has REPLACED GD at IIM-A/B/C/L. GD is still active at IIM-K, MDI, SP Jain, NMIMS, XLRI alt-rounds, and corporate MT. 1-page case memos and sell-side research write-ups complete the written-analytical-communication picture. Audit-fix here: classical BBA programmes train GD for the old IIM format; the new WAT format needs explicit drilling.

Elements
  • WAT — 45-60 min analytical essay, 300-500 words on contemporary topic (replaces GD at IIM-A/B/C/L)
  • WAT essay craft — thesis + supporting evidence + counter-arg + conclusion structure
  • GD — IIM-K, MDI, SP Jain, NMIMS, XLRI alt-round, all corporate MT — structured-discussion technique
  • 1-page case memo — Bain partner-round style; case write-up under 60 min with structured recommendation
  • Sell-side written research formats — initiation note, quarterly update, sector primer
  • Contemporary-topic awareness — Indian economy, technology, ethics, geopolitics, social
Primary trimesters: T4 (WAT intro) -> T5 (WAT depth — 10 essays) -> T7 (live WAT at IIM/XLRI)
Cat I
Financial Modelling & Technical Finance

Core technical-finance content used across IB, ER, AM, PE, PMS, HF, S&T desks, corporate finance, and treasury roles. The 3-hour proctored modelling test has become the final discriminator at Bernstein, JPM AM, Marcellus, Spark Capital. The 400-question Vault / WSO Indo-American IB question bank is the de-facto coverage standard.

Elements
  • DCF — fully built from raw 10-K, including WACC, terminal value, sensitivity
  • LBO model — under 60 min for PE associate hiring
  • M&A accretion-dilution
  • 3-statement model — fully integrated, debt schedule, working capital
  • Comps + Transactions
  • Accounting — Ind-AS 109/115/116 + IFRS comparisons; Indian-specific accounting nuances
  • Valuation brainteasers — terminal value, beta unlevering, WACC traps
  • 400-Q WSO / Vault Indo-American IB technical question bank coverage
  • 3-hour proctored modelling test (build-from-raw)
  • Excel speed — VLOOKUP, INDEX-MATCH, pivot, formulas under proctored time
Primary trimesters: T4 (DCF intro) -> T5 (LBO + 3-statement) -> T6 (modelling test + 400-Q bank)
Cat J
Stock Pitch & Investment Writing

Format used at ER, AM, PMS, HF, PE, family-office, and some asset-management buy-side roles. 5-min live + 1-page initiation note + Q&A defense. Indian firms running this format: Marcellus, Helios Capital, Sundaram AMC, Carnelian, ASK Investments, Bernstein India, JPM AM India, Spark.

Elements
  • 5-min live stock pitch — thesis, valuation, risk, catalysts, recommendation
  • 1-page initiation note — written take-home (48-hour window)
  • Investment thesis defense — Q&A under panel pressure
  • Sector primer + comparable analysis
  • Earnings model + earnings-revision analysis
  • Catalyst mapping (3-6 month timeline)
  • Long + Short pitch (for hedge-fund interviews)
Primary trimesters: T5 (pitch intro) -> T6 (5-10 live pitches + written notes) -> T7 (real recruiter rounds)
Cat K
Probability, Brainteasers & Quick Math

The Quant / Algo / S&T gauntlet — Heard on the Street + Quant Job Interview Q&A. Fundamentally different from CAT-Quant: rewards probabilistic reasoning + mental math at speed + creative framing of open-ended problems. S&T desks at GS Mumbai, MS Mumbai, JPM Mumbai, BofA Mumbai run this format, distinctly from IBD.

Elements
  • Probability puzzles — Bayesian, conditional, classical (Heard on the Street style)
  • Brainteasers — combinatorics, expected value, infinite-series tricks
  • Mental math at speed — multiplication tables to 25, square/cube tables, decimal conversion
  • Estimation under uncertainty — Fermi-style with risk-of-error reasoning
  • Market awareness rapid-fire — intraday-PnL questions, current-events linkage
  • Quant Job Interview Q&A coverage (Mark Joshi, Xinfeng Zhou)
  • Brainteaser interview etiquette — think aloud, false-start recovery
Primary trimesters: T5 (intro) -> T6 (15-Q gauntlet practice) -> T7 (real recruiter rounds for Quant + S&T aspirants)
Cat L
Coding Assessments & Technical Tests

The production-grade coding screen. Audit-fix here: practising LeetCode in a notebook is NOT the same as solving on HackerRank's webcam-proctored timed IDE-restricted environment. Indian recruiters using these platforms: every analytics-firm (Mu Sigma, Tiger Analytics, Fractal), every GCC-tech (Microsoft, Google, Amazon Mumbai), every Indian unicorn tech-side.

Elements
  • HackerRank Skills Certifications (Problem Solving, SQL, Python, Java) — webcam-proctored
  • CodeSignal General Coding Assessment (GCA) — 4-task / 70-min standard
  • CoderPad live-coding rounds — collaborative, with interviewer
  • Codility tests
  • Python data analysis — pandas, numpy
  • SQL — joins, window functions, CTEs (NOT just SELECT * FROM)
  • C++ basics — required for Quant/Algo roles at Tower, Jane Street, AlphaGrep
  • System design 101 — for PM track entry-level conversations
  • Algorithmic problem-solving — easy-medium tier with explanation
Primary trimesters: T2 (intro), T4 (HackerRank Cert attempt), T6 (CodeSignal + CoderPad live)
Cat M
Product, GenAI & Tech Cases

The Tech / Product / Analytics / GenAI hiring stack. Used across FAANG India (Microsoft / Google / Amazon Mumbai), Indian unicorns (Razorpay / Cred / Atlassian / Zomato / Swiggy / Flipkart), and the emerging GenAI ecosystem (OpenAI India, Anthropic India, Cohere, Sarvam, Krutrim). The PRD-in-60-min is now the standard PM written exercise.

Elements
  • Design X for Y — live product-sense interview
  • Metrics RCA — root-cause-analysis on a metric drop or spike
  • A/B test design — hypothesis, metric, sample size, statistical significance
  • Prioritization frameworks — RICE (Reach x Impact x Confidence / Effort), MoSCoW, Kano
  • PRD-in-60-min — written exercise standard at Razorpay, Cred, Microsoft, Atlassian, Google India
  • Strategy rounds — competitive positioning, market-entry, expansion
  • Estimation / Fermi — embedded in PM interviews
  • LLM evaluation case — analyze model outputs, identify failure modes, design eval rubric
  • Model safety judgement — present an ambiguous safety scenario; defend recommendation
  • Take-home GenAI build — 48-72 hour project for OpenAI / Anthropic / Cohere / Sarvam / Krutrim hiring
Primary trimesters: T4 (intro) -> T5 (PRD-in-60-min) -> T6 (GenAI take-home + LLM eval) -> T7 (live rounds)
Cat N
Sales, Regulatory, Audit & Assessment-Centre Cases

The moderate-pay segment — 40-60% of BBA cohort lands in roles using these formats. Sales roleplay for FMCG MT (HUL Future Leaders, P&G, ITC, Marico, Dabur), B2B SaaS BDR/AE (Razorpay, Freshworks, Zoho, Salesforce India). Banking PO + wealth at HDFC / ICICI / Axis / Kotak. Big-4 audit at EY / KPMG / PwC / Deloitte. Operations MT at Reliance / Aditya Birla / Tata.

Elements
  • Sell-me-this-pen (objection handling, value framing)
  • B2B sales cycle simulation — discovery -> demo -> objection -> close
  • FMCG MT field-day defense — sales-route planning, distributor management
  • RBI / SEBI regulatory awareness — Banking PO, wealth management, audit
  • Banking products quiz — FD, MF, insurance, derivatives, structured products
  • KYC / AML scenarios
  • Wealth-management portfolio rebalancing — for assigned client persona
  • Audit-risk memo — for assigned Indian SME / listed company
  • Ind-AS / IFRS scenario walkthrough
  • Audit case study — full take-home (24-hour window)
  • Assessment Centre — in-tray exercise + group exercise + role-play + leadership case
Primary trimesters: T4 (intro) -> T5-T6 (track-aligned depth) -> T7 (live)
Cat O
Resume, Brand & Outreach (incl. Forage -> STAR Conversion)

All external-presentation craft consolidated: the triple-format resume + cover letter + LinkedIn brand + cold-email writing as a high-conversion discipline (not just a count of sends) + Forage virtual experiences with explicit STAR-story conversion (the audit-fix — recruiters look for Forage but only when it is converted properly).

Elements
  • Triple-format resume — 1-pg B-school (Indian consulting/IB), 1-pg international CV (US/UK), 2-pg corporate (Indian MNC)
  • Cover letter craft — 250-word, addressed-to-named-recruiter, role-thesis structure
  • LinkedIn profile — headline craft, About section, featured posts, recommendations farming
  • LinkedIn content posting — 1 post per fortnight from T3 onward, build personal brand
  • Cold email craft — opening line, evidence-of-research, value-add, ask, signature, follow-up cadence
  • Alumni outreach craft — coffee-chat invite + thank-you cadence + reciprocity building
  • Recruiter outreach — pre-application + post-application messaging
  • Forage virtual experiences — BCG, Deloitte, JPM, BofA, Citi, Microsoft, EY, KPMG, Goldman
  • Forage -> STAR conversion — each program produces 1 resume bullet + 2 STAR-format behavioral stories
  • Other certifications — HackerRank Skills, CodeSignal GCA, CFA Level 1, FMVA (CFI), WSP/WSO/BIWS, NCFM, NISM, Tableau, Power BI
  • Industry-event attendance — Mumbai, Bangalore, Delhi circuit
Primary trimesters: T1-T7 (resume v1->v4 cycle; outreach intensifies T3-T6; Forage portfolio across T1-T6)
Cat P
Compensation Literacy & Offer Negotiation

Indian unicorn realities — ₹40L CTC often hides ₹15L cliff-vested ESOPs with no liquid market. GCC RSU on USD basis carries currency-conversion risk. Sign-on bonuses, retention bonuses, non-compete clauses, joining-location flexibility — all negotiable but rarely negotiated. Audit-fix: depth beyond 60 minutes of vesting basics.

Elements
  • CTC decomposition — base + variable + signing + retention + stock + perks + hidden costs
  • ESOP / RSU vesting mechanics — 4Y/1Y-cliff standard; alternatives (5Y/2Y, monthly post-cliff)
  • Indian unicorn ESOP reality — illiquid market, secondary sales, FMV vs strike, tax bombs
  • GCC RSU (Microsoft / Google / Amazon Mumbai) — 4Y vest, USD basis, public-market liquidity
  • Tier-1 IB compensation structure — base + signing + Yr-1 bonus + Yr-2 bonus targets
  • Consulting comp — MBB associate vs Big-4 SC vs T2 strategy, lifestyle adjustment
  • Quant / S&T comp — base + bonus + PnL share + sign-on, Indian HFT realities (₹50L-3cr entry)
  • FMCG MT comp — Unilever / P&G / ITC / HUL — pension, ESOP, fast-track
  • Negotiation craft — anchoring, BATNA, multi-offer leverage, signing-bonus negotiation
  • Counter-offer handling — current intern host + competing recruiter
  • Onboarding negotiation — start date, location, team allocation, first project
Primary trimesters: T3 (CTC primer) -> T4 (ESOP/RSU depth) -> T6-T7 (live negotiation)
Cat Q
Higher Studies — MBA Tests & Deferred-MBA Pathways

Seven Indian MBA tests + GMAT Focus + deferred-MBA pathways (ISB YLP, Harvard 2+2, Wharton Moelis Advance Access, Yale Silver Scholars). Audit-fix: the deferred-admit story has to be built from T5 onward — not crammed into a single T8 session. Recommender management starts T3, with light-touch updates through T7 ask.

Elements
  • CAT — Indian primary MBA test (target 99%ile Tier-A, 85%ile+ Tier-B)
  • XAT — XLRI (Decision Making + descriptive essay; distinct from CAT)
  • NMAT — NMIMS + ISB MFAB (3-attempt mechanic)
  • SNAP (Symbiosis), IIFT (international trade), CMAT (NTA), MICAT (MICA — includes psychometric)
  • GMAT Focus Edition — for ISB PGP, ISB YLP, S.P. Jain, Great Lakes, select US MFin / MIM (60-90 sectional, 205-805 total, no SC, no AWA, Data Insights replaces IR)
  • ISB Young Leaders Programme (YLP) — fresher-eligible deferred admit (T6-T7 application window)
  • Harvard Business School 2+2 (T7 application), Wharton Moelis Advance Access (T7), Yale Silver Scholars (T7)
  • MIM (Masters in Management) — HEC, ESCP, LBS, ESSEC, IE
  • MS Finance / Business Analytics — Imperial, LSE, Bocconi, MIT Sloan MFin, CMU MSCF
  • Recommender identification (T3) + light-touch updates (T3-T7) + formal ask (T7 with 4-week window)
  • SOP / Essay craft — story-arc design, distinctiveness, evidence anchoring
  • School research + alumni informational interviews + info-session calendar
Primary trimesters: T3 (recommender ID + MBA-test landscape) -> T5-T6 (essay drafts + applications) -> T7 (interviews + decisions)
03

Trimester training plans

Week-by-week breakdown of the 8-hour placement training for T1-T7 + the two intensive summer sprints (1S, 2S) + T8 transition. Topics are mapped to current-trim and prior-trim skills + tagged with the 9 categories. T1 is expanded; click any other plan to expand it.

T1 T2 T3 1S T4 T5 2S T6 T7 T8
Training plans 1 of 10 open
T1

Quantitative + Behavioural Foundations

Placement training · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs total
Current trim skillsF1 Microeconomics · M1 Calculus + Lin Algebra · D1 Python · C1 Business Communication · E7 Organisational BehaviourPrior skillsEntry foundation — first trimester
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

T1 is the diagnostic + baseline trimester. Every student is profiled across multi-format aptitude (CAT-style + SHL-style + GMAT Focus + LSAT-LR), assigned to Tier-A (top-25% premium-recruiter trajectory) / Tier-B (mainstream placement trajectory) / Foundation-build (deficit-correction), and given a personalised 7-trimester roadmap. First Forage program completed. Resume v1 (B-school 1-page format) drafted and reviewed. Categories A (aptitude), F (cert), G (resume/brand) lead this trimester.

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Diagnostic (Cats A+B+C+D+E+F)
6 hrs
Multi-format aptitude diagnostic
TOPICS
  • 180-min full-length CAT-pattern diagnostic (proctored)
  • 90-min SHL-style diagnostic (numerical + verbal + abstract + inductive)
  • 60-min GMAT Focus Edition orientation + 30-min DI mini-diagnostic
  • 30-min LSAT-Logical-Reasoning taster (for consulting + Big-4 logic screens)
  • 1:1 profile review + Tier-A/B/Foundation assignment + personalised roadmap signed
Aligns with Establishes baseline across M1 (quant), C1 (verbal), and SHL-style company-side aptitude
Week outcome Every student profiled into Tier-A / Tier-B / Foundation-build with 7-trimester roadmap
Self-practice Review diagnostic answer key + write 1-page reflection on strengths + weaknesses across the 4 formats
Week 2
Quant foundations (Cat A)
6 hrs
Arithmetic + quantitative core
TOPICS
  • Number systems, percentages, ratios, averages — CAT-relevant
  • Profit-loss, simple-compound interest — CAT + SHL
  • Time-speed-distance — CAT (not GMAT Focus)
  • AMCAT quantitative module 1 (live attempt)
Aligns with Reinforces M1 (Computational Algorithms) week 2-3 material in test-prep context
Week outcome Quantitative foundation locked-in; AMCAT quant baseline score recorded
Self-practice 30 questions/day × 5 days from sectional workbook
Week 3
Verbal foundations (Cat B)
6 hrs
RC + CR (no SC — GMAT removed it)
TOPICS
  • Reading Comprehension — passage types, question stems, elimination strategy
  • Critical Reasoning — argument structure, assumption, strengthen/weaken, evaluate, inference
  • NOTE: Sentence Correction is NOT trained — removed from GMAT Focus Edition (Feb 2024+); CAT VARC doesn't include it either
  • VARC sectional time management
Aligns with Reinforces C1 (Business Communication) — extends the writing focus into reading rigour
Week outcome Verbal baseline established; SC explicitly NOT prepped (no longer tested)
Self-practice 1 RC passage + 5 CR per day, accuracy target 70%+
Week 4
DI / LR / Data Insights foundations (Cat C)
6 hrs
Data Interpretation + Logical Reasoning
TOPICS
  • DI — tables, line/bar/pie, caselets (CAT-style)
  • GMAT Focus Data Insights orientation — Multi-Source Reasoning, Table Analysis, Two-Part Analysis, Graphic Interpretation, Data Sufficiency (relocated from Quant)
  • LR — linear/circular arrangements, blood relations, syllogisms, ordering
  • AMCAT LR module (live attempt)
Aligns with Cross-cuts D1 (Python/data) — builds the pattern-recognition that data work also needs
Week outcome DI + LR baseline + first exposure to GMAT DI's distinctive question types
Self-practice 20 DI/LR puzzles per day
Week 5
Career path orientation (Cats Q + O)
6 hrs
High-pay tracks landscape + Indian MBA landscape
TOPICS
  • Premium-recruiter map — IB (GS/MS/JPM/Citi/BofA Mumbai), MBB (McK/BCG/Bain India), Big-4 strategy, S&T desks, Quant (AlphaGrep/Tower/Jane Street/Optiver India), Tech PM (Razorpay/Cred/Microsoft/Google India), FMCG MT (HUL/P&G/ITC/Unilever)
  • Moderate-pay map — Banking PO, Sales (B2B SaaS/FMCG field), Big-4 audit, Ops MT (Reliance/Aditya Birla/Tata)
  • Indian MBA test landscape — CAT, XAT, NMAT, SNAP, IIFT, CMAT, MICAT (7 tests, NOT just CAT)
  • Deferred-MBA preview — ISB YLP (T6-T7 application window), Harvard 2+2, Wharton Moelis, Yale Silver Scholars (T7 application window)
  • Compensation reality preview — CTC vs in-hand, ESOP vesting basics, GCC vs Indian unicorn vs IB
Aligns with Sets context for every later trimester's choices
Week outcome Each student writes a 1-page Career Hypothesis document — target track + 3 backup tracks + rationale
Self-practice Research 5 premium recruiters + 5 moderate-pay recruiters + write 2-line target rationale for each
Week 6
Resume v1 (Cat O)
6 hrs
Resume v1 — B-school 1-page format
TOPICS
  • B-school 1-page resume format — sections, fonts, density, action verbs
  • Triple-format awareness — when to use 1-pg B-school vs 1-pg international CV vs 2-pg corporate
  • Achievement quantification — STAR-anchored bullets, percentage / amount / time / scale
  • First peer-review round in pairs
  • Faculty review + targeted feedback
Aligns with C1 (Business Communication) crosses with placement immediately
Week outcome Resume v1 in faculty-reviewed state; tracked dashboard entry
Self-practice Apply faculty feedback + draft 2 alternative bullet formulations for each line
Week 7
LinkedIn + brand (Cat O)
6 hrs
LinkedIn profile + first 50 connections
TOPICS
  • Headline craft (5 word-fragment frameworks)
  • About section — first-person narrative, evidence-anchored, hooks
  • Featured posts + activity strategy
  • First 50 connections — alumni + recruiters + peers, with personalized 30-word connection notes (NOT bulk-blast)
  • LinkedIn search craft + alumni discovery
Aligns with Foundation for T2-T7 outreach + branding
Week outcome LinkedIn profile shipped; 50 personalized connection notes sent
Self-practice Track connection accept rate + first-message conversion rate weekly
Week 8
Forage 1 + STAR conversion (Cats O + F)
6 hrs
First Forage virtual experience — completion + conversion
TOPICS
  • Choose 1 Forage program aligned to Tier-A/B target track (BCG / JPM / BofA / Microsoft / Deloitte)
  • Complete the program (typically 6-8 hours of self-paced work over the week)
  • STAR-story conversion workshop — turn the Forage modules into 1 resume bullet + 2 behavioral stories
  • Resume bullet review with faculty
Aligns with Recruiters at Goldman / Bain / JPM explicitly look for Forage credentials — but only when properly converted to STAR stories
Week outcome 1 Forage completed + 1 resume bullet + 2 STAR stories shipped
Self-practice Practice telling each STAR story out loud, 90 seconds each
Week 9
Async video PI preview (Cat F)
6 hrs
Async video introduction
TOPICS
  • Why async video matters — Big-4 audit, FMCG MT, GCC analyst, every recruiter that scales screening
  • Platform demo — HireVue / Talview / Sova / Mettl mechanics
  • The format — 60-second prep, 2-3 minute record, no human on the other side
  • Camera presence — eye-line, lighting, framing, audio
  • Live recording attempt — 3 questions, peer review
Aligns with C1 (Business Communication) + new skill not present in live PI
Week outcome First async-video recording in portfolio; recorded baseline for T3-T5 improvement
Self-practice Record 5 behavioral questions per week, watch back, refine
Week 10
STAR story bank (Cat F)
6 hrs
Behavioral story bank — first 5 stories
TOPICS
  • STAR framework — Situation, Task, Action, Result
  • 10 competency areas — leadership, teamwork, failure, conflict, initiative, analytical, communication, ambiguity, ethics, impact
  • First 5 stories drafted from Y1 academic + co-curricular + personal experience
  • Story-bank tagging — which competency, which recruiter type, which difficulty level
  • Peer-tell + faculty critique cycle
Aligns with Direct input to every PI, async video, and case-interview fit round T2-T7
Week outcome 5 STAR stories in personal story bank, tagged + reviewed
Self-practice Tell each story to 3 different people; refine based on feedback
Week 11
Cold-email + alumni outreach craft (Cat O)
6 hrs
Cold email + alumni outreach — writing craft
TOPICS
  • High-conversion cold email anatomy — subject line, opener, evidence-of-research, ask, signature
  • 5 cold-email templates — coffee chat, informational interview, referral request, thank you, follow-up
  • LinkedIn DM craft — different from email, shorter, more conversational
  • First 5 alumni cold-emails drafted + sent
Aligns with Sets up T2 referral push with quality (high conversion rate) vs T2 with quantity (count of asks)
Week outcome 5 personalized cold-emails sent + open-rate + reply-rate tracked
Self-practice Send 1 alumni cold-email per week with measured A/B testing of opener variants
Week 12
Diagnostic 2 + sprint + deferred-MBA (Cats A+B+C + Q)
6 hrs
T1 close — diagnostic + sprint registration
TOPICS
  • End-of-T1 multi-format diagnostic (CAT + SHL + GMAT-Focus + AMCAT)
  • Comparison vs W1 baseline — improvement attribution
  • Updated 7-trimester roadmap with refined Tier assignment
  • Y1 summer GMAT/CAT Foundation Sprint registration for Tier-A students
  • ISB YLP + Harvard 2+2 + Wharton Moelis + Yale Silver Scholars informational session — for fresher-deferred-MBA aspirants (T7 application timeline)
Aligns with Closes T1, opens T2 with refreshed baseline + sprint commitment
Week outcome T1 diagnostic 2 + updated roadmap + sprint registration (~25% of cohort) + deferred-MBA tracker (~10% of cohort)
Self-practice Update personal placement-dashboard with all T1 outputs
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • Multi-format aptitude diagnostic complete (CAT + SHL + GMAT Focus + LSAT-LR style)
  • Tier assignment + personalized 7-trim roadmap signed
  • Resume v1 (B-school 1-page) drafted + first-round-reviewed
  • LinkedIn profile complete with first 50 alumni connections
  • First Forage program completed (BCG / JPM / BofA — student choice)
  • STAR story bank started (5 stories drafted)
  • Awareness of all 7 MBA entrance test landscapes + ISB YLP deferred-admit path
  • Awareness of all 9 placement-training categories + their roles
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

T2 is about building daily aptitude habits, completing 2nd-3rd Forage programs (different track exposure), introducing the screening layer (McKinsey Solve / BCG / Pymetrics demo), and shifting from cold-email quality to cold-email + referral-request velocity (20 sent with measured conversion). Categories A (aptitude), B (screening intro), F (cert), G (outreach), D (async video) lead.

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
CAT-Quant ramp (Cat A)
6 hrs
Number systems + equations deep dive
TOPICS
  • Number theory — primes, factors, divisibility, modular arithmetic
  • Equations — linear, quadratic, simultaneous
  • AMCAT live attempt (Quant section)
  • CAT-Quant sectional timer drills
Aligns with Reinforces M2 (Statistics + Probability) week 1-2 with test-prep overlay
Week outcome CAT-Quant sectional baseline 60%ile+; AMCAT Quant 70%ile+
Self-practice Daily 30-question quant sprint with timer
Week 2
VARC consistency (Cat B)
6 hrs
RC daily reps + CR depth
TOPICS
  • RC daily reps — 2 passages/day under timer
  • CR depth — boldface, inference, paradox, evaluate
  • Vocabulary expansion — context-based, NOT memorization
  • VARC sectional drills
Aligns with C1 (Business Communication) reinforced
Week outcome VARC sectional baseline 60%ile+; daily-reading habit locked-in
Self-practice 1 long-form article daily + summary in 3 sentences
Week 3
DI/LR + GMAT Data Insights (Cat C)
6 hrs
Mixed sets + GMAT DI question types
TOPICS
  • Mixed DI/LR sets — caselet, combined
  • GMAT Focus Data Insights — Two-Part Analysis (the harder one), Multi-Source Reasoning drills
  • Speed + accuracy tradeoff tuning
  • AMCAT LR live attempt
Aligns with M2 (Stats) crosses with DI/LR analytical pattern recognition
Week outcome DI/LR sectional baseline 60%ile+; GMAT DI familiarity established
Self-practice 20 puzzles + 1 GMAT DI Two-Part Analysis set per day
Week 4
SHL Numerical + Verbal live attempt (Cats A + B)
6 hrs
Production-grade aptitude attempt
TOPICS
  • SHL Verify numerical reasoning live attempt
  • SHL Verify verbal reasoning live attempt
  • SHL inductive (abstract pattern) reasoning practice
  • Why SHL differs from CAT — timing, format, adaptive logic
  • Indian recruiters using SHL — TCS BPS, Wipro, HUL, P&G, ITC, Big-4 advisory
Aligns with Bridges Category A (academic aptitude) and Category B (screening layer)
Week outcome SHL baseline score recorded; gap-vs-target analysis written up
Self-practice 1 SHL-format mock per week (free practice from SHL website)
Week 5
Cognitive screening games demo (Cat D)
6 hrs
McKinsey Solve + BCG + Bain + Pymetrics demo
TOPICS
  • McKinsey Solve — Redrock Study + Sea Wolf walkthrough (~65 min); Sustainable Futures Lab where used (~85 min); Ecosystem Building retired July 2025
  • BCG Consulting Career Assessment (CCA) — 30-35 min, behavioral + math + logic
  • BCG Casey chatbot — proprietary AI case interview demo
  • BCG Pymetrics — 12 games × 91 metrics demo
  • Bain SOVA — EMEA format; Bain US uses HireVue / TestGorilla / Pymetrics
  • All students attempt the FREE demo versions / Imbellus practice scenarios
Aligns with Sets up the T4-T7 screening-layer mastery arc
Week outcome Each Tier-A student has attempted ≥1 MBB-game demo; each has a written reflection on which screen suits their cognitive style
Self-practice Practice 1 Pymetrics-style game per week (free apps available)
Week 6
Forage 2 + STAR conversion (Cat O)
6 hrs
Second Forage — different track exposure
TOPICS
  • Choose 2nd Forage in a DIFFERENT track from T1's choice (cross-pollinate)
  • Complete program
  • STAR conversion → resume bullet + 2 stories
  • Resume v2 updated
Aligns with Builds cross-track signal; resume v2 shipped
Week outcome 2nd Forage complete; resume v2 in faculty-reviewed state
Self-practice Update LinkedIn featured projects with Forage badges
Week 7
Forage 3 + STAR depth (Cats O + F)
6 hrs
Third Forage + STAR stories 6-10
TOPICS
  • Third Forage program (consumer / FMCG / startup if previous were finance-leaning)
  • STAR stories 6-10 drafted — failure, conflict, ambiguity, ethics, impact-with-numbers
  • Peer-tell + critique cycles for stories 1-10
Aligns with Story bank reaches 10; cross-track signal further built
Week outcome 10 STAR stories in library; 3 Forages complete
Self-practice Tell story bank to 5 different alumni in coffee chats
Week 8
Cold-outreach high-conversion craft (Cat O)
6 hrs
20 referral requests — measured conversion
TOPICS
  • 20 referral requests sent over the week — varied recruiters + tracks
  • A/B testing of email opener variants
  • Open rate, reply rate, conversation conversion rate tracked
  • Refinement of templates based on data
  • What NOT to send (avoid common mistakes)
Aligns with Continues Category G; sets up T3 summer internship application cycle
Week outcome 20 referrals sent + 1-page learnings memo on what converted
Self-practice Continue 2 referral asks per week from T2 close onward
Week 9
Async video library expansion (Cat F)
6 hrs
Async video — 15-question library
TOPICS
  • Build async-video library to 15 questions — common behaviorals + 3-4 case primer questions
  • Self-review + peer-review cycle
  • Compare W2 baseline vs current quality
  • Async video etiquette — start, pace, sign-off
Aligns with Category D foundation locked-in
Week outcome 15-question async-video library; visible quality improvement vs T1 Week 9 baseline
Self-practice Add 1 new async video per week; rotate review with peer pod
Week 10
SJT + Big Five + Hogan intro (Cat E)
6 hrs
Situational Judgement Tests + Big Five
TOPICS
  • SJT format — Big-4 audit, ITC KITES, Asian Paints, Marico, FMCG MT
  • Big Five personality assessment (free version)
  • How to answer SJTs honestly while signaling fit
  • Hogan + Watson-Glaser preview (for T4-T5)
  • Decision-making frameworks under ambiguity
Aligns with Category B continues; foundation for Big-4 + FMCG MT recruitment in T6-T7
Week outcome SJT baseline attempt; Big Five profile in personal dashboard
Self-practice 1 SJT mock per week; reflect on patterns in answer style
Week 11
Resume v2 close (Cat O)
6 hrs
Resume v2 — refined + tracked
TOPICS
  • Apply all T2 feedback to resume v2
  • Differential review — what changed vs v1, why
  • Triple-format awareness — when to use 1-pg B-school vs 1-pg international CV vs 2-pg corporate
  • Faculty + alumni dual-review
Aligns with Resume cycle close
Week outcome Resume v2 in faculty + alumni-reviewed state
Self-practice Send resume to 2 senior alumni for direct feedback
Week 12
Mid-year diagnostic + sprint prep (Cats A+B+C + Q)
6 hrs
T2 close + Y1 Summer Sprint setup
TOPICS
  • Multi-format diagnostic (CAT + GMAT Focus + SHL)
  • Y1 Summer GMAT/CAT Foundation Sprint final registration (Tier-A)
  • Internship application timeline review — apps open W14-W18
  • Deferred-MBA tracker check-in (~10% cohort) — recommender preview + essay prep
Aligns with Sets up Y1 Summer Sprint + summer internship hunt
Week outcome T2 diagnostic 2 done; sprint commitments locked; internship application calendar in place
Self-practice Set summer goals: sprint score target + internship target + outreach pipeline
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • AMCAT + eLitmus + Wheebox practice scores at 70%ile+
  • Resume v2 reviewed + iterated
  • 2nd + 3rd Forage programs complete (different track + recruiter exposure)
  • First McKinsey Solve / BCG Casey / Pymetrics demo attempted (informational)
  • Async video recordings — library of 15 questions
  • 20 referral requests sent with measured open/reply/conversion rates
  • SHL-style aptitude live attempt + benchmarking
  • 10 STAR stories in library (up from 5 in T1)
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

T3 is the first internship-application trimester — students apply to summer 2026 internships with their refined resume v3, attempt their first live screening-layer assessments (SHL / AMCAT under real recruiter pressure), and shift from passive cert collection to active deal-flow. Categories A (aptitude consistency), B (screening live attempts), D (async PI live), G (outreach + brand) lead. The deferred-MBA story begins in earnest with recommender identification.

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Internship application kickoff (Cat O)
6 hrs
Application cycle + resume v3
TOPICS
  • Summer 2026 internship calendar — IB, consulting, FMCG, Big-4, analytics, startup
  • Resume v3 — adapted per target track (triple-format awareness)
  • Cover letter template development
  • Application tracker setup (Notion / Excel) — 30+ targets per student
Aligns with T3 opens the application cycle
Week outcome Resume v3 shipped; application tracker live; first 5 applications submitted by end of week
Self-practice Send 1 application per day for the next 4 weeks
Week 2
Live SHL / AMCAT real-recruiter attempt (Cats A + B + C)
6 hrs
First real-recruiter aptitude attempt
TOPICS
  • Live SHL or AMCAT or eLitmus attempt for a real recruiter — no second chance
  • Post-attempt debrief — what was different from practice
  • Calibration of practice intensity for T4-T6
  • Identification of weak sectional areas
Aligns with Category B moves from demo to live
Week outcome First live aptitude result in portfolio; calibrated practice plan for T4-T6
Self-practice Continue 30-min aptitude daily + targeted weakness drilling
Week 3
Live async video real-recruiter round (Cat F)
6 hrs
First real-recruiter async-video round
TOPICS
  • Live async-video interview for a real recruiter (HireVue / Talview / Sova)
  • Pre-recording prep — outfit, lighting, environment, water nearby
  • Post-recording debrief — confidence, pace, story selection
  • Refinement for next attempt
Aligns with Category D moves from practice to live; story bank gets stress-tested
Week outcome First live async-video round complete; debrief documented; refined approach for T4-T6
Self-practice Continue 2 async-video practice recordings per week
Week 4
CAT Mock 1 (Cats A+B+C)
6 hrs
First proctored CAT full-length mock
TOPICS
  • 3-hour proctored CAT mock at full intensity
  • Sectional + overall percentile recorded
  • Detailed accuracy + attempts + time-spent analysis
  • Targeted weakness remediation plan
Aligns with Starts the CAT mock cycle (target: 15-20 full-length mocks by T6 close)
Week outcome CAT Mock 1 percentile baseline; weakness map for T4-T6 intensive cycle
Self-practice Solve 1 sectional test per week + analyze every error
Week 5
GMAT Focus Mock 1 (Cats A+B+C)
6 hrs
First proctored GMAT Focus full-length
TOPICS
  • 2h15m proctored GMAT Focus full-length (Quant + Verbal + Data Insights, no SC, no AWA)
  • Section-by-section score on 60-90 scale + total 205-805
  • Question-type breakdown — especially Data Insights (Two-Part, Multi-Source, Table, Graphic, DS)
  • Comparison vs CAT performance + recommendation
Aligns with First GMAT full-length anchors Tier-A's higher-studies choice
Week outcome GMAT Focus baseline on official scale; CAT-vs-GMAT recommendation per student
Self-practice 1 GMAT DI sectional per week from official guide
Week 6
XAT primer + MBA test breadth (Cat Q)
6 hrs
XAT Decision Making + other test variants
TOPICS
  • XAT Decision Making section — ethical-business cases, no clear right answer, defensible choice
  • XAT essay — 250-word descriptive on contemporary topic (different from WAT)
  • NMAT format introduction (3-attempt strategy)
  • SNAP / IIFT / CMAT / MICAT distinctive sections preview
  • ISB YLP — fresher-eligible deferred-admit pathway awareness; T6-T7 application window
Aligns with Builds MBA-test breadth beyond CAT-only mindset
Week outcome Awareness of all 7 Indian MBA tests + ISB YLP timeline; XAT DM baseline attempt
Self-practice 1 XAT DM set per week from official archive
Week 7
Deferred-MBA recommender identification (Cat Q)
6 hrs
Recommender identification + light-touch updates
TOPICS
  • Identify 2 recommenders for deferred-MBA / future MBA application — usually 1 academic + 1 industry
  • Recommender file prep — what they need to know about you
  • First 'thank-you-for-mentoring' check-in email
  • Long-arc relationship plan — 3-6 check-ins between now and T7 ask
Aligns with ISB YLP / Harvard 2+2 / Wharton Moelis / Yale Silver Scholars all require strong recommenders; identification must happen 18+ months ahead
Week outcome 2 recommenders identified; first check-in sent; long-arc relationship plan documented
Self-practice 1 check-in per recommender per trimester from T3 onward
Week 8
Compensation literacy primer (Cat P)
6 hrs
CTC decomposition + ESOP basics
TOPICS
  • CTC decomposition — base, variable, signing bonus, retention bonus, stock, perks, hidden costs
  • ESOP / RSU framework — 4Y/1Y-cliff standard; secondary sale realities for unicorns
  • Indian unicorn comp reality — '₹40L CTC' often hides ₹15L cliff-vested ESOPs with no liquid market until IPO/secondary
  • GCC comp — Microsoft / Google / Amazon Mumbai RSU on USD basis
  • FMCG MT comp — HUL Future Leaders / P&G / ITC pension + fast-track
  • First-job tax bracket awareness — old vs new regime
Aligns with Sets up T6-T7 compensation negotiation
Week outcome Each student writes a 1-page CTC-decomposition memo for one target recruiter
Self-practice Research 3 target recruiters' typical CTC breakdowns from glassdoor + ambitionbox + alumni
Week 9
Forage 4 + portfolio audit (Cat O)
6 hrs
4th Forage + portfolio audit
TOPICS
  • Choose 4th Forage program — premium recruiter (Goldman / JPM / BCG / Microsoft / Deloitte)
  • Portfolio audit — do 4 Forages tell a coherent story? Adjust target track if signal is scattered
  • STAR conversion for 4th Forage
  • Update resume v3 with all 4 Forage signals
Aligns with Category F portfolio coheres; resume v3 updated
Week outcome 4 Forages complete with coherent track signal; resume v3 finalized
Self-practice Practice telling the cross-Forage story arc
Week 10
CAT Mock 2 + GMAT Mock 2 (Cats A+B+C)
6 hrs
Mock cycle continues
TOPICS
  • CAT Mock 2 — second full-length under proctored conditions
  • GMAT Focus Mock 2 (Tier-A) — full-length 2h15m
  • Comparison analysis vs Mock 1 — what improved, what didn't
  • Identification of plateau areas + targeted intervention
Aligns with Mock cycle progresses
Week outcome CAT Mock 2 percentile; GMAT Mock 2 total + sectionals; trend visible
Self-practice Analyze error patterns + create personalised review sheets
Week 11
Pre-summer review + brand check (Cats O + A+B+C)
6 hrs
Pre-summer sprint debrief
TOPICS
  • Application cycle results so far — accept rate, screen-pass rate, interview rate
  • Summer internship offer-set review — what was secured, what to push for during T3 close
  • Sprint readiness check — Tier-A students preparing for Y1 Summer GMAT/CAT Foundation Sprint
  • T4-T7 roadmap recalibration
Aligns with Closes T3 application cycle; sets up summer + T4
Week outcome T3 application metrics dashboard; summer internship locked; sprint commitments confirmed
Self-practice Set summer goals + sprint goals in writing
Week 12
T3 close + Y1 Summer Sprint kickoff (Cats A+B+C+Q)
6 hrs
Y1 Summer Sprint orientation
TOPICS
  • Multi-format end-T3 diagnostic
  • Y1 Summer GMAT/CAT Foundation Sprint orientation — 2-week intensive starts post-T3
  • Sprint daily plan — ~3 hrs/day × 5 days × 2 weeks
  • Sprint partnership terms — IMS / Career Launcher cohort for top 25%, minimum 20 full-length mocks during Y1-Y2 active prep cycle
Aligns with Bridge T3 → Y1 summer + T4
Week outcome T3 close diagnostic; sprint kickoff; summer roadmap committed
Self-practice Execute the sprint plan + 1 high-quality summer internship + 1 long-form personal project
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • Resume v3 shipped; first live recruiter applications submitted
  • First live SHL / AMCAT / eLitmus attempts vs real recruiter screens
  • First live async-video interview submitted to a real recruiter
  • 5+ summer 2026 internship applications submitted
  • Two deferred-MBA recommenders identified + light-touch updates begun
  • CAT Mock 1 + CAT Mock 2 attempted (T3 start of formal mock cycle)
  • GMAT Focus Mock 1 (full-length 2h15m) attempted
  • XAT awareness session — Decision Making + essay distinctive prep started
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

T4 is when track choice gets specific. Students commit to a primary track (IB / Consulting / Quant / PM / AI-PM / FMCG MT / Banking / Sales / Audit) and start track-specific interview prep. Screening-layer mastery begins (McKinsey Solve practice rotation, BCG CCA timed attempts, Pymetrics calibration). WAT prep introduced (45-60 min essay craft) replacing GD-only preparation. Categories B (screening mastery), C (live track-specific), D (WAT), E (early modelling exposure) lead.

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Track choice + 4-trim roadmap (Cat Q + meta)
6 hrs
Track commitment + 4-trim roadmap
TOPICS
  • Track selection workshop — primary + 2 backups
  • Track-specific recruiter map
  • T4-T7 interview prep calendar customized per track
  • Tier-A vs Tier-B trajectories per track
Aligns with Frames every subsequent week of T4-T7
Week outcome Track commitment signed; 4-trim customized roadmap; track-prep calendar
Self-practice Read 5 deep articles + 3 interviews of leaders in chosen track
Week 2
MBB games — McKinsey Solve + BCG CCA + Pymetrics live (Cat D)
6 hrs
McKinsey Solve + BCG CCA + Pymetrics live
TOPICS
  • McKinsey Solve full attempt (Redrock + Sea Wolf, ~65 min) — Imbellus environment
  • BCG Consulting Career Assessment (CCA) — 30-35 min
  • Pymetrics 12-game battery
  • Post-attempt debrief — score interpretation, what to improve
Aligns with Critical for MBB-aspiring Tier-A; informational for others
Week outcome Each Tier-A consulting aspirant has 1 live McKinsey Solve + 1 BCG CCA + 1 Pymetrics attempt logged
Self-practice Practice 1 Imbellus-style game per week from prep platforms
Week 3
WAT essays — first 2 (Cat H)
6 hrs
Written Ability Test — first essays
TOPICS
  • Why WAT replaced GD at IIM-A/B/C/L — context + format
  • WAT structure — 45-60 min, 300-500 words, analytical essay on contemporary topic
  • Essay craft — thesis, supporting evidence, counter-arg, conclusion
  • First 2 WAT essays written + faculty-reviewed
  • Common contemporary topics — Indian economy, technology, ethics, geopolitics, social
Aligns with Replaces purely-GD-focused thinking from older BBA programs
Week outcome 2 WAT essays in portfolio; faculty-reviewed; baseline word-per-min established
Self-practice 1 WAT essay per week with timer + self-edit
Week 4
First track-specific live mock (Cats G or I or J or K or L or M or N)
6 hrs
First track-specific live mock
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock — 1 hour, faculty + alumni mentor
  • Consulting track — first MBB-format case (structuring + math + synthesis)
  • IB track — first technical interview (DCF + LBO basics + 1 brainteaser)
  • Quant track — first probability brainteaser gauntlet (5 problems × 5 min)
  • PM track — first 'design X for Y' live + first metrics RCA
  • AI/GenAI PM track — first LLM evaluation case
  • Sales track — first sell-me-this-pen + objection handling roleplay
  • Banking PO track — first products + RBI/SEBI scenario
  • Audit track — first audit-case-study + technical accounting (Ind-AS) question
  • Ops MT track — first assessment-centre in-tray exercise
Aligns with Every student does the FIRST live track-specific mock under faculty + alumni evaluator
Week outcome 1 live track mock in portfolio per student; written debrief + improvement plan
Self-practice 10 practice questions in chosen track format per week
Week 5
Async video PI mastery (Cat F)
6 hrs
Async PI library expansion
TOPICS
  • Expand async-PI library to 25 questions
  • Live recruiter-submitted async videos to real recruiters (3+ submitted by end of week)
  • Quality review with platform-specific feedback
  • Edge-case practice — when nothing comes to mind, when you blank
Aligns with Category D operationalises for Tier-A + Tier-B real applications
Week outcome 25-question library; 3+ live submissions
Self-practice 1 new async video per week with weekly self-review cycle
Week 6
WAT essays 3-5 + 1-page case memo (Cat H)
6 hrs
WAT essays 3-5 + 1-page case memo
TOPICS
  • WAT essays 3-5 written under timed conditions
  • 1-page case memo introduction (Bain partner-round style) — written case write-up under 60 min
  • Difference between WAT analytical essay vs case memo (structured recommendation)
  • Peer-review cycle
Aligns with Category D continues — Bain-style 1-pager is partner-round norm
Week outcome 5 WAT essays + 1 case memo in portfolio
Self-practice 1 WAT + 1 case memo per fortnight
Week 7
Track-specific live mock #2 (Cats G or I or J or K or L or M or N)
6 hrs
Second track-specific live mock
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock #2 — different evaluator, increased difficulty
  • Consulting — full case with synthesis + recommendation
  • IB — DCF model live + 5-brainteaser gauntlet + 'tell me about latest deal' fit
  • Quant — 10-problem probability + brainteaser gauntlet under 60 min
  • S&T differential — separate track from IBD: rapid mental math + market awareness + intraday-PnL
  • PM — A/B test design + prioritization (RICE) live
  • AI/GenAI PM — model-safety judgement round
  • Sales — full sales-cycle roleplay (discovery → demo → objection → close)
  • Banking PO — wealth-product scenario + risk-assessment
  • Audit — full audit-risk memo write-up live
  • Ops MT — group exercise + in-tray simulation
Aligns with Track depth increasing
Week outcome 2 live track mocks per student; comparative debrief vs first mock
Self-practice Continue 10 questions/week + record self for review
Week 8
First track-specific take-home modelling (Cats I or M or N)
6 hrs
Track-specific modelling test introduction
TOPICS
  • IB / ER / AM track — 3-hour 3-statement-model build from raw data
  • PM / AI-PM track — 60-min PRD writing on a given problem statement
  • Consulting track — written case (2-hour analysis + 1-page memo)
  • Quant track — 90-min Python coding + 30-min C++ basics (on HackerRank-style proctored)
  • Sales / FMCG MT — sales-cycle case write-up (3-page sales plan)
  • Banking PO — risk-assessment memo + investment-recommendation write-up
  • Audit — full audit-case-study take-home (24-hour window)
Aligns with Category E introduced — modelling tests are now common final discriminators
Week outcome 1 track-specific modelling test in portfolio with faculty grading
Self-practice Build a personal model / PRD / memo per fortnight for portfolio
Week 9
CAT Mock 3 + GMAT Mock 3 + XAT Mock 1 (Cats A+B+C+Q)
6 hrs
CAT Mock 3 + GMAT Mock 3
TOPICS
  • CAT Mock 3 — full-length proctored
  • GMAT Focus Mock 3 (Tier-A) — full-length 2h15m
  • IMS/CL cohort progress check — mock count toward 20-mock target
  • XAT Mock 1 (for Tier-A targeting XLRI) — full-length 3 hours including DM
Aligns with Mock cycle continues; XAT enters
Week outcome CAT trajectory clear; GMAT trajectory clear; XAT baseline established
Self-practice Error analysis + targeted remediation
Week 10
Compensation deep-dive — ESOP/RSU/unicorn reality (Cat P)
6 hrs
ESOP / RSU mechanics + unicorn reality
TOPICS
  • ESOP vesting schedules — 4Y/1Y-cliff vs alternatives, exercise mechanics, tax
  • Indian unicorn ESOP — illiquidity, secondary sales, FMV gap, tax bombs
  • GCC RSU — Microsoft / Google / Amazon Mumbai on USD basis, public-market liquidity
  • Track-specific comp benchmarks — IB / Consulting / Quant / PM / FMCG MT / Banking PO / Audit / Ops MT
  • Multiple-offer leverage framework + BATNA
Aligns with Category H deepens — addresses the ₹40L-CTC-hides-₹15L-ESOP issue from audit
Week outcome Each student writes a 2-page comp memo for one premium recruiter target
Self-practice Research 5 recruiters' actual comp breakdowns (glassdoor + ambitionbox + alumni)
Week 11
Forage 5 + recommender check-in (Cats O + Q)
6 hrs
5th Forage + recommender update
TOPICS
  • 5th Forage program — premium or specialised recruiter
  • STAR story conversion
  • Resume v3.5 update
  • Recommender check-in #3 — share T4 progress (achievements, course outcomes, internship signal)
Aligns with Cert portfolio grows; deferred-MBA recommender relationship sustained
Week outcome 5 Forages complete; recommender check-in done
Self-practice Continue 1 thoughtful coffee chat per week with alumni
Week 12
T4 close + summer 2026 internship (Cats O + A+B+C)
6 hrs
T4 close diagnostic + summer 2026 internship final
TOPICS
  • T4 end diagnostic (CAT + GMAT + SHL)
  • Summer 2026 internship final — accept / decline decision
  • T5 prep roadmap
  • Deferred-MBA tracker check-in (~10% cohort)
Aligns with Bridges T4 → summer 2026 internship
Week outcome T4 diagnostic; internship accepted; T5 prep plan signed
Self-practice Set summer goals — internship deliverables + sprint + outreach
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • Track selection committed + signed (primary + 2 backups)
  • First McKinsey Solve / BCG CCA / Pymetrics timed live attempts
  • WAT — first 5 essays written + faculty-reviewed (45-60 min each, 300-500 words)
  • Track-specific interview prep — first 5 live mocks (case / stock pitch / PM design X / sales roleplay)
  • First modelling exposure (3-statement model build for IB/ER track; PRD-in-60-min for PM track)
  • CAT Mock 3 + CAT Mock 4 + GMAT Mock 3
  • Recommender check-in #3 (Cat I)
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

T5 is the mastery trimester for screening + track-specific live interviews + WAT essays. Students attempt 3-5 track-specific live mocks under increasingly senior evaluators. WAT essay portfolio reaches 10. First take-home modelling test submitted under proctored conditions (3-hour IB DCF / 24-hour audit case / 48-hour GenAI build). Deferred-MBA application essays begin draft cycle. Categories B, C, D, E lead; H deepens.

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Track-specific live mock #3 (Cats G or I or J or K or L or M or N)
6 hrs
Track-specific live mock #3
TOPICS
  • Track mock #3 — senior evaluator (alumni at Manager/VP level)
  • Increasing case difficulty / brainteaser intensity / PM scope
  • Targeted feedback drilled into next attempt
Aligns with Track mastery progresses
Week outcome 3 live mocks per student; comparative trajectory clear
Self-practice 10-15 practice problems in chosen format per week
Week 2
Screening battery — 2nd live attempts (Cats D + E + F)
6 hrs
Screening battery — second live attempts
TOPICS
  • Second McKinsey Solve / BCG CCA / Pymetrics attempt (with prep refinement vs T4 baseline)
  • Bain SOVA attempt (Tier-A)
  • Big-4 advisory SJT live attempt (Tier-B + advisory aspirants)
  • Async video at HireVue / Talview difficult-prompt practice
Aligns with Category B moves toward mastery
Week outcome Improved screening scores vs T4 baseline; live attempts logged
Self-practice 1 screening practice per week from official prep platforms
Week 3
WAT essays 3-5 + 1-page case memo (Cat H)
6 hrs
WAT essays 6-10 + 2 case memos
TOPICS
  • WAT essays 6-10 written under timed conditions on contemporary topics
  • 2 additional Bain-style case memos
  • Comparative review — improvement vs T4 baseline
  • Strategy — when to be analytical vs persuasive vs descriptive
Aligns with Category D portfolio reaches mature state
Week outcome 10 WAT essays + 3 case memos in portfolio
Self-practice 1 WAT + 1 case memo per fortnight
Week 4
Track-specific live mock #4 — partner-round style (Cats G or I or J or K or L or M or N)
6 hrs
Track mock #4 — partner / senior round style
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock #4 — senior/partner-round style
  • Consulting — partner-round behavioral depth + 'why us, why this firm'
  • IB — full pitchbook discussion + 400-Q WSO bank coverage check + S&T differential awareness
  • Quant — 15-question brainteaser gauntlet + 90-min Python+C++ coding round
  • PM — Strategy round + Estimation round (Fermi)
  • AI/GenAI PM — Take-home GenAI build defense + LLM-safety judgement
  • Sales — full B2B sales cycle simulation
  • Banking PO — full wealth-management scenario walkthrough
  • Audit — partner-round + audit-risk memo defense
  • Ops MT — full assessment-centre rotation
Aligns with Track depth at senior level
Week outcome 4 live mocks per student; partner-round readiness signal
Self-practice Tell your story to 3 industry contacts in chosen track
Week 5
First track-specific take-home modelling test (Cats I or M or N)
6 hrs
First track-specific take-home modelling
TOPICS
  • IB / ER / AM — 3-hour proctored DCF + LBO build from raw 10-K data
  • PM / AI-PM — 60-min PRD on a fresh problem statement; 48-hour PM-strategy take-home
  • Consulting — 2-hour written case analysis + 1-page partner memo
  • Quant — 90-min C++/Python coding + 30-min math gauntlet on HackerRank-proctored
  • Sales / FMCG MT — 1-week sales plan write-up for assigned segment
  • Banking PO — 24-hour wealth-portfolio memo for assigned client persona
  • Audit — 48-hour audit-risk memo + 1-page partner brief
Aligns with Category E live + graded
Week outcome 1 graded take-home modelling test in portfolio
Self-practice Refine the test output to portfolio-quality
Week 6
Deferred-MBA essay drafts — ISB YLP / HBS 2+2 / Wharton Moelis / Yale Silver Scholars (Cat Q)
6 hrs
ISB YLP / Harvard 2+2 / Wharton Moelis essay drafts
TOPICS
  • ISB YLP essay craft — fresher-deferred-admit story arc, distinctiveness, post-MBA arc
  • Harvard 2+2 essay — 'what would you like us to know about you'
  • Wharton Moelis essay — leadership + post-MBA arc
  • Yale Silver Scholars essay — distinctiveness + service ethic
  • First essay drafts for chosen deferred-MBA target (1-2 schools)
  • Recommender check-in #4 — share T5 progress
Aligns with Category I depth — replaces single 1.5-hour T8 session with sustained craft
Week outcome 1 deferred-MBA essay draft (~600 words) in portfolio; recommender check-in done
Self-practice Refine essay through 2 cycles in next 2 weeks
Week 7
Async video library expansion (Cat F)
6 hrs
Async video library expansion
TOPICS
  • Async-video library to 35 questions
  • 5+ live recruiter-submitted async-video rounds in portfolio
  • Strategic story-rotation — which story for which competency
  • Quality benchmark — Tier-A target async-video score 85%+
Aligns with Category D mature
Week outcome 35-Q library; 5+ live submissions; benchmark hit
Self-practice Continue 2 new async videos per week
Week 8
Track mock #5 + comp scenario (Cats G or I or J or K or L or M or N + P)
6 hrs
Track mock #5 + comp scenario
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock #5
  • Negotiation craft — anchoring, BATNA, signing-bonus negotiation
  • Multi-offer leverage scenario
  • Common comp negotiation mistakes (and how to avoid)
Aligns with Both track and comp categories mature
Week outcome 5 track mocks per student; comp negotiation framework absorbed
Self-practice Roleplay comp negotiation with peer or mentor
Week 9
CAT Mocks 5+6 + GMAT Mock 4 + XAT/NMAT/SNAP (Cats A+B+C+Q)
6 hrs
Mock cycle intensifies
TOPICS
  • CAT Mock 5 + CAT Mock 6 (back-to-back week)
  • GMAT Focus Mock 4 (Tier-A)
  • Cumulative mock count toward 20-mock target
  • XAT + NMAT + SNAP mock attempts (Tier-A targeting all 4)
Aligns with Mock cycle high-intensity
Week outcome 6 CAT mocks done; 4 GMAT mocks done; multi-test exposure
Self-practice Error analysis at the cumulative level — patterns across mocks
Week 10
Track-specific live mock #6 — peer-evaluator round (Cats G or I or J or K or L or M or N)
6 hrs
Track mock #6 — peer-evaluator round
TOPICS
  • Track-specific peer-led mock (rotation)
  • Develop interviewer skill — useful for negotiating later
  • Peer feedback structured around STAR + competency mapping
Aligns with Track depth + interviewer empathy
Week outcome 6 live mocks per student; peer-interviewer experience added
Self-practice Run 1 mock for a peer per fortnight from T5 onward
Week 11
Forage 6 + portfolio audit (Cat O)
6 hrs
6th Forage + portfolio audit
TOPICS
  • 6th Forage — track-aligned premium recruiter
  • Portfolio audit — 6 Forages should tell coherent story aligned with primary track
  • STAR conversion + resume v4 draft
  • International recruiter Forages (BoA, Citi, JPM for Mumbai presence)
Aligns with Cert portfolio mature; resume v4 in draft
Week outcome 6 Forages; resume v4 draft
Self-practice Polish resume v4 with 3 cross-pollination edits
Week 12
T5 close + summer internship + deferred-MBA cycle (Cats O + Q)
6 hrs
T5 close + summer 2026 internship + deferred apps
TOPICS
  • T5 close diagnostic
  • Summer internship execute (May-Jul 2026) — deliverable expectations + PPO targeting
  • ISB YLP early-application timing (June 2026 cycle close)
  • Wharton Moelis / Harvard 2+2 application timing review (Sep-Oct 2026)
  • Recommender check-in #5
Aligns with Bridge T5 → summer 2026 internship + Y2 sprint + deferred-MBA
Week outcome T5 close diagnostic; summer roadmap signed
Self-practice Execute summer internship + ISB YLP application (if eligible)
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • 10 track-specific live mocks completed
  • 10 WAT essays in portfolio
  • First take-home modelling test submitted (track-specific)
  • Async-video library at 35 questions
  • ISB YLP / Harvard 2+2 / Wharton Moelis / Yale Silver Scholars essay drafts started (T7 application targets)
  • Recommender check-in #4
  • CAT Mock 5 + 6 + 7 + GMAT Mock 4
  • Track-specific recruiter shortlist finalised (10-15 target firms)
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

T6 is the placement-cycle ramp trimester. Track-specific live mock cycles continue at peak frequency (1 per week). CAT mock cycle peaks (target 99%ile attempts in Nov CAT). First premium-recruiter live interviews. Comp negotiation rehearsed. Async-video, screening, WAT all at production quality. Categories C, E, H, I peak this trimester.

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
Track mock 7 + CAT Mock 8 (Cats G or I or J or K or L or M or N + A+B+C)
6 hrs
Track + CAT joint
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock #7
  • CAT Mock 8 in IMS/CL cohort
  • Specialised CAT-Quant sectional drills (top-of-curve fine-tuning)
Aligns with Peak intensity begins
Week outcome 7 track mocks; 8 CAT mocks
Self-practice Daily 60-min targeted aptitude practice
Week 2
Track mock 8 + modelling test 2 (Cats G or I or J or K or L or M or N)
6 hrs
Modelling test 2 + track depth
TOPICS
  • Second take-home modelling test (different format from T5 one)
  • IB / ER — full pitchbook draft (12-slide) for assigned company
  • PM / AI-PM — Take-home GenAI build (48 hours)
  • Consulting — Take-home written case with quantitative analysis
  • Quant — HackerRank Skills Certification attempt (Problem Solving, SQL, Python)
  • Sales / FMCG MT — 2-week sales-plan execution case
  • Banking PO — 1-week wealth-portfolio rebalancing scenario
  • Audit — Take-home full Indian SME audit memo
Aligns with Category E peak — final discriminator practice
Week outcome 8 track mocks + 2 modelling tests in portfolio
Self-practice Refine modelling outputs to portfolio-quality
Week 3
Final screening attempts + track mock 9 (Cats D + E + F + G or I or J or K or L or M or N)
6 hrs
Final screening attempts + track mock
TOPICS
  • Third / final live McKinsey Solve / BCG CCA attempts before real-recruiter window opens
  • Async-video live submission to 2-3 real recruiters
  • Track-specific live mock #9
Aligns with Screening readiness peak
Week outcome 9 track mocks; final screening attempts logged
Self-practice Light-touch maintenance of screening prep
Week 4
Cumulative track mock 10 + CAT Mock 9 (multi-cat)
6 hrs
Cumulative track + aptitude mid-T6 check
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock #10 (double-digit milestone)
  • CAT Mock 9
  • Trajectory review — am I tracking toward target?
Aligns with Mid-T6 check-in
Week outcome 10 track mocks; 9 CAT mocks; trajectory clear
Self-practice Targeted gap-closing based on trajectory
Week 5
Compensation negotiation rehearsal — 2 scenarios (Cat P)
6 hrs
Offer negotiation rehearsal
TOPICS
  • Rehearse comp negotiation for 2 hypothetical offer scenarios — track-specific
  • Anchoring + BATNA + signing-bonus + retention + ESOP complexity
  • Multi-offer leverage — what to disclose to whom
  • Counter-offer handling — current intern host vs competing recruiter
  • Counter-offer response timing
Aligns with Category H operationalises for actual offers in T7
Week outcome 2 rehearsed offer scenarios with peer + faculty review
Self-practice Run negotiation scenario with alumni at target recruiter
Week 6
Track mock 11 + final pre-CAT calibration (multi-cat)
6 hrs
Last mocks before CAT live + first premium interviews
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock #11
  • CAT Mock 10 — pre-Nov-test final calibration
  • First premium-recruiter live interview windows beginning to open
Aligns with Approaching CAT live + premium recruiter window
Week outcome 11 track mocks; 10 CAT mocks
Self-practice Rest + recovery as critical as practice now
Week 7
CAT November test live (Cats A+B+C)
6 hrs
CAT November test execution
TOPICS
  • CAT November test (Tier-A target 99%ile, Tier-B target 85%ile+)
  • Post-test debrief
  • XAT timing — January
  • NMAT 2nd-attempt timing (if applicable)
Aligns with Aptitude apex — actual exam
Week outcome CAT live test attempted
Self-practice Rest + recovery between tests
Week 8
Track mock 12 + first premium-recruiter live round (multi-cat)
6 hrs
First live premium-recruiter rounds
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock #12
  • First premium-recruiter live interview attended (1st-round screening), debrief
  • Specific recruiter-prep for each upcoming round
Aligns with Live recruiter cycle begins
Week outcome 12 track mocks; 1+ live premium-recruiter round attended
Self-practice Recruiter-specific deep-prep before each subsequent round
Week 9
Track mock 13 + XAT final prep (multi-cat + Cat Q)
6 hrs
XAT-final prep + track mock
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock #13
  • XAT mock final intensification (Tier-A targeting XLRI Jan exam)
  • Decision-Making sectional drills
Aligns with Aptitude continues; track depth deepens
Week outcome 13 track mocks; XAT prep peak
Self-practice Continue daily XAT practice
Week 10
Track mock 14 + 3rd modelling test (multi-cat)
6 hrs
Third modelling test + track mock
TOPICS
  • Third take-home modelling test — different track-specific format
  • Track-specific live mock #14
Aligns with Modelling depth + track depth
Week outcome 14 track mocks + 3 modelling tests
Self-practice Continue track-specific drilling
Week 11
Track mock 15 + offer pipeline + comp prep (multi-cat + Cat P)
6 hrs
Offer pipeline + track mock
TOPICS
  • Track-specific live mock #15 (15-mock milestone)
  • Live offer pipeline status check
  • First T7 placement window calendar
Aligns with Approaching T7 placement-cycle peak
Week outcome 15 track mocks; offer-pipeline visibility
Self-practice Continue recruiter-specific deep prep
Week 12
T6 close + T7 placement-cycle ramp (all cats)
6 hrs
T6 close — placement-cycle ramp into T7
TOPICS
  • T6 close diagnostic
  • T7 placement-cycle action plan
  • ISB YLP / Harvard 2+2 / Wharton Moelis / Yale Silver Scholars interview prep (~3-10% cohort)
  • Recommender final check-in
Aligns with Bridge T6 → T7 placement peak
Week outcome T6 close diagnostic; T7 placement action plan
Self-practice Maintain pace through T7
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • 15-20 track-specific live mocks completed (cumulative)
  • CAT Mock 8-12 + GMAT Mock 5-6 + XAT Mock 3 attempted
  • CAT November test attempted (Tier-A target 99%ile, Tier-B target 85%ile+)
  • First premium-recruiter live interview rounds attended
  • 2-3 take-home modelling tests submitted (track-specific)
  • Async-video portfolio at 50 questions
  • Comp negotiation rehearsed for 2 offer scenarios
  • Recommender check-in #6 + #7
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

T7 is the final placement-cycle trimester. Live premium-recruiter rounds dominate. Each student is in active interview pipeline for 5-15 firms. Offer management + multi-offer negotiation begins. CAT/GMAT/XAT/NMAT results out — IIM/XLRI/NMIMS/ISB interview rounds for higher-studies cohort. ISB YLP interview round (~10% cohort). Deferred-MBA interviews for Harvard 2+2 etc. Categories C (live), H (offer management), I (deferred-MBA interviews) peak.

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week 1
First live premium-recruiter rounds (Cats F + G or I or J or K or L or M or N)
6 hrs
First live premium rounds
TOPICS
  • Premium-recruiter 1st-round live rounds attended
  • Same-day debrief + next-day refinement
  • Story bank live in pressured context
Aligns with Live cycle begins
Week outcome 1-2 premium 1st rounds attended; STAR stories battle-tested
Self-practice Recruiter-specific deep prep before next round
Week 2
Premium 2nd round + comp negotiation prep (multi-cat + Cat P)
6 hrs
2nd-round technical depth
TOPICS
  • Premium-recruiter 2nd-round technical interviews
  • Detailed comp scenario rehearsal — for 1st offer expected
  • Multi-offer pipeline mapping
Aligns with Technical depth + comp readiness
Week outcome 2nd rounds attended; comp negotiation rehearsed for live scenario
Self-practice Continue recruiter-specific deep prep
Week 3
ISB YLP + HBS 2+2 + Wharton Moelis + Yale Silver Scholars interview prep (Cat Q)
6 hrs
Deferred-MBA interview prep
TOPICS
  • ISB YLP interview prep — fresher-distinctive-story arc, post-MBA-arc, leadership
  • Harvard 2+2 interview prep (~3% cohort)
  • Wharton Moelis + Yale Silver Scholars interview prep
Aligns with Category I peaks for deferred-MBA cohort
Week outcome Deferred-MBA interview prep complete
Self-practice Rehearse with peer + alumni
Week 4
Premium partner/final round (multi-cat)
6 hrs
Partner-round + final-stage interviews
TOPICS
  • Premium-recruiter partner / final-round interviews
  • Behavioral depth + 'fit with firm' deep dive
  • Decision intuition demonstration
Aligns with Final-stage practice
Week outcome Partner-round attended; offer signal received
Self-practice Continue prep cadence
Week 5
First offer reception + comp negotiation execution (Cat P)
6 hrs
First offer received + negotiation
TOPICS
  • First offer received — comp decomposition reality check (CTC vs in-hand vs ESOP/RSU)
  • Counter-offer leverage discussions
  • Multi-offer scenario mapping
  • Negotiation execution
Aligns with Comp category lives
Week outcome First offer secured (Tier-A); negotiation in progress
Self-practice Continue interview cycle for backup offers
Week 6
IIM / XLRI / NMIMS interview rounds (Cats Q + H)
6 hrs
Higher-studies interview rounds
TOPICS
  • IIM-A/B/C/L interviews — WAT + interview format
  • XLRI interview — distinctive style
  • NMIMS interview — fast-track format
  • ISB MFAB interview (if applicable)
Aligns with Category I + A — higher-studies cycle
Week outcome Higher-studies interviews attended (~25% cohort)
Self-practice Continue interview prep cadence
Week 7
Second offer pipeline + counter-offer negotiation (multi-cat + Cat P)
6 hrs
Second offer pipeline + negotiation
TOPICS
  • Second offer pipeline if applicable
  • Counter-offer execution for 1st offer using 2nd offer as leverage
  • Final decision framework — fit, pay, growth, story
Aligns with Multi-offer reality
Week outcome 2nd offer or counter-offer execution
Self-practice Reflect on decision criteria
Week 8
Premium late-stage rounds 3/4 (multi-cat)
6 hrs
Continuing live premium-recruiter cycle
TOPICS
  • Continued live rounds at remaining premium recruiters
  • Deep-dive prep before each round
Aligns with Continuous live cycle
Week outcome Continued pipeline
Self-practice Continue interview discipline
Week 9
Late-cycle premium + Tier-B activation (multi-cat)
6 hrs
Late-cycle premium + Tier-B activation
TOPICS
  • Tier-B placement window activates — corporate MT programs, GCC analyst roles, mid-tier consulting
  • Late-cycle premium-recruiter rounds for Tier-A backups
Aligns with Pipeline expansion
Week outcome Both Tier-A late cycle + Tier-B active
Self-practice Refresh resume for Tier-B variant
Week 10
Higher-studies admit results + placement-vs-MBA decision (Cat Q)
6 hrs
IIM / XLRI / NMIMS / ISB results
TOPICS
  • Higher-studies admit decisions arriving
  • Cross-decision — placement offer vs higher-studies offer
  • ISB YLP final-decision result + counter-options for those who didn't convert
Aligns with Category I culminates
Week outcome Higher-studies admits clarified; placement-vs-MBA cross-decision made
Self-practice Reflect + decide
Week 11
Late-cycle offer reception (Cat P)
6 hrs
Late-cycle offer reception
TOPICS
  • Late-cycle offers received
  • Multi-offer decision framework activated
  • Comp negotiation execution for any remaining offers
Aligns with Convergence
Week outcome All offers received; decision framework activated
Self-practice Make the final call
Week 12
T7 close — final decision + T8 onboarding prep (all cats)
6 hrs
T7 close — decision + T8 prep
TOPICS
  • Final decision on placement / higher-studies / deferred-MBA
  • Decision communicated to all parties
  • T8 onboarding prep — what to study, what to learn, what to do
  • Recommender final-thank-you sent
Aligns with Closes T7 + opens T8 onboarding
Week outcome Final placement / MBA decision; T8 onboarding plan
Self-practice Begin T8 onboarding
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • First placement offer secured (Tier-A by mid-T7, Tier-B by T7 close)
  • 5+ premium-recruiter live interview rounds attended
  • Multi-offer scenarios managed (Tier-A)
  • Comp negotiation executed on 1+ offer
  • ISB YLP interview round attended (~10% cohort)
  • Harvard 2+2 / Wharton Moelis / Yale Silver Scholars interviews attended (~3% cohort)
  • IIM/XLRI/NMIMS interviews attended (~25% cohort)
  • Recommender final-thank-you sent
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

T8 is the transition trimester. Placed students prep for onboarding + first-job-readiness. Unplaced students (typically 5-15% of cohort) get focused late-cycle support. Deferred-MBA waitlist students manage admission cycle. Category H (final comp execution + onboarding negotiation) + Category C (late-cycle support) lead. Reduced 4 hr/week for placed cohort, 8 hr/week for unplaced cohort.

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week Wk 1-4
Onboarding for placed + late-cycle for unplaced (Cats P + F + multi-cat)
4 hrs
Placed cohort onboarding + unplaced cohort late-cycle
TOPICS
  • Placed cohort — first-job-readiness training, technical skill bridge, soft-skill polish, onboarding negotiation (start date, location, team)
  • Unplaced cohort — focused interview prep cycle + 2nd-tier company outreach + ad-hoc recruiter relationships
Aligns with Final placement push for unplaced; onboarding for placed
Week outcome Placement-cohort tracking dashboard at >90% by Wk 4
Self-practice Continue role-specific prep
Week Wk 5-8
ESOP/RSU final + tax + onboarding negotiation (Cat P)
4 hrs
ESOP / RSU / Tax + Onboarding final
TOPICS
  • Final ESOP / RSU acceptance + tax planning
  • Indian unicorn ESOP reality reckoning — what's actually liquid
  • GCC RSU on USD basis — currency risk
  • First-job tax filing prep — old vs new regime, deductions
Aligns with Final comp execution with full understanding
Week outcome All offers accepted with full understanding
Self-practice Personal financial-plan first draft
Week Wk 9-12
T9 internship + T10 capstone roadmaps (Cat O + meta)
4 hrs
Internship + capstone roadmaps
TOPICS
  • T9 internship target identification + outreach (placed cohort = onboarding internship at hired firm; unplaced = traditional internship)
  • T10 capstone topic identification + faculty advisor matchmaking
  • Deferred-MBA waitlist student management
Aligns with Bridge T8 → T9 internship + T10 capstone
Week outcome T9 + T10 roadmaps signed; deferred-MBA waitlist managed
Self-practice Execute T9 internship + start T10 capstone
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • All placed students onboarded with start-date + role-clarity
  • All unplaced students placed by T8 close (target 95%+ cohort placement)
  • Comp acceptance executed with full understanding (ESOP/RSU, vesting, tax)
  • Deferred-MBA waitlist students managed
  • T9 internship + T10 capstone roadmaps signed
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

The Y1 Summer Foundation Sprint targets Tier-A students for an intensive 2-week aptitude push between T3 close and Y2 internship. ~3 hrs/day × 5 days × 2 weeks = 30 hours. Format covers all three primary MBA tests (CAT, GMAT Focus, XAT) plus production-grade aptitude (SHL/AMCAT under timed proctored conditions). Outsourced partnership with IMS or Career Launcher provides 20+ additional full-length mocks during Y1 summer + Y2 active prep.

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week Sprint W1 D1-2
Quant deep dive — CAT + GMAT joint (Cat A)
6 hrs
Quant intensive — CAT + GMAT Focus joint
TOPICS
  • Number systems + algebra + arithmetic + modern math (CAT)
  • GMAT Focus Quant — 60-90 scale, all topics (no geometry)
  • Sectional drills + timer training
  • Common-pitfall walkthrough
Aligns with Aptitude apex
Week outcome Quant baseline locked across both tests
Self-practice Continue 60 questions/day
Week Sprint W1 D3-4
Verbal deep dive — RC + CR (Cat B)
6 hrs
RC + CR (no SC) + CAT VARC nuance
TOPICS
  • RC — passage types, question stems, accuracy under timer
  • CR — argument structure, common traps
  • VARC vocabulary in context (NOT memorization)
  • GMAT Focus Verbal nuances — different from CAT
Aligns with Verbal baseline locked across both tests
Week outcome VARC baseline established
Self-practice 2 RCs/day + 10 CRs/day
Week Sprint W1 D5
DI + GMAT Data Insights (Cat C)
6 hrs
DI + GMAT Data Insights distinctive types
TOPICS
  • Classical DI — tables, charts, caselets (CAT)
  • GMAT Focus Data Insights — Two-Part Analysis (hardest), Multi-Source Reasoning, Table Analysis, Graphic Interpretation, Data Sufficiency (relocated from Quant)
  • Speed-accuracy tradeoff tuning
  • GMAT DI vs CAT DI — different cognitive demands
Aligns with GMAT DI is the hardest section of modern GMAT; gets dedicated time
Week outcome GMAT DI baseline + CAT DI baseline both established
Self-practice 1 full DI set + 1 GMAT DI sectional per day
Week Sprint W2 D1-2
Logical Reasoning + puzzles (Cat C)
6 hrs
LR depth — CAT-style
TOPICS
  • Arrangements (linear + circular + matrix)
  • Blood relations + directions
  • Syllogisms + critical reasoning
  • Speed drills
Aligns with LR baseline locked
Week outcome LR sectional baseline 75%ile+
Self-practice 30 puzzles/day
Week Sprint W2 D3-4
CAT + GMAT + XAT full-length mocks (Cats A+B+C+Q)
6 hrs
Sprint Mocks — CAT + GMAT + XAT
TOPICS
  • CAT Sprint Mock 3 — full-length 3 hours proctored
  • GMAT Focus Sprint Mock 3 — full-length 2h15m
  • XAT Sprint Mock 1 — full-length 3 hours including DM + essay
  • Detailed debrief for each — sectional + overall + trajectory
Aligns with Mock cycle bulks up; trajectory visible
Week outcome 3 sprint mocks in portfolio; trajectory toward T4-T6 targets
Self-practice Error log + remediation plan for each test
Week Sprint W2 D5
Sprint close + Y2 commitments + recommender (Cats A+B+C + Q)
6 hrs
Sprint debrief + Y2 commitments
TOPICS
  • Sprint outcome dashboard
  • IMS / Career Launcher cohort kick-off — 20+ full-length mocks committed for Y2
  • Personal weakness map + 8-month remediation plan
  • Deferred-MBA recommender check-in #2
  • ISB YLP / Harvard 2+2 application timeline calendar
Aligns with Sprint closes; Y2 commitments lock
Week outcome Sprint dashboard; Y2 mock-cycle commitment; deferred-MBA timeline
Self-practice Execute weakness-remediation plan over rest of summer
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • CAT mock score at 75%ile+ (target trajectory toward 90%ile by T6 close)
  • GMAT Focus baseline at 605+ (target trajectory toward 685+ by T6 close)
  • XAT mock baseline at 70%ile+
  • 20 full-length mocks committed for Y1 summer + Y2 active prep via IMS/CL partnership
  • Personal weakness map locked + 8-month remediation plan
▸ PLACEMENT TRAINING · 6 hrs/wk × 10 wks · 60 hrs

Y2 Summer Final Sprint targets the final 4 months before T6 placement-cycle ramp + CAT Nov test. 40 hours over 3 weeks of summer break (post-summer internship). Format covers CAT final-form mocks (12+), GMAT Focus final-form mocks (4+), XAT/NMAT/SNAP mocks (2 each), Forage 7+8 completion, deferred-MBA applications submitted (ISB YLP, Wharton Moelis, Harvard 2+2, Yale Silver Scholars).

10-Week Plan · 6 hrs/wk · 60 hrs total
Week Sprint W1
CAT Mocks 7-10 + sectional sharpening (Cats A+B+C)
15 hrs
CAT Mocks 7-10 + sectional sharpening
TOPICS
  • 4 CAT full-length mocks (W1)
  • Sectional sharpening between mocks based on error patterns
  • VARC daily speed drills
Aligns with Cumulative CAT mock count toward 99%ile target
Week outcome 10+ CAT mocks done; trajectory toward 99%ile
Self-practice Error log + targeted remediation between mocks
Week Sprint W2
GMAT + XAT + NMAT multi-test mock intensification (Cats A+B+C+Q)
15 hrs
Multi-test mock intensification
TOPICS
  • 3 GMAT Focus mocks (W2)
  • XAT Mock 2 + 3 (Tier-A → XLRI)
  • NMAT Mock 1 + 2 (NMIMS + ISB MFAB-aspirants)
  • Multi-test sectional sharpening
Aligns with Test breadth + depth simultaneously
Week outcome GMAT + XAT + NMAT trajectory clear
Self-practice Error log per test
Week Sprint W3
Deferred-MBA application submission + Forage 7+8 close (Cats Q + O)
10 hrs
Application submission + Forage 7+8
TOPICS
  • ISB YLP application submission (~10% cohort)
  • Harvard 2+2 / Wharton Moelis / Yale Silver Scholars submission (~3% cohort)
  • Forage 7 + 8 completion (track-aligned)
  • Resume v4 final + LinkedIn profile final
Aligns with Sprint closes; T6 cycle begins
Week outcome Deferred-MBA applications submitted; 8 Forages complete; resume v4 + LinkedIn final
Self-practice T6 prep ramp
Target Outcomes (end of trimester)
  • CAT trajectory at 90%ile+ (target 99%ile by T6 close)
  • GMAT Focus baseline at 685+ (target 705+ by T6 close)
  • XAT + NMAT + SNAP mocks at 80%ile+
  • ISB YLP application submitted (~10% cohort)
  • Harvard 2+2 / Wharton Moelis / Yale Silver Scholars applications submitted (~3% cohort)
  • Resume v4 finalised
  • Async-video library at 45 questions
Global Certifications
Industry-issued global certifications

One industry-issued credential per trimester, mandatory inside one course. Zero MOOC certificates (Coursera / Udemy / edX). T6 has a core cert plus 8 PE-track-specific alternatives — one per specialisation.

01

Certification philosophy

Certifications are industry-issued only. Every credential below is published directly by the issuing company (AWS, Microsoft, Google, Meta, Bloomberg, Tableau, CFA Institute, Python Institute, Corporate Finance Institute, HubSpot, Strategyzer, Pragmatic Institute, QuantInsti) — NOT third-party MOOCs from Coursera, Udemy, edX, or course-aggregator platforms.

Mandatory inside a course: Each certification is attached to one specific course in that trimester. Passing the exam is the course's signature assessment — replacing the conventional end-trimester exam or accounting for ≥40% of the course grade.

T6 has two layers: a core certification mandatory for all students, plus one of 8 PE-track-specific certifications mandatory based on the student's chosen PE-1 specialisation.

Cost coverage: KLBS negotiates campus partnerships with all issuers (academic discount typical: 30–60%). Net student cost per credential ranges from free (HubSpot, GAIQ) to ~₹40,000 (Pragmatic, CFA IFC). Total 3-year cert budget per student: ~₹50,000–80,000 over 6 certifications.

Indian-context tool training (not a global cert, but embedded in courses): Tally Prime is the accounting software the vast majority of Indian SMBs, audit-firm clients, and family businesses actually use. Although it does not appear in the global certifications catalog above (which is dominated by US/EU-issued credentials), Tally Prime hands-on fluency is built directly into the curriculum — primarily through F3 Financial Accounting (vouchers, ledgers, GST setup, Schedule-III final accounts) and F4 Management & Cost Accounting (cost-centres, cost-categories, job costing, budget variance reports), with a 12-hour Tally Prime + Zoho Books Practical Bootcamp as a T2 out-of-class workshop. Students who want the formal credential pursue Tally Solutions' official Tally Education TallyACE / TallyPRO certification independently — KLBS hosts the trainer on campus.

02

Trimester certifications

One mandatory global certification per trimester, mapped to a specific course. T6 has a core cert plus 8 PE-track-specific alternatives.

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7
T1

Quantitative + Behavioural Foundations

Global certification · industry-issued
Current trim skillsF1 Microeconomics · M1 Calculus + Lin Algebra · D1 Python · C1 Business Communication · E7 Organisational BehaviourPrior skillsEntry foundation — first trimester
▸ GLOBAL CERTIFICATION · mandatory in D1 PYTH
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG4/5 · High demand · 8-14 LPA tier · Low-cost subscription

Google Data Analytics Professional Certificate

Google · delivered via Coursera — globally recognised, industry-issued
Mapped to: D1 PYTH
📋 8 self-paced courses · graded peer + auto-graded assessments · ~3-6 months

Python + analytics literacy is now table-stakes for analyst-track roles. The Google Data Analytics Professional Certificate is the most-recruited Year-1 credential globally — covers spreadsheets, SQL, Tableau, R, AND Python. Aligns directly with D1 PYTH (Python Pandas + visualisation) and gives students an early portfolio-ready credential. Recognised by Google's hiring partner consortium (250,000+ employers including Bain, Capgemini, Cognizant, Deloitte). Listed in the KL Global Certifications Catalog at 8-14 LPA tier with high demand signal.

Alternatives Considered
  • Microsoft Certified: AI Fundamentals (AI-900) — broader AI literacy, less data-analytics depth
  • Google AI Essentials — shorter (~8-10 hrs) but lower in employer signal weight
T2

Accounting · Statistics · Marketing Core

Global certification · industry-issued
Current trim skillsF3 Financial Accounting · M2 Statistics + Probability · D2 Data Engineering SQL · F6 Business Environment · E3 Marketing MgmtPrior skillsF1 Micro · M1 Calc · D1 Python · C1 BCOM · E7 ORGB (T1)
▸ GLOBAL CERTIFICATION · mandatory in E3 MKTG
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG5/5 · High demand · 28-35+ LPA tier · Low-cost

Meta Certified Digital Marketing Associate

Meta (Facebook) Blueprint Certification — industry-issued, globally recognised
Mapped to: E3 MKTG
📋 60–80 questions · 90 min · proctored online

Every D2C brand, agency, ad-tech firm, e-commerce company hires entry-level marketers with Meta Blueprint. It directly tests skills used on the job — campaign setup, audience targeting, optimisation, attribution. Google Ads cert is alternative but Meta has higher signal for D2C/consumer roles in India 2026. Industry-issued by Meta directly — not a MOOC. Listed in the KL Global Certifications Catalog at 28-35+ LPA tier with 5/5 rating + high demand signal.

Alternatives Considered
  • Google Ads Certification — strong alternative; choose if student's PE track is more SEO/SEM-leaning
  • HubSpot Inbound Marketing Cert — easier but lower signal at top recruiters
T3

Macro Context · Machine Learning · Analytics

Global certification · industry-issued
Current trim skillsF2 Macroeconomics · F4 Cost Accounting · D3 Machine Learning · E13 Business AnalyticsPrior skillsT1: F1, M1, D1, C1, E7 · T2: F3, M2, D2, F6, E3
▸ GLOBAL CERTIFICATION · mandatory in E13 BANA
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG4/5 · High demand · 20-28 LPA tier · Low-cost

Salesforce Certified Tableau Desktop Foundations

Salesforce / Tableau — industry-issued, globally recognised
Mapped to: E13 BANA
📋 Self-paced online assessment · ~2-4 weeks prep time · proctored

Tableau is the single highest-ROI BBA-level analytics tool — listed in JD requirements at consulting firms (Bain, Kearney), analytics firms (Fractal, Tiger, Mu Sigma), corporates (Reliance, HUL, ITC), and IB capability centers. The Desktop Foundations cert is the Year-2 appropriate entry credential — covers data prep, visualisation, dashboards, calculated fields. Industry-issued by Salesforce/Tableau directly — not a MOOC. Listed in the KL Global Certifications Catalog at 20-28 LPA tier. Students who want premium depth can pursue the higher-tier 'Salesforce Certified Tableau Data Analyst' (28-35+ LPA tier) as an upgrade path in T6.

Alternatives Considered
  • Microsoft Certified: Power BI Data Analyst Associate (PL-300) — equally valid; choose by student preference
  • Microsoft Certified: AI Fundamentals (AI-900) — broader AI literacy, also acceptable
T4

Finance · Operations · Design-Thinking

Global certification · industry-issued
Current trim skillsC2 Negotiation · E1 Corporate Finance · E5 Operations Mgmt · E9 Business Model + Design ThinkingPrior skillsT1+T2+T3 entire foundation: F1-F4, M1-M2, D1-D3, C1, F6, E3, E7, E13
▸ GLOBAL CERTIFICATION · mandatory in E1 CFIN
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG4/5 · Medium demand · 8-14 LPA tier · Low-cost

Bloomberg Market Concepts (BMC)

Bloomberg L.P. — industry-issued, globally recognised gold standard
Mapped to: E1 CFIN
📋 8-hour e-learning across 4 modules (Economic Indicators · Currencies · Fixed Income · Equities) + final assessment

BMC is the most-named entry-level finance credential at Goldman Sachs / J.P. Morgan / Morgan Stanley / Citi / BNP Paribas / Deutsche Bank graduate program JDs. It directly trains on the Bloomberg Terminal — the day-1 tool at every IB / trading floor / sell-side research desk. Industry-issued by Bloomberg directly — not a MOOC. Listed in the KL Global Certifications Catalog at 8-14 LPA tier. Approximate cost: ~$249 per student; KLBS should explore a campus licence for bulk discount.

Alternatives Considered
  • CFA Investment Foundations Certificate — strong alternative, more accounting-focused (see T5)
  • ACCA F2/F3 — only if student is set on accounting/audit career path
T5

Investments · Brand · SCM · People + Language

Global certification · industry-issued
Current trim skillsE2 Investments + Capital Markets · E4 Consumer Behaviour + Brand · E6 Logistics + SCM · E8 HRM + Talent · FL-1 Foreign LanguagePrior skillsComplete Y1 + T4 — every foundation + functional core
▸ GLOBAL CERTIFICATION · mandatory in E2 ICAP
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG4/5 · High demand · 8-14 LPA tier · Free learning, paid certificate

CFI Financial Modeling & Valuation (FMVA) Free Courses

Corporate Finance Institute (CFI) — industry-issued credential
Mapped to: E2 ICAP
📋 Self-paced free courses with assessments · 2-3 months · cumulative free certificate at completion (paid premium tier unlocks full FMVA designation in T6)

CFI FMVA is the most-recognised financial-modelling credential globally for entry-mid finance roles. The Free Courses tier covers core financial analysis, valuation methods, DCF + LBO modelling, and accounting fundamentals — perfectly aligned with E2 ICAP (Investments & Capital Markets). Listed in the KL Global Certifications Catalog at 8-14 LPA tier. The free learning tier gives students substantive coverage; those committing to finance careers upgrade to the full paid FMVA in T6 (which is mapped as the T6 per-track cert for the Investment Banking specialisation). Recognised by every Indian + global bulge-bracket bank, every Big-4 valuation practice, every PE/VC firm.

Alternatives Considered
  • CFA Institute Investment Foundations Certificate (IFC) — investment-focused alternative, ~$350
  • NISM Series-XV Research Analyst — India-specific regulator certification for SEBI-registered roles
  • Bloomberg ESG Concepts — if student is sustainable-finance focused
T6

GenAI · BI · Digital Transformation + First PE

Global certification · industry-issued
Current trim skillsD4 Generative AI, LLMs, Agents · D5 Digital Transformation · E14 BI + Executive Dashboards · PE-1 (one of 8 tracks)Prior skillsFull Year 1 + Year 2 Trims 1+2 — every prior course
▸ GLOBAL CERTIFICATIONS · core + 8 PE-track alternatives
CORE · MANDATORY FOR ALL STUDENTS
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG5/5 · High demand · 28-35+ LPA tier · Low-cost

Microsoft Certified: AI Business Professional (AB-730)

Microsoft — industry-issued, globally recognised foundational AI credential
Mapped to: D4 GAIA
📋 Proctored online · ~2-4 weeks prep · low-cost

Foundational AI literacy credential for every BBA graduate in 2027–28 hiring market, regardless of track. Microsoft AI Business Professional (AB-730) is the highest-rated AI-business credential in the KL Global Certifications Catalog (5/5 rating, 28-35+ LPA tier, high demand). Microsoft Copilot + Azure AI are the dominant enterprise AI stack — this cert directly tests business-context AI fluency required at every Fortune 500 + every Indian conglomerate adopting AI in 2027-28. Industry-issued by Microsoft directly — not a MOOC. Alternative pathways: AWS AI Practitioner, Google Cloud Generative AI Leader (also catalog 28-35+ LPA tier).

PE-TRACK SPECIFIC · ONE CERTIFICATION PER SPECIALISATION TRACK
T1 Investment Banking & Global Capital Markets
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG4/5 · High · 8-14 LPA · Free learning, paid cert
CFI Financial Modeling & Valuation Analyst (FMVA)
Corporate Finance Institute (CFI) — industry-issued
→ T1-PE1 FMOD (Financial Modelling, Valuation & Pitchbook Craft)

FMVA is the gold-standard global certification for IB analyst skills. 24 courses + 50+ exercises building 3-statement, DCF, M&A, LBO models. Listed in JDs at every bulge-bracket and mid-market IB. Listed in the KL Global Certifications Catalog. ~$497 self-paced cost; KLBS can negotiate cohort discount.

T2 FinTech & Digital Banking Innovation
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG4/5 · High · 20-28 LPA · Low-cost
AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner (CLF-C02)
Amazon Web Services — industry-issued
→ T2-PE1 PAYS (Payments Infrastructure, UPI & India Stack)

FinTech infrastructure runs on cloud. AWS Cloud Practitioner certifies foundational cloud literacy — required at Razorpay, PhonePe, Cred, Slice for product/operations roles. Listed in the KL Global Certifications Catalog at 20-28 LPA tier. ~$100 cost.

T3 Decision Intelligence & Applied AI
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG5/5 · High · 28-35+ LPA · Medium-cost
Microsoft Certified: Power BI Data Analyst Associate (PL-300)
Microsoft — industry-issued
→ T3-PE1 CAUS (Causal Inference, Experimentation)

PL-300 is the most-required analyst credential at consulting firms (Bain, Kearney, Deloitte S&O), corporates (every Fortune 500 India office), and analytics firms. Listed in the KL Global Certifications Catalog at 28-35+ LPA tier with 5/5 rating. Different from Tableau Desktop Specialist (T3 mandatory) — students with both have dual platform fluency. ~$165 cost.

T4 Brand Leadership & Growth Marketing
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG5/5 · High · 28-35+ LPA · Free
Google Analytics Certification
Google — industry-issued (Google Analytics Academy → Skillshop)
→ T4-PE1 BRAN (Brand Strategy & Positioning)

Every brand manager / digital marketing / e-commerce role requires GA4 fluency. Google Analytics Certification is Google's direct credential, free, listed in the KL Global Certifications Catalog at the 28-35+ LPA tier with 5/5 rating. Re-certifies annually. Combined with Meta Blueprint (from T2), students have the full digital marketing credential stack.

T5 Venture Building & Entrepreneurial Leadership
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG5/5 · High · 28-35+ LPA · Free
HubSpot Revenue Operations Certification
HubSpot Academy — industry-issued
→ T5-PE1 FNDR (Founder Mindset, Customer Discovery)

RevOps is the modern founder-essential discipline integrating sales + marketing + customer success. HubSpot Revenue Operations Certification is the top-rated venture-building cert in the KL Global Certifications Catalog (5/5, 28-35+ LPA tier, free). HubSpot CRM is the default sales/marketing stack at most early-stage Indian + global startups. Stronger than the older 'HubSpot for Startups' positioning — RevOps signals modern founder fluency that recruiters actively look for in 2026-27.

T6 Strategy Consulting & Corporate Advisory
Strategyzer Practitioner Certificate (Business Model + Value Proposition Canvas)
Strategyzer — industry-issued (founded by Alex Osterwalder, author of Business Model Generation)
→ T6-PE1 STFR (Strategy Frameworks, MECE, Storyline Design)

Strategyzer's canvases are used inside every MBB engagement and in corporate strategy departments globally. The Practitioner Certificate signals genuine framework fluency — distinct from passing reading lists. ~$295 cost.

T7 AI Product Management & Growth Leadership
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG5/5 · High · 28-35+ LPA · Medium-cost
Professional Scrum Product Owner I (PSPO I)
Scrum.org — industry-issued, globally recognised
→ T7-PE1 AIPS (AI Product Strategy & Use Case Mapping)

Product roles in 2027-28 increasingly require formal product-management credentials. PSPO I is the highest-rated PM credential in the KL Global Certifications Catalog (5/5, 28-35+ LPA tier). Recognised globally at every product organisation — Atlassian, Adobe, Salesforce, Indian B2B SaaS leaders (Freshworks, Postman, Zoho). Tests deep product-owner competence — backlog management, value-driven priorities, stakeholder alignment, agile leadership. Pragmatic Institute Foundations (~$1,495) remains a strong alternative for students preferring marketing-product blend.

T8 Algorithmic Trading & Financial Engineering
QuantInsti Quantra Certified Algorithmic Trader (CAT)
QuantInsti (BSE Institute Group affiliated) — industry-issued
→ T8-PE1 MIST (Market Microstructure, Order Books & Trading Mechanics)

QuantInsti's CAT is the most-recognised algo-trading credential in India + emerging markets. Used at Tower Research / Quantbox / WorldQuant India hiring. Combines theory + Python implementation. ~$899 cost.

T7

Specialisation Deepens · Venture + 2 PEs + Capstone

Global certification · industry-issued
Current trim skillsE10 Venture Creation & Founder Leadership · PE-2 (track-specific) · PE-3 (track-specific) · PRJ1 Capstone 1Prior skillsAll of Year 1, Year 2 + 2 summer internships + T6 PE-1
▸ GLOBAL CERTIFICATIONS · core + 8 PE-track alternatives
CORE · MANDATORY FOR ALL STUDENTS
✓FROM KL GLOBAL CATALOG5/5 · High demand · 28-35+ LPA tier · Low-cost

Microsoft Certified: AI Transformation Leader

Microsoft — industry-issued, globally recognised
Mapped to: E10 VENT (Venture Creation & Founder Leadership)
📋 Proctored online · ~3-5 weeks prep · low-cost

T7 marks the transition from analyst-track to leader-track. Microsoft Certified: AI Transformation Leader tests strategic AI-deployment competence — exactly what founders, product leaders, and consulting senior associates need in 2027-28. Highest-rated leadership-track AI credential in the KL Global Certifications Catalog (5/5, 28-35+ LPA tier). Maps to E10 Venture Creation (every founder needs AI strategy fluency) and adds a strong leadership signal to placement applications. Industry-issued by Microsoft directly — not a MOOC. Alternatives: Google Cloud Generative AI Leader (also 28-35+ LPA tier catalog), LinkedIn Marketing Insider (for marketing-track students).

PE-TRACK SPECIFIC · ONE CERTIFICATION PER SPECIALISATION TRACK
T1 Investment Banking & Global Capital Markets
CFI Capital Markets & Securities Analyst (CMSA)
Corporate Finance Institute (CFI) — industry-issued
→ T1-PE2 (M&A and LBOs) + T1-PE3 (Equity Research, Industry Analysis & Initiating Coverage)

CMSA is the natural advanced step after FMVA (T6 cert) — covers capital markets, sales & trading, equity research, fixed income, derivatives. Required at every Goldman / Morgan Stanley / Citi / JPMorgan IBD analyst program. ~$497 self-paced cost; bundle discount with FMVA available.

T2 FinTech & Digital Banking Innovation
ACAMS Certified Anti-Money Laundering Specialist (CAMS)
ACAMS (Association of Certified Anti-Money Laundering Specialists) — industry-issued, globally most-recognised AML credential
→ T2-PE2 (Digital Lending, Credit Underwriting & BNPL) + T2-PE3 (Neo-Banking, BaaS & Embedded Finance)

Every FinTech in lending, payments, neo-banking, or BaaS has a compliance + risk function — CAMS is mandatory for many roles. Single highest-ROI FinTech cert. ~$1,495 cost (student discount available); KLBS should explore ACAMS Academic Outreach Programme.

T3 Decision Intelligence & Applied AI
Databricks Certified Machine Learning Associate
Databricks — industry-issued
→ T3-PE2 (Forecasting, Time-Series & Demand Planning) + T3-PE3 (Optimization, Decision Modelling & OR)

Databricks is now the dominant ML platform at Fortune 500 + most large Indian conglomerates. The ML Associate cert tests real-world ML pipeline construction — directly used at Fractal / Tiger / Mu Sigma senior analyst hiring. ~$200 cost. Pairs with the PL-300 (T6 cert) for full data-stack fluency.

T4 Brand Leadership & Growth Marketing
Salesforce Marketing Cloud Email Specialist
Salesforce — industry-issued
→ T4-PE2 (Performance Marketing, Growth Loops & CAC-LTV) + T4-PE3 (Content, Creator Economy & Owned-Channel)

Salesforce Marketing Cloud is the most-deployed enterprise marketing platform globally. The Email Specialist cert signals technical fluency in marketing automation, journey-building, segmentation — top hire signal for senior brand / MarTech roles at HUL / ITC / Tata / Mahindra and global FMCG. ~$200 cost.

T5 Venture Building & Entrepreneurial Leadership
Reforge Growth Series — Foundations of Growth
Reforge — industry-issued (founded by ex-Hubspot / Pinterest growth leads)
→ T5-PE2 (Fundraising, Pitch Craft & Investor Negotiation) + T5-PE3 (GTM Engineering, Sales Motion & Pricing)

Reforge is the gold-standard advanced growth credential — taught by the practitioners running growth at top startups + Series-B+ companies. Used directly in hiring at every PLG SaaS startup in India + globally. Founder-track essential. ~$1,995 cost; KLBS should explore cohort-discount partnership.

T6 Strategy Consulting & Corporate Advisory
Strategyzer Master Certificate (Advanced Strategy Practitioner)
Strategyzer — industry-issued (Alex Osterwalder)
→ T6-PE2 (Industry Deep Dives, Market Entry & Growth Strategy) + T6-PE3 (Operations Transformation, Cost-Out & Performance Improvement)

The Master Certificate is the advanced step after the Practitioner (T6 cert) — covers innovation pipelines, testing, scaling, portfolio management. Used internally at McKinsey / Bain / BCG strategy practices. Pairs with PMI CAPM if students also want project-management fluency. ~$595 cost.

T7 AI Product Management & Growth Leadership
Reforge AI Product Strategy + AI-Native Builder
Reforge — industry-issued
→ T7-PE2 (Prompt Engineering, RAG Systems & Agentic Workflows) + T7-PE3 (AI Product UX, Trust, Safety & Evaluation)

The single most-current AI-product credential globally. Curriculum is updated continuously by practising AI PMs at OpenAI / Anthropic / Linear / Notion. Required-tier credential for any AI PM role at top product companies in 2027–28. ~$1,995 cost; cohort enrollment scholarships available.

T8 Algorithmic Trading & Financial Engineering
CMT Level 1 (Chartered Market Technician)
CMT Association — industry-issued, globally recognised technical-analysis credential
→ T8-PE2 (Quantitative Strategies, Factor Models & Stat-Arb) + T8-PE3 (Algorithmic Execution, Backtesting & Risk)

CMT Level 1 is the standard technical analysis credential globally — used at every prop trading desk, hedge fund quant team, and sell-side technical research desk. Pairs naturally with QuantInsti Quantra CAT (T6 cert) — together they cover quant + technical methods. ~$795 cost incl. study material.

T8

Wrap-Up · Final Capstone + Industry Bridge

Global certification · industry-issued
Current trim skillsPRJ2 Capstone 2 — Industry Project · Final PE specialisation modules · L4 Indian Language IV (optional)Prior skillsEverything across Y1-Y3 + 2 summer internships + T7 Founder's Sprint
▸ GLOBAL CERTIFICATIONS · core + 8 PE-track alternatives
CORE · MANDATORY FOR ALL STUDENTS

No new global certification mapped

—
Mapped to: —
📋 —

Per programme policy, T8 does NOT carry a new global certification — students are in the final stretch of capstone + transition to placement. The certifications earned in T2-T7 (typically 5-6 across a student's BBA) are the credentialing backbone. T8's energy should be on Capstone 2 quality + transition, not on net-new exam prep.

PE-TRACK SPECIFIC · ONE CERTIFICATION PER SPECIALISATION TRACK
03

Cert × Course relevance map

The 59 global certifications in the KLBS Global Certifications Catalog don't sit in isolation — each is mapped to the courses they directly reinforce. The map below shows every certification grouped by provider, with package tier, demand, and a "Maps to" chip strip listing the BBA courses each cert reinforces. Click any course chip to open its full course detail page.

59
global certifications
22
issuing organisations
48
courses mapped
210
cert→course links
3.6
avg courses per cert
PACKAGE TIER
DEMAND
G

Google

16 certifications
#1 8-14 LPA
Google Data Analytics Professional Certificate
Google / Coursera
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 3-6 months
MAPS TO COURSES
D1D2E13E14OE1
#3 8-14 LPA
Google Digital Marketing & E-commerce Certificate
Google / Coursera
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 3-6 months
MAPS TO COURSES
E3E4T4-PE2T4-PE3
#5 8-14 LPA
Google Ads Search Certification
Google Skillshop
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 4-6 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE2OE1
#10 8-14 LPA
Google AI Essentials
Google / Coursera
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 8-10 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
D4OE1T7-PE1T7-PE2
#12 8-14 LPA
Google Project Management Certificate
Google / Coursera
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 3-6 months
MAPS TO COURSES
E9C2E5PRJ1
#17 28-35+ LPA
Google Advanced Data Analytics Professional Certificate
Google / Coursera
★★★★★ High Intermediate ⏱ 3-6 months
MAPS TO COURSES
D3E13E14T3-PE2T3-PE1
#18 28-35+ LPA
Google Business Intelligence Professional Certificate
Google / Coursera
★★★★★ High Intermediate ⏱ 1-2 months
MAPS TO COURSES
E13E14T3-PE4D2
#21 28-35+ LPA
Google Analytics Certification
Google Skillshop
★★★★★ High Beginner ⏱ 1-2 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E3E13T4-PE2T4-PE3
#24 28-35+ LPA
Google Cloud Generative AI Leader
Google Cloud
★★★★★ High Beginner ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D4OE1T7-PE1T7-PE2
#25 28-35+ LPA
Google Ads Search Certification
Google Skillshop
★★★★★ High Beginner ⏱ 1 week
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE2
#26 28-35+ LPA
Google Ads Measurement Certification
Google Skillshop
★★★★★ High Beginner ⏱ 1 week
MAPS TO COURSES
E3E13T4-PE2
#36 20-28 LPA
Google Data Analytics Professional Certificate
Google / Coursera
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 3-6 months
MAPS TO COURSES
D1D2E13E14
#40 20-28 LPA
Google Cloud Digital Leader
Google Cloud
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D5OE1T7-PE1
#42 20-28 LPA
Google Ads Display / Video Certifications
Google Skillshop
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 1 week each
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE2T4-PE3
#49 20-28 LPA
Google Project Management Professional Certificate
Google / Coursera
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 3-6 months
MAPS TO COURSES
E5C2E9PRJ1PRJ2
#54 20-28 LPA
Google Cybersecurity Professional Certificate
Google / Coursera
★★★★☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 3-6 months
MAPS TO COURSES
OE3F5D5
H

HubSpot

7 certifications
#4 6-9 LPA
HubSpot Inbound Marketing Certification
HubSpot Academy
★★★☆☆ High Beginner ⏱ 5-7 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE3T4-PE1
#7 6-9 LPA
HubSpot Sales Software Certification
HubSpot Academy
★★★☆☆ High Beginner ⏱ 3-4 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T5-PE3T4-PE2
#32 28-35+ LPA
HubSpot Revenue Operations Certification
HubSpot Academy
★★★★★ High Beginner to Intermediate ⏱ 4-6 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T5-PE3T4-PE2T6-PE3
#43 20-28 LPA
HubSpot Inbound Marketing Certification
HubSpot Academy
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 4-6 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE3T4-PE1
#44 20-28 LPA
HubSpot Content Marketing Certification
HubSpot Academy
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 6-8 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE3T4-PE1
#45 20-28 LPA
HubSpot Digital Marketing Certification
HubSpot Academy
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 4-6 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE3T4-PE2
#47 20-28 LPA
HubSpot Sales Software Certification
HubSpot Academy
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 3-5 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T5-PE3T4-PE2
M

Microsoft

6 certifications
#2 12-18 LPA
Microsoft Power BI Data Analyst (PL-300)
Microsoft
★★★★★ High Intermediate ⏱ 2-3 months
MAPS TO COURSES
D2E14T3-PE4E13
#11 8-14 LPA
Microsoft AI Fundamentals (AI-900)
Microsoft
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 1-2 months
MAPS TO COURSES
D3D4OE1T7-PE1
#19 28-35+ LPA
Microsoft Certified: Power BI Data Analyst Associate (PL-300)
Microsoft
★★★★★ High Intermediate ⏱ 4-8 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D2E14T3-PE4
#22 28-35+ LPA
Microsoft Certified: AI Business Professional (AB-730)
Microsoft
★★★★★ High Beginner ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D4T7-PE1T7-PE4E12
#23 28-35+ LPA
Microsoft Certified: AI Transformation Leader
Microsoft
★★★★★ High Beginner to Intermediate ⏱ 3-5 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D4D5T7-PE1T6-PE4E11
#37 20-28 LPA
Microsoft Certified: Power Platform Fundamentals (PL-900)
Microsoft
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D5OE1E14T7-PE1
SF

Salesforce

6 certifications
#6 8-14 LPA
Salesforce AI Associate
Salesforce Trailhead
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 1-2 months
MAPS TO COURSES
D4D5OE1T7-PE1
#20 28-35+ LPA
Salesforce Certified Tableau Data Analyst
Salesforce / Tableau
★★★★★ High Intermediate ⏱ 6-10 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E14D2T3-PE4T4-PE2
#29 28-35+ LPA
Salesforce Certified Platform Foundations / Associate
Salesforce Trailhead
★★★★★ High Beginner ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D5OE1T2-PE3
#30 28-35+ LPA
Salesforce Administrator
Salesforce Trailhead
★★★★★ High Intermediate ⏱ 8-12 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D5OE1T2-PE3E8
#31 28-35+ LPA
Salesforce Certified Business Analyst
Salesforce Trailhead
★★★★★ High Intermediate ⏱ 6-10 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E11T6-PE1D5OE1
#39 20-28 LPA
Salesforce Certified Tableau Desktop Foundations
Salesforce / Tableau
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E14D2T3-PE4
6σ

Six Sigma

4 certifications
#13 6-9 LPA
CSSC Six Sigma White & Yellow Belt
Council for Six Sigma Certification
★★★☆☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E5E6T6-PE3
#35 28-35+ LPA
CSSC Six Sigma Green Belt
Council for Six Sigma Certification
★★★★★ High Intermediate ⏱ 6-10 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E5E6T6-PE3T3-PE3
#51 20-28 LPA
CSSC Six Sigma Yellow Belt
Council for Six Sigma Certification
★★★★☆ High Beginner to Intermediate ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E5E6T6-PE3
#58 14-20 LPA
CSSC Six Sigma White Belt
Council for Six Sigma Certification
★★★☆☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 1 week
MAPS TO COURSES
E5E6
F

Forage

2 certifications
#14 8-14 LPA
BCG Strategy Consulting Forage Virtual Experience
Forage / BCG
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 5-8 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
T6-PE1T6-PE2E11E12
#15 6-9 LPA
Deloitte Australia Technology Forage
Forage / Deloitte
★★★☆☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 4-6 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
D5OE3T7-PE1
S

Scrum.org

2 certifications
#33 28-35+ LPA
Professional Scrum Product Owner I (PSPO I)
Scrum.org
★★★★★ High Beginner to Intermediate ⏱ 3-5 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
OE1E9PRJ1T5-PE3
#48 20-28 LPA
Professional Scrum Master I (PSM I)
Scrum.org
★★★★☆ High Beginner to Intermediate ⏱ 3-5 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
OE1E9PRJ1PRJ2T5-PE4
S

Semrush

2 certifications
#28 28-35+ LPA
Semrush SEO Fundamentals / SEO Toolkit Certifications
Semrush Academy
★★★★★ High Beginner ⏱ 2-5 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE3T4-PE2
#46 20-28 LPA
Semrush Content Marketing and AI Courses
Semrush Academy
★★★★☆ High Beginner to Intermediate ⏱ 2-5 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE3T4-PE2
A

AWS

1 certification
#41 20-28 LPA
AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner
AWS
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 3-5 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D5OE3T7-PE2OE1
AX

Alteryx

1 certification
#38 20-28 LPA
Alteryx Designer Core Certification
Alteryx
★★★★☆ High Beginner to Intermediate ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D2E13E14T3-PE4
A

Amplitude

1 certification
#34 28-35+ LPA
Amplitude Analysis Expert Certification / Academy Badges
Amplitude Academy
★★★★★ High Intermediate ⏱ 1-3 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D2E13T3-PE1T7-PE3
AT

Atlassian

1 certification
#50 20-28 LPA
Atlassian Certificate Holder: Jira / Jira Service Management Fundamentals
Atlassian University
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 2-6 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
D5OE1OE3
B

Bloomberg

1 certification
#9 8-14 LPA
Bloomberg Market Concepts (BMC)
Bloomberg
★★★★☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 8-12 hours
MAPS TO COURSES
E1E2T1-PE3T8-PE1
C

CFI

1 certification
#8 8-14 LPA
CFI Financial Modeling & Valuation (FMVA) Free Courses
Corporate Finance Institute
★★★★☆ High Intermediate ⏱ 2-3 months
MAPS TO COURSES
E1E2T1-PE1T1-PE2
HR

HRCI

1 certification
#59 14-20 LPA
HRCI aPHRi
HRCI
★★★☆☆ Low Beginner ⏱ 6-10 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E7E8
H

Hootsuite

1 certification
#56 14-20 LPA
Hootsuite Social Marketing Certification
Hootsuite Academy
★★★☆☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 1-2 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E3T4-PE3T4-PE2
IA

ISACA

1 certification
#53 20-28 LPA
ISACA Cybersecurity Fundamentals Certificate
ISACA
★★★★☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 3-5 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
OE3F5T6-PE4D5
I2

ISC2

1 certification
#52 20-28 LPA
ISC2 Certified in Cybersecurity (CC)
ISC2
★★★★☆ High Beginner ⏱ 2-4 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
OE3F5T6-PE4D5
I

Intuit

1 certification
#57 14-20 LPA
QuickBooks Online ProAdvisor Certification
Intuit QuickBooks
★★★☆☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 1-2 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
F3F4E1
L

LinkedIn

1 certification
#16 6-9 LPA
SHRM CP-SCP Foundations / LinkedIn HR Analytics
LinkedIn Learning
★★★☆☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 1-2 months
MAPS TO COURSES
E7E8
M

Meta

1 certification
#27 28-35+ LPA
Meta Certified Digital Marketing Associate
Meta Blueprint
★★★★★ High Beginner ⏱ 2-3 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
E3E4T4-PE2T4-PE3
O

Oracle

1 certification
#55 14-20 LPA
Oracle Cloud Infrastructure 2026 Foundations Associate
Oracle
★★★☆☆ Medium Beginner ⏱ 1-2 weeks
MAPS TO COURSES
D5OE1T7-PE2

How to read this map: Each cert card shows its package tier (gold = top-tier 28-35+ LPA, navy = mid-tier 14-28 LPA, burgundy = entry 6-14 LPA), market demand, rating, and the BBA courses it most directly supports. The tier label reflects the salary band typical for roles requiring that certification when paired with the corresponding course skills.

Mandatory vs additive: One cert per trimester is mandatory (see Section 02 — Trimester certifications). The other 51 certs in this catalog are additive — students can pursue them via the placement-prep ladder in T7-T8 to deepen their specialization profile.

Faculty Directory
Who teaches what

The KLBS faculty roster for the Y26 BBA — each faculty's full set of assigned courses across Core, Professional Electives, Open Electives, Sectoral Specialisations, Projects and Internships. Search by faculty or course; filter by category.

28 faculty members teach across 81 course-assignments. Use the search bar to find a faculty member or a course; use the filter chips to highlight courses from a specific category.

CoreCorePEProfessional ElectiveOEOpen ElectiveSectSectoral SpecializationProjProjectInternInternship
GB

Dr. Girimurugan Balasubramaniam

Faculty · Consumer Behaviour & Supply Chain
Emp ID · 5858
girimurugan@kluniversity.in
3
courses
2 Core1 PE
CoreE4Consumer Behaviour & Brand Strategy
CoreE6Logistics & Supply Chain Management
PEAI-Driven Personalization, Marketing Automation & Customer Lifetime Value
PG

Dr. Praveenadevi Girimurugan

Faculty · Business Intelligence & Climate Finance
Emp ID · 6801
praveenadevid86@kluniversity.in
3
courses
1 Core2 Sect
CoreBusiness Intelligence, Visualization & Executive Dashboards
SectClimate Finance, Carbon Markets & ESG Strategy
SectGreen Energy & EV Industry Foundations
AA

Dr.A.Anuradha

Faculty · Design Thinking & Manufacturing Strategy
Emp ID · 5719
aanuradha@kluniversity.in
3
courses
1 Core2 Sect
CoreE9Business Model Architecture & Design Thinking
SectIndustrial Operations Strategy, Defence M&A & Aerospace Business
SectSmart Manufacturing & Defence Industry Foundations
AV

Dr.Ajay Kumar Varshney

Faculty · M&A and Quantitative Finance
Emp ID · 9133
vajaykumar@kluniversity.in
3
courses
3 PE
PEAlgorithmic Trading Strategies, Market Microstructure & Execution
PET1-PE2Mergers, Acquisitions & Leveraged Buyouts
PET2-PE1Payments Infrastructure, UPI & India Stack Architecture
BR

Dr.B.Ratnavalli

Faculty · Equity Research & Founder Economics
Emp ID · 7009
ratnavalli_bhagavatula@kluniversity.in
3
courses
3 PE
PET2-PE2Digital Lending, Credit Underwriting & BNPL
PET1-PE3Equity Research, Industry Analysis & Initiating Coverage
PEFounder Financial Discipline, Unit Economics & Path to Profitability
CK

Dr.Ch.Siva Kumar

Faculty · Growth Marketing & Operations
Emp ID · 7044
challasivakumar2000@kluniversity.in
3
courses
3 PE
PEGrowth Hacking, Experimentation Velocity & North-Star Metrics
PEGrowth Marketing, Performance Acquisition & MarTech Stack
PEScaling Operations, Founder-Led Hiring, Org Design & People Operations
CV

Dr.Ch.Venkateswarlu

Faculty · Financial Accounting & Reporting
Emp ID · 6818
venkateswaruluchandu@kluniversity.in
3
courses
1 Core2 Proj
CoreF3Financial Accounting & Corporate Reporting
ProjPRJ3Integrated Research Project 1
ProjPRJ4Integrated Research Project 2
DK

Dr.D.Prasanna Kumar

Associate Professor · Marketing
Emp ID · 6870
Prasannakumar1900@kluniversity.in
1
course
1 PE
PEProduct Management Foundations, PRD Craft & User Research
GM

Dr.G.Mohan

Assistant Professor · Business Economics
Emp ID · 9494
gollimohan@kluniversity.in
3
courses
3 PE
PEMachine Learning for Finance & Alternative Data
PET2-PE3Neo-Banking, Banking-as-a-Service & Embedded Finance
PET1-PE4Private Equity, Venture Capital & Growth Capital
IK

Dr.I.Mohan Krishna

Faculty · Machine Learning & Generative AI
Emp ID · 6258
irrinki_mk@kluniversity.in
3
courses
2 Core1 OE
CoreD4Generative AI, LLMs & Agentic Systems
CoreD3Machine Learning for Business Analytics
OEOE1AI Product Building & No-Code MVP Development
KK

Dr.K.Krishna

Assistant Professor · Business Communication & Analytics
Emp ID · 7775
krishnaraokunapareddy@kluniversity.in
3
courses
2 Core1 PE
CoreC1Business Communication: Speaking & Writing
CoreForeign Language for Global Business
PEStructured Problem-Solving, Hypothesis-Driven Consulting & Storyline Design
KG

Dr.K.V.B.Ganesh

Faculty · Healthcare & Pharma Strategy
Emp ID · 5579
kvbganesh@kluniversity.in
3
courses
2 Sect1 Proj
SectPharma & Life Sciences Industry Foundations
SectPharma Business Strategy, M&A & Emerging Therapeutics
ProjPRJ1Capstone Project 1
MA

Dr.Mazaharunnisa

Associate Professor · Marketing
Emp ID · 7091
drmazhar28@kluniversity.in
3
courses
1 Core2 Sect
CoreE8HRM & Talent Strategy
SectBrand Building, Consumer Tech Investing & Scale-Up Strategy
SectD2C, E-Commerce & Quick Commerce Industry Foundations
MS

Dr.Meda Srinivasarao

Faculty · Investments & Capital Markets
Emp ID · 9160
medasrinivasarao@kluniversity.in
3
courses
1 Core2 PE
CoreE2Investments & Capital Markets
PET1-PE1Financial Modelling, Valuation & Pitchbook Craft
PEQuantitative Risk Management, Portfolio Construction & RegTech
MR

Dr.Mopidevi Ramarao

Assistant Professor · Marketing
Emp ID · 9455
mopideviramarao@kluniversity.in
3
courses
2 Core1 PE
CoreE3Marketing Management
CoreE11Strategic Management & Competitive Dynamics
PEDigital Strategy, Transformation Consulting & Tech-Business Strategy
RP

Dr.R.Pradeep Kumar Patnaik

Faculty · Causal Inference & D2C Strategy
Emp ID · 5376
pradeeppatnaik@kluniversity.in
2
courses
2 PE
PET3-PE1Causal Inference, Experimentation & Quasi-Experimental Methods
PED2C, Consumer Tech & Digital Native Brand Building from PMF to Scale
RS

Dr.R.Vijaya Srinivas

Faculty · Digital Transformation & Product Strategy
Emp ID · 5153
romala.vijay@kluniversity.in
3
courses
1 Core2 PE
CoreD5Digital Transformation & Enterprise Tech
PELean Startup, Customer Discovery & Engineering Product-Market Fit
PEMLOps, Model Deployment & Production Analytics
SS

Dr.S.Chandra Sekhar

Associate Professor · Marketing
Emp ID · 9966
schandra@kluniversity.in
3
courses
2 Core1 PE
CoreF2Macroeconomics & Global Markets
CoreF1Microeconomics for Business Decisions
PEIndustry Analysis, Market Sizing & Competitive Strategy
SM

Dr.S.Madhavi

Faculty · FMCG Brand & AI Product
Emp ID · 9550
sripathimadhavi@kluniversity.in
3
courses
3 PE
PEAI Product Development, GenAI Apps & LLM Integration
PEFMCG Brand Management, Category Leadership & Modern Trade
PEFundraising, Term Sheets, Cap-Table Mechanics & Investor Relations
SD

Dr.Simanchala Das

Faculty · Organisational Behaviour & Strategy
Emp ID · 4588
simanchala@kluniversity.in
3
courses
3 Core
CoreE12Global Business & Corporate Strategy
CoreC2Negotiation & Executive Communication
CoreE7Organisational Behaviour & People Analytics
TY

Dr.T.Chandra Sekhar Yadav

Associate Professor · Human Resource Management
Emp ID · 8735
chandrasekharyadav@kluniversity.in
3
courses
1 PE2 Intern
PETech Product Strategy, Platform Thinking & Ecosystem Design
InternINT1Summer Internship 1
InternINT2Summer Internship 2
VL

Dr.V.Madhu Latha

Assistant Professor · Human Resource Management
Emp ID · 8429
vmadhulatha@kluniversity.in
3
courses
2 Core1 Proj
CoreF6Business Environment & Perspectives of Management
CoreE10Venture Creation, Scaling & Founder Leadership
ProjPRJ2Capstone Project 2
VP

Dr.Venkateswararao.Podile

Professor · Financial Management & Economics
Emp ID · 6204
vraopodile@kluniversity.in
5
courses
Former Associate Professor at Central University of South Bihar. 20+ years teaching experience; 190+ research papers; PI on UGC/ICSSR/NCW/DST projects.
3 Core2 PE
CoreM1Calculus & Linear Algebra for Business
CoreE1Corporate Finance
CoreM2Statistics & Probability for Business
PEOptimization, Simulation & Operations Research
PEQuantitative Methods, Stochastic Calculus & Financial Mathematics
YD

Dr.Y.Kanaka Durga

Associate Professor · Finance
Emp ID · 8652
ykanakadurga@kluniversity.in
3
courses
1 Core2 PE
CoreE5Operations & Production Management
PET2-PE4FinTech Product Management, GTM & Founder Economics
PEOperations Excellence, Cost Transformation & Lean Consulting
GN

Mr.G.Naresh

Faculty · Business Ethics, ESG & Compliance
Emp ID · 8673
goriparthinaresh@kluniversity.in
1
course
1 Core
CoreF5Business Ethics, ESG, Law & Regulatory Compliance
MK

Mr.M.Raja Pavan Kumar

Assistant Professor · Python Programming & Analytics
Emp ID · 7768
mrajapavankumar@kluniversity.in
3
courses
2 Core1 OE
CoreE13Business Analytics Essentials
CoreD1Python Programming for Business
OEOE2UX/UI Design & Product Experience Strategy
VN

Mr.V.Narendhra

Assistant Professor · Business Analytics
Emp ID · 7769
vnarendra@kluniversity.in
3
courses
MBA · Focus areas: SQL, data engineering, cost accounting.
2 Core1 OE
CoreD2Data Engineering: SQL, Warehousing & Pipelines
CoreF4Management & Cost Accounting for Decisions
OEOE3Cybersecurity, Digital Trust & Risk Management for Business Leaders
YM

Mr.Y.Surya Narayana Murthy

Faculty · Deep Learning & Semiconductors
Emp ID · 9705
yamijalamurthy@kluniversity.in
3
courses
1 PE2 Sect
PEDeep Learning, NLP & Computer Vision for Business
SectHardware Product Strategy, EMS Operations & Chip Industry Investing
SectSemiconductor & Electronics Industry Foundations